updated for version 7.3.1306

Problem:    When redrawing the screen during startup the intro message may be
            cleared.
Solution:   Redisplay the intro message when appropriate.

.gitignore

@@ -30,17 +30,23 @@ src/auto/pathdef.c
 *.suo
 *.res
 *.RES
+src/if_perl.c
 src/pathdef.c
 src/Obj*/pathdef.c
 gvimext.dll
 gvimext.lib
 
+# Mac OSX
+src/xxd/xxd.dSYM
+
 # All platforms
 *.rej
 *.orig
 *.mo
 *.swp
 *~
+*.pyc
+src/po/vim.pot
 
 # Generated by "make test"
 src/po/*.ck 
@@ -50,3 +56,4 @@ src/testdir/lua.vim
 src/testdir/small.vim 
 src/testdir/tiny.vim 
 src/testdir/test*.out
+src/testdir/test.log

Filelist

@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/popupmnu.c \
 		src/quickfix.c \
 		src/regexp.c \
+		src/regexp_nfa.c \
 		src/regexp.h \
 		src/screen.c \
 		src/search.c \
@@ -73,6 +74,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
+		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
 		src/xxd/xxd.c \
 		src/main.aap \
@@ -82,6 +84,15 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/testdir/test49.vim \
 		src/testdir/test60.vim \
 		src/testdir/test83-tags? \
+		src/testdir/python2/*.py \
+		src/testdir/python3/*.py \
+		src/testdir/pythonx/*.py \
+		src/testdir/pythonx/topmodule/__init__.py \
+		src/testdir/pythonx/topmodule/submodule/__init__.py \
+		src/testdir/pythonx/topmodule/submodule/subsubmodule/__init__.py \
+		src/testdir/pythonx/topmodule/submodule/subsubmodule/subsubsubmodule.py \
+		src/testdir/python_after/*.py \
+		src/testdir/python_before/*.py \
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
@@ -130,6 +141,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/ui.pro \
 		src/proto/undo.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
 
 
@@ -261,6 +273,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/Make_mvc.mak \
 		src/Make_w16.mak \
 		src/bigvim.bat \
+		src/bigvim64.bat \
 		src/msvcsetup.bat \
 		src/msvc2008.bat \
 		src/msvc2010.bat \
@@ -349,6 +362,13 @@ SRC_DOS_BIN =	\
 		src/vim*.ico \
 		src/vim.tlb \
 		src/vimtbar.lib \
+		src/xpm/COPYRIGHT \
+		src/xpm/README.txt \
+		src/xpm/include/*.h \
+		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.a \
+		src/xpm/x64/lib/libXpm.lib \
+		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.a \
+		src/xpm/x86/lib/libXpm.lib \
 		src/vimtbar.dll \
 		nsis/icons/*.bmp \
 		nsis/icons/*.ico \
@@ -436,6 +456,7 @@ SRC_EXTRA =	\
 		src/os_beos.c \
 		src/os_beos.h \
 		src/os_beos.rsrc \
+		src/proto/os_beos.pro \
 		src/os_mint.h \
 		src/os_vms_fix.com \
 		src/toolbar.phi \
@@ -463,6 +484,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/hanoi.vim \
 		runtime/macros/hanoi/poster \
 		runtime/macros/justify.vim \
+		runtime/macros/less.bat \
 		runtime/macros/less.sh \
 		runtime/macros/less.vim \
 		runtime/macros/life/click.me \
@@ -666,6 +688,8 @@ EXTRA =		\
 
 # generic language files
 LANG_GEN = \
+		runtime/doc/*-de.1 \
+		runtime/doc/*-de.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-fr.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-fr.UTF-8.1 \
 		runtime/doc/*-it.1 \
@@ -682,9 +706,17 @@ LANG_GEN = \
 		runtime/tutor/Makefile \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.?? \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.* \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.utf-8 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.euc \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.sjis \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.iso9 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.big5 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.cp1250 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.cp1251 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??.cp737 \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.??_??.utf-8 \
 		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar \
-		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar.* \
+		runtime/tutor/tutor.bar.utf-8 \
 		runtime/spell/README.txt \
 		runtime/spell/??/*.diff \
 		runtime/spell/??/main.aap \

README.txt

@@ -97,10 +97,12 @@ The latest news about Vim can be found on the Vim home page:
 If you have problems, have a look at the Vim FAQ:
 	http://vimdoc.sf.net/vimfaq.html
 
-Send bug reports to:
-	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+If you still have problems or any other questions, use one of the mailing
+lists to discuss them with Vim users and developers:
+	http://www.vim.org/maillist.php
 
-There are several mailing lists for Vim, see http://www.vim.org/maillist.php.
+If nothing else works, report bugs directly:
+	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
 
 
 MAIN AUTHOR

runtime/autoload/ccomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	C
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2011 Dec 30
+" Last Change:	2012 Jun 20
 
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo&vim
@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ function! s:StructMembers(typename, items, all)
   endif
   if !cached
     while 1
-      exe 'silent! ' . n . 'vimgrep /\t' . typename . '\(\t\|$\)/j ' . fnames
+      exe 'silent! keepj noautocmd ' . n . 'vimgrep /\t' . typename . '\(\t\|$\)/j ' . fnames
 
       let qflist = getqflist()
       if len(qflist) > 0 || match(typename, "::") < 0

runtime/autoload/getscript.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " getscript.vim
-"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-"  Date:	Jan 17, 2012
-"  Version:	34
+"  Author:	Charles E. Campbell
+"  Date:	Apr 17, 2013
+"  Version:	35
 "  Installing:	:help glvs-install
 "  Usage:	:help glvs
 "
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_getscript")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_getscript= "v34"
+let g:loaded_getscript= "v35"
 if &cp
  echoerr "GetLatestVimScripts is not vi-compatible; not loaded (you need to set nocp)"
  finish
@@ -74,6 +74,11 @@ if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall")
  let g:GetLatestVimScripts_allowautoinstall= 1
 endif
 
+" set up default scriptaddr address
+if !exists("g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr")
+ let g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
+endif
+
 "" For debugging:
 "let g:GetLatestVimScripts_wget    = "echo"
 "let g:GetLatestVimScripts_options = "options"
@@ -314,7 +319,7 @@ fun! getscript#GetLatestVimScripts()
   if &mod
    silent! w!
   endif
-  q
+  q!
 
   " restore events and current directory
   exe "cd ".fnameescape(substitute(origdir,'\','/','ge'))
@@ -415,7 +420,7 @@ fun! s:GetOneScript(...)
   echo 'considering <'.aicmmnt.'> scriptid='.scriptid.' srcid='.srcid
 
   " grab a copy of the plugin's vim.sourceforge.net webpage
-  let scriptaddr = 'http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='.scriptid
+  let scriptaddr = g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr.scriptid
   let tmpfile    = tempname()
   let v:errmsg   = ""
 

runtime/autoload/netrwFileHandlers.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
 " netrwFileHandlers: contains various extension-based file handlers for
 "                    netrw's browsers' x command ("eXecute launcher")
-" Author:	Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
-" Date:		Mar 14, 2012
-" Version:	11a
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Author:	Charles E. Campbell
+" Date:		May 03, 2013
+" Version:	11b	ASTRO-ONLY
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers") || &cp
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11a"
+let g:loaded_netrwFileHandlers= "v11b"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwFileHandlers needs vim 7.2"
@@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ set cpo&vim
 " netrwFileHandlers#Invoke: {{{1
 fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 "  call Dfunc("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten<".a:exten."> fname<".a:fname.">)")
-  let fname= a:fname
+  let exten= a:exten
   " list of supported special characters.  Consider rcs,v --- that can be
   " supported with a NFH_rcsCOMMAv() handler
-  if a:fname =~ '[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]'
+  if exten =~ '[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]'
    let specials= {
 \   '@' : 'AT',
 \   ':' : 'COLON',
@@ -51,18 +51,18 @@ fun! netrwFileHandlers#Invoke(exten,fname)
 \   '?' : 'QUESTION',
 \   ';' : 'SEMICOLON',
 \   '~' : 'TILDE'}
-   let fname= substitute(a:fname,'[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]','\=specials[submatch(0)]','ge')
+   let exten= substitute(a:exten,'[@:,$!=\-+%?;~]','\=specials[submatch(0)]','ge')
 "   call Decho('fname<'.fname.'> done with dictionary')
   endif
 
-  if a:exten != "" && exists("*NFH_".a:exten)
+  if a:exten != "" && exists("*NFH_".exten)
    " support user NFH_*() functions
 "   call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")')
-   exe "let ret= NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")'
-  elseif a:exten != "" && exists("*s:NFH_".a:exten)
+   exe "let ret= NFH_".exten.'("'.a:fname.'")'
+  elseif a:exten != "" && exists("*s:NFH_".exten)
    " use builtin-NFH_*() functions
 "   call Decho("let ret= netrwFileHandlers#NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")')
-   exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.fname.'")'
+   exe "let ret= s:NFH_".a:exten.'("'.a:fname.'")'
   endif
 
 "  call Dret("netrwFileHandlers#Invoke 0 : ret=".ret)

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Sep 03, 2008
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	13
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Date:		May 03, 2013
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
+" Version:	14a	ASTRO-ONLY
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v13"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v14a"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   endif
 
   put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
-  put ='+  NetrwSettings:  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.'
+  put ='+  NetrwSettings:  by Charles E. Campbell'
   put ='+ Press <F1> with cursor atop any line for help'
   put ='+ ---------------------------------------------'
   let s:netrw_settings_stop= line(".")
@@ -88,6 +88,7 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftpmode           = '.g:netrw_ftpmode
   put = 'let g:netrw_ignorenetrc       = '.g:netrw_ignorenetrc
   put = 'let g:netrw_sshport           = '.g:netrw_sshport
+  put = 'let g:netrw_silent            = '.g:netrw_silent
   put = 'let g:netrw_use_nt_rcp        = '.g:netrw_use_nt_rcp
   put = 'let g:netrw_win95ftp          = '.g:netrw_win95ftp
   let s:netrw_xfer_stop= line(".")
@@ -99,51 +100,81 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put ='+ Netrw Browser Control'
   put = 'let g:netrw_alto              = '.g:netrw_alto
   put = 'let g:netrw_altv              = '.g:netrw_altv
+  put = 'let g:netrw_banner            = '.g:netrw_banner
+  if exists("g:netrw_bannerbackslash")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_bannerbackslash   = '.g:netrw_bannerbackslash
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_bannerbackslash   = (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_browse_split      = '.g:netrw_browse_split
   if exists("g:netrw_browsex_viewer")
-   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = '.g:netrw_browsex_viewer
+   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer   = '.g:netrw_browsex_viewer
   else
-   put = 'let g:netrw_browsex_viewer    = (not defined)'
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_browsex_viewer   = (not defined)'
   endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_compress          = '.g:netrw_compress
-  put = 'let g:netrw_cursorline        = '.g:netrw_cursorline
+  if exists("g:Netrw_corehandler")
+   put = 'let g:Netrw_corehandler      = '.g:Netrw_corehandler
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:Netrw_corehandler      = (not defined)'
+  endif
+  put = 'let g:netrw_ctags             = '.g:netrw_ctags
+  put = 'let g:netrw_cursor            = '.g:netrw_cursor
   let decompressline= line("$")
-  put ='let g:netrw_decompress...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_decompress        = '.string(g:netrw_decompress)
+  if exists("g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen='.g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen= (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_dirhistmax        = '.g:netrw_dirhistmax
+  put = 'let g:netrw_errorlvl          = '.g:netrw_errorlvl
   put = 'let g:netrw_fastbrowse        = '.g:netrw_fastbrowse
   let fnameescline= line("$")
-  put = 'let g:netrw_fname_escape...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_fname_escape      = '.string(g:netrw_fname_escape)
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ftp_browse_reject
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd      = '.g:netrw_ftp_list_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd  = '.g:netrw_ftp_sizelist_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd  = '.g:netrw_ftp_timelist_cmd
   let globescline= line("$")
-  put ='let g:netrw_glob_escape...'
+  put = 'let g:netrw_glob_escape       = '.string(g:netrw_glob_escape)
   put = 'let g:netrw_hide              = '.g:netrw_hide
+  if exists("g:netrw_home")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_home              = '.g:netrw_home
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_home              = (not defined)'
+  endif
   put = 'let g:netrw_keepdir           = '.g:netrw_keepdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_cmd          = '.g:netrw_list_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide         = '.g:netrw_list_hide
   put = 'let g:netrw_liststyle         = '.g:netrw_liststyle
   put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmd      = '.g:netrw_localcopycmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_local_mkdir       = '.g:netrw_local_mkdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdir        = '.g:netrw_localmkdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmd      = '.g:netrw_localmovecmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_local_rmdir       = '.g:netrw_local_rmdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir        = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen    = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
   put = 'let g:netrw_menu              = '.g:netrw_menu
+  put = 'let g:netrw_mousemaps         = '.g:netrw_mousemaps
   put = 'let g:netrw_mkdir_cmd         = '.g:netrw_mkdir_cmd
+  if exists("g:netrw_nobeval")
+   put = 'let g:netrw_nobeval           = '.g:netrw_nobeval
+  else
+   put = '\" let g:netrw_nobeval           = (not defined)'
+  endif
+  put = 'let g:netrw_remote_mkdir      = '.g:netrw_remote_mkdir
   put = 'let g:netrw_preview           = '.g:netrw_preview
   put = 'let g:netrw_rename_cmd        = '.g:netrw_rename_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_retmap            = '.g:netrw_retmap
   put = 'let g:netrw_rm_cmd            = '.g:netrw_rm_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_rmdir_cmd         = '.g:netrw_rmdir_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_rmf_cmd           = '.g:netrw_rmf_cmd
-  put = 'let g:netrw_silent            = '.g:netrw_silent
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_by           = '.g:netrw_sort_by
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_direction    = '.g:netrw_sort_direction
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_options      = '.g:netrw_sort_options
   put = 'let g:netrw_sort_sequence     = '.g:netrw_sort_sequence
   put = 'let g:netrw_special_syntax    = '.g:netrw_special_syntax
   put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject = '.g:netrw_ssh_browse_reject
+  put = 'let g:netrw_ssh_cmd           = '.g:netrw_ssh_cmd
   put = 'let g:netrw_scpport           = '.g:netrw_scpport
   put = 'let g:netrw_sepchr            = '.g:netrw_sepchr
   put = 'let g:netrw_sshport           = '.g:netrw_sshport

runtime/autoload/rubycomplete.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:             Ruby
 " Maintainer:           Mark Guzman <segfault@hasno.info>
-" Last Change:          2009 Sep 28
-" URL:                  http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:             See above site
+" URL:                  https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:  Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " Maintainer Version:   0.8.1
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -12,16 +10,23 @@
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 " {{{ requirement checks
+
+function! s:ErrMsg(msg)
+    echohl ErrorMsg
+    echo a:msg
+    echohl None
+endfunction
+
 if !has('ruby')
-    s:ErrMsg( "Error: Rubycomplete requires vim compiled with +ruby" )
-    s:ErrMsg( "Error: falling back to syntax completion" )
+    call s:ErrMsg( "Error: Rubycomplete requires vim compiled with +ruby" )
+    call s:ErrMsg( "Error: falling back to syntax completion" )
     " lets fall back to syntax completion
     setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
     finish
 endif
 
 if version < 700
-    s:ErrMsg( "Error: Required vim >= 7.0" )
+    call s:ErrMsg( "Error: Required vim >= 7.0" )
     finish
 endif
 " }}} requirement checks
@@ -51,12 +56,6 @@ endif
 " {{{ vim-side support functions
 let s:rubycomplete_debug = 0
 
-function! s:ErrMsg(msg)
-    echohl ErrorMsg
-    echo a:msg
-    echohl None
-endfunction
-
 function! s:dprint(msg)
     if s:rubycomplete_debug == 1
         echom a:msg
@@ -133,7 +132,7 @@ function! s:GetRubyVarType(v)
     let stopline = 1
     let vtp = ''
     let pos = getpos('.')
-    let sstr = '^\s*#\s*@var\s*'.a:v.'\>\s\+[^ \t]\+\s*$'
+    let sstr = '^\s*#\s*@var\s*'.escape(a:v, '*').'\>\s\+[^ \t]\+\s*$'
     let [lnum,lcol] = searchpos(sstr,'nb',stopline)
     if lnum != 0 && lcol != 0
         call setpos('.',pos)
@@ -275,7 +274,7 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     pare = /^\s*class\s*(.*)\s*<\s*(.*)\s*\n/.match( classdef )
     load_buffer_class( $2 ) if pare != nil  && $2 != name # load parent class if needed
 
-    mixre = /.*\n\s*include\s*(.*)\s*\n/.match( classdef )
+    mixre = /.*\n\s*(include|prepend)\s*(.*)\s*\n/.match( classdef )
     load_buffer_module( $2 ) if mixre != nil && $2 != name # load mixins if needed
 
     begin
@@ -364,6 +363,10 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     print txt if @@debug
   end
 
+  def escape_vim_singlequote_string(str)
+    str.to_s.gsub(/'/,"\\'")
+  end
+
   def get_buffer_entity_list( type )
     # this will be a little expensive.
     loading_allowed = VIM::evaluate("exists('g:rubycomplete_buffer_loading') && g:rubycomplete_buffer_loading")
@@ -526,9 +529,9 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
   end
 
   def clean_sel(sel, msg)
-    sel.delete_if { |x| x == nil }
-    sel.uniq!
-    sel.grep(/^#{Regexp.quote(msg)}/) if msg != nil
+    ret = sel.reject{|x|x.nil?}.uniq
+    ret = ret.grep(/^#{Regexp.quote(msg)}/) if msg != nil
+    ret
   end
 
   def get_rails_view_methods
@@ -767,10 +770,10 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     constants = clean_sel( constants, message )
 
     valid = []
-    valid += methods.collect { |m| { :name => m, :type => 'm' } }
-    valid += variables.collect { |v| { :name => v, :type => 'v' } }
-    valid += classes.collect { |c| { :name => c, :type => 't' } }
-    valid += constants.collect { |d| { :name => d, :type => 'd' } }
+    valid += methods.collect { |m| { :name => m.to_s, :type => 'm' } }
+    valid += variables.collect { |v| { :name => v.to_s, :type => 'v' } }
+    valid += classes.collect { |c| { :name => c.to_s, :type => 't' } }
+    valid += constants.collect { |d| { :name => d.to_s, :type => 'd' } }
     valid.sort! { |x,y| x[:name] <=> y[:name] }
 
     outp = ""
@@ -779,7 +782,7 @@ class VimRubyCompletion
     rg.step(150) do |x|
       stpos = 0+x
       enpos = 150+x
-      valid[stpos..enpos].each { |c| outp += "{'word':'%s','item':'%s','kind':'%s'}," % [ c[:name], c[:name], c[:type] ] }
+      valid[stpos..enpos].each { |c| outp += "{'word':'%s','item':'%s','kind':'%s'}," % [ c[:name], c[:name], c[:type] ].map{|x|escape_vim_singlequote_string(x)} }
       outp.sub!(/,$/, '')
 
       VIM::command("call extend(g:rubycomplete_completions, [%s])" % outp)

runtime/autoload/sqlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,23 +1,55 @@
 " Vim OMNI completion script for SQL
 " Language:    SQL
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     12.0
-" Last Change: 2012 Feb 08
+" Version:     15.0
+" Last Change: 2013 May 13
+" Homepage:    http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1572
 " Usage:       For detailed help
 "              ":help sql.txt"
 "              or ":help ft-sql-omni"
 "              or read $VIMRUNTIME/doc/sql.txt
 
 " History
-" Version 12.0
+"
+" TODO
+"     - Jonas Enberg - if no table is found when using column completion
+"       look backwards to a FROM clause and find the first table
+"       and complete it.
+"
+" Version 15.0 (May 2013)
+"     - NF: Changed the SQL precached syntax items, omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups,
+"           to use regular expressions to pick up extended syntax group names.
+"           This requires an updated SyntaxComplete plugin version 13.0.
+"           If the required versions have not been installed, previous
+"           behaviour will not be impacted.
+"
+" Version 14.0 (Dec 2012)
+"     - BF: Added check for cpo
+"
+" Version 13.0 (Dec 2012)
+"     - NF: When completing column lists or drilling into a table
+"           and g:omni_sql_include_owner is enabled, the
+"           only the table name would be replaced with the column
+"           list instead of the table name and owner (if specified).
+"     - NF: When completing column lists using table aliases
+"           and g:omni_sql_include_owner is enabled, account
+"           for the owner name when looking up the table
+"           list instead of the table name and owner (if specified).
+"     - BF: When completing column lists or drilling into a table
+"           and g:omni_sql_include_owner is enabled, the
+"           column list could often not be found for the table.
+"     - BF: When OMNI popped up, possibly the wrong word
+"           would be replaced for column and column list options.
+"
+" Version 12.0 (Feb 2012)
 "     - Partial column name completion did not work when a table
 "       name or table alias was provided (Jonas Enberg).
 "     - Improved the handling of column completion.  First we match any
 "       columns from a previous completion.  If not matches are found, we
-"       consider the partial name to be a table or table alias for the 
+"       consider the partial name to be a table or table alias for the
 "       query and attempt to match on it.
 "
-" Version 11.0
+" Version 11.0 (Jan 2012)
 "     Added g:omni_sql_default_compl_type variable
 "         - You can specify which type of completion to default to
 "           when pressing <C-X><C-O>.  The entire list of available
@@ -40,7 +72,7 @@
 "         - Prepends error message with SQLComplete so you know who issued
 "           the error.
 "
-" Version 9.0
+" Version 9.0 (May 2010)
 "     This change removes some of the support for tables with spaces in their
 "     names in order to simplify the regexes used to pull out query table
 "     aliases for more robust table name and column name code completion.
@@ -51,10 +83,10 @@
 "     Incorrectly re-executed the g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right and g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_left
 "     when drilling in and out of a column list for a table.
 "
-" Version 7.0
+" Version 7.0 (Jan 2010)
 "     Better handling of object names
 "
-" Version 6.0
+" Version 6.0 (Apr 2008)
 "     Supports object names with spaces "my table name"
 "
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
@@ -71,7 +103,9 @@ endif
 if exists('g:loaded_sql_completion')
     finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_sql_completion = 120
+let g:loaded_sql_completion = 150
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Maintains filename of dictionary
 let s:sql_file_table        = ""
@@ -88,12 +122,14 @@ let s:syn_value             = []
 " Used in conjunction with the syntaxcomplete plugin
 let s:save_inc              = ""
 let s:save_exc              = ""
-if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql')
-    let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql')
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
 endif
-if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql')
-    let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql')
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
 endif
+let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
+let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
 
 " Used with the column list
 let s:save_prev_table       = ""
@@ -105,12 +141,12 @@ endif
 " Default syntax items to precache
 if !exists('g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups')
     let g:omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups = [
-                \ 'syntax',
-                \ 'sqlKeyword',
-                \ 'sqlFunction',
-                \ 'sqlOption',
-                \ 'sqlType',
-                \ 'sqlStatement'
+                \ 'syntax\w*',
+                \ 'sqlKeyword\w*',
+                \ 'sqlFunction\w*',
+                \ 'sqlOption\w*',
+                \ 'sqlType\w*',
+                \ 'sqlStatement\w*'
                 \ ]
 endif
 " Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
@@ -137,6 +173,13 @@ if !exists('g:omni_sql_default_compl_type')
 endif
 
 " This function is used for the 'omnifunc' option.
+" It is called twice by omni and it is responsible
+" for returning the completion list of items.
+" But it must also determine context of what to complete
+" and what to "replace" with the completion.
+" The a:base, is replaced directly with what the user
+" chooses from the choices.
+" The s:prepend provides context for the completion.
 function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
 
     " Default to table name completion
@@ -145,6 +188,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
     if exists('b:sql_compl_type')
         let compl_type = b:sql_compl_type
     endif
+    let begindot = 0
 
     " First pass through this function determines how much of the line should
     " be replaced by whatever is chosen from the completion list
@@ -153,7 +197,6 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         let line     = getline('.')
         let start    = col('.') - 1
         let lastword = -1
-        let begindot = 0
         " Check if the first character is a ".", for column completion
         if line[start - 1] == '.'
             let begindot = 1
@@ -179,7 +222,10 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 " If lastword has already been set for column completion
                 " break from the loop, since we do not also want to pickup
                 " a table name if it was also supplied.
+                " Unless g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1, then we can
+                " include the ownername.
                 if lastword != -1 && compl_type == 'column'
+                            \ && g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0
                     break
                 endif
                 " If column completion was specified stop at the "." if
@@ -191,7 +237,7 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 " If omni_sql_include_owner = 0, do not include the table
                 " name as part of the substitution, so break here
                 if lastword == -1 &&
-                            \ compl_type =~ 'table\|view\|procedure\column_csv' &&
+                            \ compl_type =~ '\<\(table\|view\|procedure\|column\|column_csv\)\>' &&
                             \ g:omni_sql_include_owner == 0
                     let lastword = start
                     break
@@ -288,6 +334,12 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
             let table  = matchstr( base, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze\..*' )
             let column = matchstr( base, '.*\.\zs.*' )
 
+            if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner == '' && table != '' && column != ''
+                let owner  = table
+                let table  = column
+                let column = ''
+            endif
+
             " It is pretty well impossible to determine if the user
             " has entered:
             "    owner.table
@@ -370,7 +422,16 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                 let list_type     = 'csv'
             endif
 
-            let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(table, list_type)
+            " If we are including the OWNER for the objects, then for
+            " table completion, if we have it, it should be included
+            " as there can be the same table names in a database yet
+            " with different owner names.
+            if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner != '' && table != ''
+                let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(owner.'.'.table, list_type)
+            else
+                let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(table, list_type)
+            endif
+
             if column != ''
                 " If no column prefix has been provided and the table
                 " name was provided, append it to each of the items
@@ -393,11 +454,14 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         endif
     elseif compl_type == 'resetCache'
         " Reset all cached items
-        let s:tbl_name  = []
-        let s:tbl_alias = []
-        let s:tbl_cols  = []
-        let s:syn_list  = []
-        let s:syn_value = []
+        let s:tbl_name           = []
+        let s:tbl_alias          = []
+        let s:tbl_cols           = []
+        let s:syn_list           = []
+        let s:syn_value          = []
+        let s:sql_file_table     = ""
+        let s:sql_file_procedure = ""
+        let s:sql_file_view      = ""
 
         let msg = "All SQL cached items have been removed."
         call s:SQLCWarningMsg(msg)
@@ -423,12 +487,27 @@ function! sqlcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
         " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\(\\.\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
         " let expr = 'v:val '.(g:omni_sql_ignorecase==1?'=~?':'=~#').' "\\(^'.base.'\\|\\([^.]*\\)\\?'.base.'\\)"'
         let compl_list = filter(deepcopy(compl_list), expr)
+
+        if empty(compl_list) && compl_type == 'table' && base =~ '\.$'
+            " It is possible we could be looking for column name completion
+            " and the user simply hit C-X C-O to lets try it as well
+            " since we had no hits with the tables.
+            " If the base ends with a . it is hard to know if we are
+            " completing table names or column names.
+            let list_type = ''
+
+            let compl_list  = s:SQLCGetColumns(base, list_type)
+        endif
     endif
 
     if exists('b:sql_compl_savefunc') && b:sql_compl_savefunc != ""
         let &omnifunc = b:sql_compl_savefunc
     endif
 
+    if empty(compl_list)
+        call s:SQLCWarningMsg( 'Could not find type['.compl_type.'] using prepend[.'.s:prepended.'] base['.a:base.']' )
+    endif
+
     return compl_list
 endfunc
 
@@ -556,19 +635,23 @@ function! s:SQLCGetSyntaxList(syn_group)
         " Return previously cached value
         let compl_list = s:syn_value[list_idx]
     else
+        let s:save_inc = g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql
+        let s:save_exc = g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql
+        let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
+        let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
+
         " Request the syntax list items from the
         " syntax completion plugin
         if syn_group == 'syntax'
             " Handle this special case.  This allows the user
             " to indicate they want all the syntax items available,
             " so do not specify a specific include list.
-            let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = ''
+            let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
         else
             " The user has specified a specific syntax group
             let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = syn_group
+            let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList(syn_group)
         endif
-        let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = ''
-        let syn_value                       = syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
         let g:omni_syntax_group_include_sql = s:save_inc
         let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_sql = s:save_exc
         " Cache these values for later use
@@ -664,8 +747,26 @@ function! s:SQLCGetObjectOwner(object)
 endfunction
 
 function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
+    if a:table_name =~ '\.'
+        " Check if the owner/creator has been specified
+        let owner  = matchstr( a:table_name, '^\zs.*\ze\..*\..*' )
+        let table  = matchstr( a:table_name, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze\..*' )
+        let column = matchstr( a:table_name, '.*\.\zs.*' )
+
+        if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1 && owner == '' && table != '' && column != ''
+            let owner  = table
+            let table  = column
+            let column = ''
+        endif
+    else
+        let owner  = ''
+        let table  = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
+        let column = ''
+    endif
+
     " Check if the table name was provided as part of the column name
-    let table_name   = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
+    " let table_name   = matchstr(a:table_name, '^["\[\]a-zA-Z0-9_ ]\+\ze\.\?')
+    let table_name   = table
     let table_cols   = []
     let table_alias  = ''
     let move_to_top  = 1
@@ -786,7 +887,12 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
              if table_name_new != ''
                  let table_alias = table_name
-                 let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze' )
+                 if g:omni_sql_include_owner == 1
+                    let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\zs\(.\{-}\.\)\?\(.\{-}\.\)\?.*\ze' )
+                 else
+                     " let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.*\.\)\?\zs.*\ze' )
+                    let table_name  = matchstr( table_name_new, '^\(.\{-}\.\)\?\zs\(.\{-}\.\)\?.*\ze' )
+                 endif
 
                  let list_idx = index(s:tbl_name, table_name, 0, &ignorecase)
                  if list_idx > -1
@@ -828,7 +934,8 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
     if empty(table_cols)
         " Specify silent mode, no messages to the user (tbl, 1)
         " Specify do not comma separate (tbl, 1, 1)
-        let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn(table_name, 1, 1)
+        " let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn(table_name, 1, 1)
+        let table_cols_str = DB_getListColumn((owner!=''?owner.'.':'').table_name, 1, 1)
 
         if table_cols_str != ""
             let s:tbl_name  = add( s:tbl_name,  table_name )
@@ -854,3 +961,7 @@ function! s:SQLCGetColumns(table_name, list_type)
 
     return table_cols
 endfunction
+"  Restore:
+let &cpo= s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+" vim: ts=4 fdm=marker

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -1,44 +1,80 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
-" Version:     8.0
-" Last Change: 2011 Nov 02
-" Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni" 
+" Version:     13.0
+" Last Change: 2013 May 14
+" Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni"
 
 " History
 "
+" Version 13.0
+"   - Extended the option omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype}
+"     to accept a comma separated list of regex's rather than
+"     string.  For example, for the javascript filetype you could
+"     use:
+"        let g:omni_syntax_group_include_javascript = 'javascript\w\+,jquery\w\+'
+"   - Some syntax files (perl.vim) use the match // syntax as a mechanism
+"     to identify keywords.  This update attempts to parse the
+"     match syntax and pull out syntax items which are at least
+"     3 words or more.
+"
+" Version 12.0
+"   - It is possible to have '-' as part of iskeyword, when
+"     checking for character ranges, tighten up the regex.
+"     E688: More targets than List items.
+"
+" Version 11.0
+"   - Corrected which characters required escaping during
+"     substitution calls.
+"
+" Version 10.0
+"   - Cycle through all the character ranges specified in the
+"     iskeyword option and build a list of valid word separators.
+"     Prior to this change, only actual characters were used,
+"     where for example ASCII "45" == "-".  If "45" were used
+"     in iskeyword the hyphen would not be picked up.
+"     This introduces a new option, since the character ranges
+"     specified could be multibyte:
+"         let g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte = 1
+"   - This by default will only allow single byte ASCII
+"     characters to be added and an additional check to ensure
+"     the charater is printable (see documentation for isprint).
+"
+" Version 9.0
+"   - Add the check for cpo.
+"
 " Version 8.0
-"     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
+"   - Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
 "         - Some additional syntax items were also allowed
 "           on nextgroup= lines which were ignored by default.
 "           Now these lines are processed independently.
 "
 " Version 7.0
-"     Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
+"   - Updated syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
 "         - Looking up the syntax groups defined from a syntax file
-"           looked for only 1 format of {filetype}GroupName, but some 
+"           looked for only 1 format of {filetype}GroupName, but some
 "           syntax writers use this format as well:
 "               {b:current_syntax}GroupName
-"           OmniSyntaxList() will now check for both if the first
+"   -       OmniSyntaxList() will now check for both if the first
 "           method does not find a match.
 "
 " Version 6.0
-"     Added syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
-"         - Allows other plugins to use this for their own 
+"   - Added syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList()
+"         - Allows other plugins to use this for their own
 "           purposes.
 "         - It will return a List of all syntax items for the
-"           syntax group name passed in.  
-"         - XPTemplate for SQL will use this function via the 
+"           syntax group name passed in.
+"         - XPTemplate for SQL will use this function via the
 "           sqlcomplete plugin to populate a Choose box.
 "
 " Version 5.0
-"     Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
+"   - Updated SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems()
 "         - When processing a list of syntax groups, the final group
 "           was missed in function SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems.
 "
 " Set completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O to autoloaded function.
 " This check is in place in case this script is
-" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature. 
+" sourced directly instead of using the autoload feature.
 if exists('+omnifunc')
     " Do not set the option if already set since this
     " results in an E117 warning.
@@ -48,9 +84,13 @@ if exists('+omnifunc')
 endif
 
 if exists('g:loaded_syntax_completion')
-    finish 
+    finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 80
+let g:loaded_syntax_completion = 130
+
+" Turn on support for line continuations when creating the script
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Set ignorecase to the ftplugin standard
 " This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
@@ -67,6 +107,18 @@ if !exists('g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword')
     let g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword = 1
 endif
 
+" When using iskeyword, this setting controls whether the characters
+" should be limited to single byte characters.
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte')
+    let g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte = 1
+endif
+
+" When using iskeyword, this setting controls whether the characters
+" should be limited to single byte characters.
+if !exists('g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword_numeric')
+    let g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword_numeric = 1
+endif
+
 " Only display items in the completion window that are at least
 " this many characters in length.
 " This is the default setting, but if you define a buffer local
@@ -77,7 +129,8 @@ endif
 
 " This script will build a completion list based on the syntax
 " elements defined by the files in $VIMRUNTIME/syntax.
-let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
+" let s:syn_remove_words = 'match,matchgroup=,contains,'.
+let s:syn_remove_words = 'matchgroup=,contains,'.
             \ 'links to,start=,end='
             " \ 'links to,start=,end=,nextgroup='
 
@@ -158,7 +211,7 @@ endfunc
 function! syntaxcomplete#OmniSyntaxList(...)
     if a:0 > 0
         let parms = []
-        if 3 == type(a:1) 
+        if 3 == type(a:1)
             let parms = a:1
         elseif 1 == type(a:1)
             let parms = split(a:1, ',')
@@ -172,7 +225,7 @@ endfunc
 function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     let list_parms = []
     if a:0 > 0
-        if 3 == type(a:1) 
+        if 3 == type(a:1)
             let list_parms = a:1
         elseif 1 == type(a:1)
             let list_parms = split(a:1, ',')
@@ -208,18 +261,18 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
 
     let saveL = @l
     let filetype = substitute(&filetype, '\.', '_', 'g')
-    
+
     if empty(list_parms)
         " Default the include group to include the requested syntax group
         let syntax_group_include_{filetype} = ''
         " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
         if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_include_'.filetype)
             let syntax_group_include_{filetype} =
-                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
+                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype},'\s\+','','g')
             let list_parms = split(g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype}, ',')
             if syntax_group_include_{filetype} =~ '\w'
-                let syntax_group_include_{filetype} = 
-                            \ substitute( syntax_group_include_{filetype}, 
+                let syntax_group_include_{filetype} =
+                            \ substitute( syntax_group_include_{filetype},
                             \ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
                             \ )
             endif
@@ -229,24 +282,34 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     endif
 
     " Loop through all the syntax groupnames, and build a
-    " syntax file which contains these names.  This can 
+    " syntax file which contains these names.  This can
     " work generically for any filetype that does not already
     " have a plugin defined.
     " This ASSUMES the syntax groupname BEGINS with the name
-    " of the filetype.  From my casual viewing of the vim7\syntax 
+    " of the filetype.  From my casual viewing of the vim7\syntax
     " directory this is true for almost all syntax definitions.
     " As an example, the SQL syntax groups have this pattern:
     "     sqlType
     "     sqlOperators
     "     sqlKeyword ...
-    redir @l
-    silent! exec 'syntax list '.join(list_parms)
-    redir END
+    if !empty(list_parms) && empty(substitute(join(list_parms), '[a-zA-Z ]', '', 'g'))
+        " If list_parms only includes word characters, use it to limit
+        " the syntax elements.
+        " If using regex syntax list will fail to find those items, so
+        " simply grab the who syntax list.
+        redir @l
+        silent! exec 'syntax list '.join(list_parms)
+        redir END
+    else
+        redir @l
+        silent! exec 'syntax list'
+        redir END
+    endif
 
     let syntax_full = "\n".@l
     let @l = saveL
 
-    if syntax_full =~ 'E28' 
+    if syntax_full =~ 'E28'
                 \ || syntax_full =~ 'E411'
                 \ || syntax_full =~ 'E415'
                 \ || syntax_full =~ 'No Syntax items'
@@ -256,7 +319,7 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
     let filetype = substitute(&filetype, '\.', '_', 'g')
 
     let list_exclude_groups = []
-    if a:0 > 0 
+    if a:0 > 0
         " Do nothing since we have specific a specific list of groups
     else
         " Default the exclude group to nothing
@@ -264,93 +327,178 @@ function! OmniSyntaxList(...)
         " Check if there are any overrides specified for this filetype
         if exists('g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_'.filetype)
             let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =
-                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},'\s\+','','g') 
+                        \ substitute( g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},'\s\+','','g')
             let list_exclude_groups = split(g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype}, ',')
-            if syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =~ '\w' 
-                let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 
-                            \ substitute( syntax_group_exclude_{filetype}, 
+            if syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =~ '\w'
+                let syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} =
+                            \ substitute( syntax_group_exclude_{filetype},
                             \ '\s*,\s*', '\\|', 'g'
                             \ )
             endif
         endif
     endif
 
-    " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
-    " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
-    " items specific to each individual filetype.
+    if empty(list_parms)
+        let list_parms = [&filetype.'\w\+']
+    endif
+
     let syn_list = ''
-    let ftindex  = 0
-    let ftindex  = match(&filetype, '\w\+', ftindex)
+    let index    = 0
+    for group_regex in list_parms
+        " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
+        " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
+        " items specific to each individual filetype.
+        " let ftindex  = 0
+        " let ftindex  = match(syntax_full, group_regex, ftindex)
 
-    while ftindex > -1
-        let ft_part_name = matchstr( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
+        " while ftindex > -1
+            " let ft_part_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', ftindex )
 
-        " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current 
-        " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
-        " via autocmds or their vimrc.
-        " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
-        " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
-        let next_group_regex = '\n' .
-                    \ '\zs'.ft_part_name.'\w\+\ze'.
-                    \ '\s\+xxx\s\+' 
-        let index    = 0
-        let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
-
-        if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && ft_part_name != b:current_syntax
-            " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
-            " Either items begin as:
-            "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
-            "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
-            "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
-            " Or
-            "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
-            "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
-            " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
-            " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to 
-            " find a match.
+            " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
+            " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
+            " via autocmds or their vimrc.
+            " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
+            " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
             let next_group_regex = '\n' .
-                        \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
-                        \ '\s\+xxx\s\+' 
-            let index    = 0
+                        \ '\zs'.group_regex.'\ze'.
+                        \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
             let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
-        endif
 
-        while index > -1
-            let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
-
-            let get_syn_list = 1
-            for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
-                if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
-                    let get_syn_list = 0
-                endif
-            endfor
-        
-            " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
-            " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax 
-            " groups we are interested in.
-            "
-            " if get_syn_list == 1
-            "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
-            "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
-            "             let get_syn_list = 0
-            "         endif
-            "     endif
-            " endif
-
-            if get_syn_list == 1
-                " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we 
-                " are interested in.
-                let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
-                let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+            " For the matched group name, strip off any of the regex special
+            " characters and see if we get a match with the current syntax
+            if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && substitute(group_regex, '[^a-zA-Z ]\+.*', '', 'g') !~ '^'.b:current_syntax
+                " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
+                " Either items begin as:
+                "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
+                "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
+                "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
+                " Or
+                "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
+                "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
+                " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
+                " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to
+                " find a match.
+                let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+                            \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
+                            \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
+                let index    = 0
+                let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
             endif
 
-            let index = index + strlen(group_name)
-            let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
-        endwhile
+            while index > -1
+                let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
 
-        let ftindex  = ftindex + len(ft_part_name)
-        let ftindex  = match( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
-    endwhile
+                let get_syn_list = 1
+                for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
+                    if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+                        let get_syn_list = 0
+                    endif
+                endfor
+
+                " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
+                " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax
+                " groups we are interested in.
+                "
+                " if get_syn_list == 1
+                "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
+                "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+                "             let get_syn_list = 0
+                "         endif
+                "     endif
+                " endif
+
+                if get_syn_list == 1
+                    " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
+                    " are interested in.
+                    let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
+                    let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+                endif
+
+                let index = index + strlen(group_name)
+                let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+            endwhile
+
+            " let ftindex  = ftindex + len(ft_part_name)
+            " let ftindex  = match( syntax_full, group_regex, ftindex )
+        " endwhile
+    endfor
+
+"   " Sometimes filetypes can be composite names, like c.doxygen
+"   " Loop through each individual part looking for the syntax
+"   " items specific to each individual filetype.
+"   let syn_list = ''
+"   let ftindex  = 0
+"   let ftindex  = match(&filetype, '\w\+', ftindex)
+
+"   while ftindex > -1
+"       let ft_part_name = matchstr( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
+
+"       " Syntax rules can contain items for more than just the current
+"       " filetype.  They can contain additional items added by the user
+"       " via autocmds or their vimrc.
+"       " Some syntax files can be combined (html, php, jsp).
+"       " We want only items that begin with the filetype we are interested in.
+"       let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+"                   \ '\zs'.ft_part_name.'\w\+\ze'.
+"                   \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
+"       let index    = 0
+"       let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+
+"       if index == -1 && exists('b:current_syntax') && ft_part_name != b:current_syntax
+"           " There appears to be two standards when writing syntax files.
+"           " Either items begin as:
+"           "     syn keyword {filetype}Keyword         values ...
+"           "     let b:current_syntax = "sql"
+"           "     let b:current_syntax = "sqlanywhere"
+"           " Or
+"           "     syn keyword {syntax_filename}Keyword  values ...
+"           "     let b:current_syntax = "mysql"
+"           " So, we will make the format of finding the syntax group names
+"           " a bit more flexible and look for both if the first fails to
+"           " find a match.
+"           let next_group_regex = '\n' .
+"                       \ '\zs'.b:current_syntax.'\w\+\ze'.
+"                       \ '\s\+xxx\s\+'
+"           let index    = 0
+"           let index    = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+"       endif
+
+"       while index > -1
+"           let group_name = matchstr( syntax_full, '\w\+', index )
+
+"           let get_syn_list = 1
+"           for exclude_group_name in list_exclude_groups
+"               if '\<'.exclude_group_name.'\>' =~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+"                   let get_syn_list = 0
+"               endif
+"           endfor
+
+"           " This code is no longer needed in version 6.0 since we have
+"           " augmented the syntax list command to only retrieve the syntax
+"           " groups we are interested in.
+"           "
+"           " if get_syn_list == 1
+"           "     if syntax_group_include_{filetype} != ''
+"           "         if '\<'.syntax_group_include_{filetype}.'\>' !~ '\<'.group_name.'\>'
+"           "             let get_syn_list = 0
+"           "         endif
+"           "     endif
+"           " endif
+
+"           if get_syn_list == 1
+"               " Pass in the full syntax listing, plus the group name we
+"               " are interested in.
+"               let extra_syn_list = s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems(group_name, syntax_full)
+"               let syn_list = syn_list . extra_syn_list . "\n"
+"           endif
+
+"           let index = index + strlen(group_name)
+"           let index = match(syntax_full, next_group_regex, index)
+"       endwhile
+
+"       let ftindex  = ftindex + len(ft_part_name)
+"       let ftindex  = match( &filetype, '\w\+', ftindex )
+"   endwhile
 
     " Convert the string to a List and sort it.
     let compl_list = sort(split(syn_list))
@@ -392,7 +540,7 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
     "     \|           - 2nd potential match
     "     \%$          - matches end of the file or string
     "     \)           - end a group
-    let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full, 
+    let syntax_group = matchstr(a:syntax_full,
                 \ "\n".a:group_name.'\s\+xxx\s\+\zs.\{-}\ze\(\n\w\|\%$\)'
                 \ )
 
@@ -402,42 +550,97 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
 
         " We only want the words for the lines begining with
         " containedin, but there could be other items.
-        
+
         " Tried to remove all lines that do not begin with contained
         " but this does not work in all cases since you can have
         "    contained nextgroup=...
         " So this will strip off the ending of lines with known
         " keywords.
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
+        let syn_list = substitute(
                     \    syntax_group, '\<\('.
                     \    substitute(
                     \      escape(s:syn_remove_words, '\\/.*$^~[]')
                     \      , ',', '\\|', 'g'
                     \    ).
                     \    '\).\{-}\%($\|'."\n".'\)'
-                    \    , "\n", 'g' 
+                    \    , "\n", 'g'
                     \  )
 
+        " Attempt to deal with lines using the match syntax
+        " javaScriptDocTags xxx match /@\(param\|argument\|requires\|file\)\>/
+        " Though it can use any types of regex, so this plugin will attempt
+        " to restrict it
+        " 1.  Only use \( or \%( constructs remove all else
+        " 2   Remove and []s
+        " 3.  Account for match //constructs
+        "                       \%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?
+        " 4.  Hope for the best
+        "
+        "
+        let syn_list_old = syn_list
+        while syn_list =~ '\<match\>\s\+\/'
+            if syn_list =~ 'perlElseIfError'
+                let syn_list = syn_list
+            endif
+            " Check if the match has words at least 3 characters long
+            if syn_list =~ '\<match \/\zs.\{-}\<\w\{3,}\>.\{-}\ze\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+'
+                " Remove everything after / and before the first \(
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\zs.\{-}\ze\\%\?(.\{-}\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+                " Remove everything after \) and up to the ending /
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/.\{-}\\)\zs.\{-}\ze\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+
+                " Remove any character classes
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match /\zs.\{-}\[[^]]*\].\{-}\ze\/ ', '', 'g' )
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\[[^]]*\]\ze.\{-}\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?', '', 'g' )
+                " Remove any words < 3 characters
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\<\w\{1,2}\>\ze.\{-}\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+                " Remove all non-word characters
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match /\zs.\{-}\<\W\+\>.\{-}\ze\/ ', "", 'g' )
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\W\+\ze.\{-}\/ ', ' ', 'g' )
+                " Do this by using the outer substitue() call to gather all
+                " text between the match /.../ tags.
+                " The inner substitute() call operates on the text selected
+                " and replaces all non-word characters.
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\zs\(.\{-}\)\ze\\\@<!\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+'
+                            \ , '\=substitute(submatch(1), "\\W\\+", " ", "g")'
+                            \ , 'g' )
+                " Remove the match / / syntax
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\(.\{-}\)\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '\1', 'g' )
+            else
+                " No words long enough, remove the match
+                " Remove the match syntax
+                " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/[^\/]*\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match \/\%(.\{-}\)\?\/\%(\%(ms\|me\|hs\|he\|rs\|re\|lc\)\S\+\)\?\s\+', '', 'g' )
+            endif
+            if syn_list =~ '\<match\>\s\+\/'
+                " Problem removing the match / / tags
+                let syn_list = ''
+            endif
+        endwhile
+
+
         " Now strip off the newline + blank space + contained.
         " Also include lines with nextgroup=@someName skip_key_words syntax_element
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
-                    \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
-                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    " \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=\)'
+                    " \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\<\(contained\|nextgroup=[@a-zA-Z,]*\)'
+        let syn_list = substitute(
+                    \    syn_list, '\<\(contained\|nextgroup=[@a-zA-Z,]*\)'
+                    \    , "", 'g'
                     \ )
 
         " This can leave lines like this
         "     =@vimMenuList  skipwhite onoremenu
         " Strip the special option keywords first
         "     :h :syn-skipwhite*
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
+        let syn_list = substitute(
                     \    syn_list, '\<\(skipwhite\|skipnl\|skipempty\)\>'
-                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    \    , "", 'g'
                     \ )
 
         " Now remove the remainder of the nextgroup=@someName lines
-        let syn_list = substitute( 
+        let syn_list = substitute(
                     \    syn_list, '\%(^\|\n\)\@<=\s*\(@\w\+\)'
-                    \    , "", 'g' 
+                    \    , "", 'g'
                     \ )
 
         if b:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword == 0
@@ -446,19 +649,74 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
             " This will replace non-word characters with spaces.
             let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^0-9A-Za-z_ ]', ' ', 'g' )
         else
-            let accept_chars = ','.&iskeyword.','
-            " Remove all character ranges
-            " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', ',', 'g')
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', '', 'g')
-            " Remove all numeric specifications
-            " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\d\{-},', ',', 'g')
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=\d\{-},', '', 'g')
-            " Remove all commas
-            let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',', '', 'g')
-            " Escape special regex characters
-            let accept_chars = escape(accept_chars, '\\/.*$^~[]' )
-            " Remove all characters that are not acceptable
-            let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^0-9A-Za-z_ '.accept_chars.']', ' ', 'g' )
+            if g:omni_syntax_use_iskeyword_numeric == 1
+                " iskeyword can contain value like this
+                " 38,42,43,45,47-58,60-62,64-90,97-122,_,+,-,*,/,%,<,=,>,:,$,?,!,@-@,94
+                " Numeric values convert to their ASCII equivalent using the
+                " nr2char() function.
+                "     &       38
+                "     *       42
+                "     +       43
+                "     -       45
+                "     ^       94
+                " Iterate through all numeric specifications and convert those
+                " to their ascii equivalent ensuring the character is printable.
+                " If so, add it to the list.
+                let accepted_chars = ''
+                for item in split(&iskeyword, ',')
+                    if item =~ '\d-\d'
+                        " This is a character range (ie 47-58),
+                        " cycle through each character within the range
+                        let [b:start, b:end] = split(item, '-')
+                        for range_item in range( b:start, b:end )
+                            if range_item <= 127 || g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte == 0
+                                if nr2char(range_item) =~ '\p'
+                                    let accepted_chars = accepted_chars . nr2char(range_item)
+                                endif
+                            endif
+                        endfor
+                    elseif item =~ '^\d\+$'
+                        " Only numeric, translate to a character
+                        if item < 127 || g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte == 0
+                            if nr2char(item) =~ '\p'
+                                let accepted_chars = accepted_chars . nr2char(item)
+                            endif
+                        endif
+                    else
+                        if char2nr(item) < 127 || g:omni_syntax_use_single_byte == 0
+                            if item =~ '\p'
+                                let accepted_chars = accepted_chars . item
+                            endif
+                        endif
+                    endif
+                endfor
+                " Escape special regex characters
+                " Looks like the wrong chars are escaped.  In a collection,
+                "      :h /[]
+                "      only `]', `\', `-' and `^' are special:
+                " let accepted_chars = escape(accepted_chars, '\\/.*$^~[]' )
+                let accepted_chars = escape(accepted_chars, ']\-^' )
+                " Remove all characters that are not acceptable
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^A-Za-z'.accepted_chars.']', ' ', 'g' )
+            else
+                let accept_chars = ','.&iskeyword.','
+                " Remove all character ranges
+                " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', ',', 'g')
+                let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=[^,]\+-[^,]\+,', '', 'g')
+                " Remove all numeric specifications
+                " let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\d\{-},', ',', 'g')
+                let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',\@<=\d\{-},', '', 'g')
+                " Remove all commas
+                let accept_chars = substitute(accept_chars, ',', '', 'g')
+                " Escape special regex characters
+                " Looks like the wrong chars are escaped.  In a collection,
+                "      :h /[]
+                "      only `]', `\', `-' and `^' are special:
+                " let accept_chars = escape(accept_chars, '\\/.*$^~[]' )
+                let accept_chars = escape(accept_chars, ']\-^' )
+                " Remove all characters that are not acceptable
+                let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '[^0-9A-Za-z_'.accept_chars.']', ' ', 'g' )
+            endif
         endif
 
         if b:omni_syntax_minimum_length > 0
@@ -471,3 +729,27 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
 
     return syn_list
 endfunction
+
+function! OmniSyntaxShowChars(spec)
+  let result = []
+  for item in split(a:spec, ',')
+    if len(item) > 1
+      if item == '@-@'
+        call add(result, char2nr(item))
+      else
+        call extend(result, call('range', split(item, '-')))
+      endif
+    else
+      if item == '@'  " assume this is [A-Za-z]
+        for [c1, c2] in [['A', 'Z'], ['a', 'z']]
+          call extend(result, range(char2nr(c1), char2nr(c2)))
+        endfor
+      else
+        call add(result, char2nr(item))
+      endif
+    endif
+  endfor
+  return join(map(result, 'nr2char(v:val)'), ', ')
+endfunction
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/autoload/tar.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " tar.vim: Handles browsing tarfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:			Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:		28
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:			Apr 17, 2013
+" Version:		29
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:		Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
 "
 "	Contains many ideas from Michael Toren's <tar.vim>
 "
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_tar")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_tar= "v28"
+let g:loaded_tar= "v29"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of tar needs vim 7.2"
@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ if v:version < 702
 endif
 let s:keepcpo= &cpo
 set cpo&vim
+"DechoTabOn
 "call Decho("loading autoload/tar.vim")
 
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -80,7 +81,7 @@ endif
 
 " set up shell quoting character
 if !exists("g:tar_shq")
- if exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
+ if exists("+shq") && exists("&shq") && &shq != ""
   let g:tar_shq= &shq
  elseif has("win32") || has("win95") || has("win64") || has("win16")
   if exists("g:netrw_cygwin") && g:netrw_cygwin
@@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ fun! tar#Browse(tarfile)
   keepj $
 
   let tarfile= a:tarfile
-  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
@@ -227,7 +228,7 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
   " about to make a new window, need to use b:tarfile
   let tarfile= b:tarfile
   let curfile= expand("%")
-  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
@@ -239,6 +240,8 @@ fun! s:TarBrowseSelect()
   let s:tblfile_{winnr()}= curfile
   call tar#Read("tarfile:".tarfile.'::'.fname,1)
   filetype detect
+  set nomod
+  exe 'com! -buffer -nargs=? -complete=file TarDiff	:call tar#Diff(<q-args>,"'.fnameescape(fname).'")'
 
   let &report= repkeep
 "  call Dret("TarBrowseSelect : s:tblfile_".winnr()."<".s:tblfile_{winnr()}.">")
@@ -252,7 +255,7 @@ fun! tar#Read(fname,mode)
   set report=10
   let tarfile = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:\(.\{-}\)::.*$','\1','')
   let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'tarfile:.\{-}::\(.*\)$','\1','')
-  if has("win32") && executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    " assuming cygwin
    let tarfile=substitute(system("cygpath -u ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n$','','e')
   endif
@@ -425,7 +428,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
  
    if fname =~ '/'
     let dirpath = substitute(fname,'/[^/]\+$','','e')
-    if executable("cygpath")
+    if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
      let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(dirpath, 0)),'\n','','e')
     endif
     call mkdir(dirpath,"p")
@@ -445,7 +448,7 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
     let tar_secure= " "
    endif
    exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
-   if executable("cygpath")
+   if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
     let tarfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".shellescape(tarfile,0)),'\n','','e')
    endif
  
@@ -500,6 +503,30 @@ fun! tar#Write(fname)
 "  call Dret("tar#Write")
 endfun
 
+" ---------------------------------------------------------------------
+" tar#Diff: {{{2
+fun! tar#Diff(userfname,fname)
+"  call Dfunc("tar#Diff(userfname<".a:userfname."> fname<".a:fname.")")
+  let fname= a:fname
+  if a:userfname != ""
+   let fname= a:userfname
+  endif
+  if filereadable(fname)
+   " sets current file (from tarball) for diff'ing
+   " splits window vertically
+   " opens original file, sets it for diff'ing
+   " sets up b:tardiff_otherbuf variables so each buffer knows about the other (for closing purposes)
+   diffthis
+   wincmd v
+   exe "e ".fnameescape(fname)
+   diffthis
+  else
+   redraw!
+   echo "***warning*** unable to read file<".fname.">"
+  endif
+"  call Dret("tar#Diff")
+endfun
+
 " ---------------------------------------------------------------------
 " s:Rmdir: {{{2
 fun! s:Rmdir(fname)

runtime/autoload/tohtml.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim autoload file for the tohtml plugin.
 " Maintainer: Ben Fritz <fritzophrenic@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 2011 Apr 05
+" Last Change: 2013 Jun 19
 "
 " Additional contributors:
 "
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
 
 " this file uses line continuations
 let s:cpo_sav = &cpo
-set cpo-=C
+set cpo&vim
 
 " Automatically find charsets from all encodings supported natively by Vim. With
 " the 8bit- and 2byte- prefixes, Vim can actually support more encodings than
@@ -391,12 +391,25 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   call add(html, '<meta name="plugin-version" content="'.g:loaded_2html_plugin.'"'.tag_close)
   call add(html, '<meta name="settings" content="'.
 	\ join(filter(keys(s:settings),'s:settings[v:val]'),',').
+	\ ',prevent_copy='.s:settings.prevent_copy.
 	\ '"'.tag_close)
+  call add(html, '<meta name="colorscheme" content="'.
+	\ (exists('g:colors_name')
+	\ ? g:colors_name
+	\ : 'none'). '"'.tag_close)
 
   call add(html, '</head>')
   let body_line_num = len(html)
-  call add(html, '<body>')
-  call add(html, '<table border="1" width="100%">')
+  if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
+    call add(html, "<body onload='FixCharWidth();".(s:settings.line_ids ? " JumpToLine();" : "")."'>")
+    call add(html, "<!-- hidden divs used by javascript to get the width of a char -->")
+    call add(html, "<div id='oneCharWidth'>0</div>")
+    call add(html, "<div id='oneInputWidth'><input size='1' value='0'".tag_close."</div>")
+    call add(html, "<div id='oneEmWidth' style='width: 1em;'></div>")
+  else
+    call add(html, '<body'.(s:settings.line_ids ? ' onload="JumpToLine();"' : '').'>')
+  endif
+  call add(html, "<table border='1' width='100%' id='vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."'>")
 
   call add(html, '<tr>')
   for buf in a:win_list
@@ -454,16 +467,19 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
       let insert_index = diff_style_start
     endif
 
-    " Delete those parts that are not needed so
-    " we can include the rest into the resulting table
-    1,/^<body/d_
+    " Delete those parts that are not needed so we can include the rest into the
+    " resulting table.
+    1,/^<body.*\%(\n<!--.*-->\_s\+.*id='oneCharWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneInputWidth'.*\_s\+.*id='oneEmWidth'\)\?\zs/d_
     $
     ?</body>?,$d_
     let temp = getline(1,'$')
+    " clean out id on the main content container because we already set it on
+    " the table
+    let temp[0] = substitute(temp[0], " id='vimCodeElement[^']*'", "", "")
     " undo deletion of start and end part
     " so we can later save the file as valid html
     " TODO: restore using grabbed lines if undolevel is 1?
-    normal 2u
+    normal! 2u
     if s:settings.use_css
       call add(html, '<td valign="top"><div>')
     elseif s:settings.use_xhtml
@@ -487,6 +503,11 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
   call add(html, s:body_end_line)
   call add(html, '</html>')
 
+  " The generated HTML is admittedly ugly and takes a LONG time to fold.
+  " Make sure the user doesn't do syntax folding when loading a generated file,
+  " using a modeline.
+  call add(html, '<!-- vim: set foldmethod=manual : -->')
+
   let i = 1
   let name = "Diff" . (s:settings.use_xhtml ? ".xhtml" : ".html")
   " Find an unused file name if current file name is already in use
@@ -520,12 +541,94 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
     1
     let style_start = search('^</head>')-1
 
-    " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
-    " if dynamic folding is active. {{{
+    " add required javascript in reverse order so we can just call append again
+    " and again without adjusting {{{
+
+    " insert script closing tag
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ '',
+	  \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : '-->',
+	  \ "</script>"
+	  \ ])
+
+    " insert script which corrects the size of small input elements in
+    " prevent_copy mode. See 2html.vim for details on why this is needed and how
+    " it works.
+    if !empty(s:settings.prevent_copy)
+      call append(style_start, [
+	    \ '',
+	    \ '/* simulate a "ch" unit by asking the browser how big a zero character is */',
+	    \ 'function FixCharWidth() {',
+	    \ '  /* get the hidden element which gives the width of a single character */',
+	    \ '  var goodWidth = document.getElementById("oneCharWidth").clientWidth;',
+	    \ '  /* get all input elements, we''ll filter on class later */',
+	    \ '  var inputTags = document.getElementsByTagName("input");',
+	    \ '  var ratio = 5;',
+	    \ '  var inputWidth = document.getElementById("oneInputWidth").clientWidth;',
+	    \ '  var emWidth = document.getElementById("oneEmWidth").clientWidth;',
+	    \ '  if (inputWidth > goodWidth) {',
+	    \ '    while (ratio < 100*goodWidth/emWidth && ratio < 100) {',
+	    \ '      ratio += 5;',
+	    \ '    }',
+	    \ '    document.getElementById("vimCodeElement'.s:settings.id_suffix.'").className = "em"+ratio;',
+	    \ '  }',
+	    \ '}'
+	    \ ])
+    endif
+    "
+    " insert javascript to get IDs from line numbers, and to open a fold before
+    " jumping to any lines contained therein
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ "  /* Always jump to new location even if the line was hidden inside a fold, or",
+	  \ "   * we corrected the raw number to a line ID.",
+	  \ "   */",
+	  \ "  if (lineElem) {",
+	  \ "    lineElem.scrollIntoView(true);",
+	  \ "  }",
+	  \ "  return true;",
+	  \ "}",
+	  \ "if ('onhashchange' in window) {",
+	  \ "  window.onhashchange = JumpToLine;",
+	  \ "}"
+	  \ ])
+    if s:settings.dynamic_folds
+      call append(style_start, [
+	    \ "",
+	    \ "  /* navigate upwards in the DOM tree to open all folds containing the line */",
+	    \ "  var node = lineElem;",
+	    \ "  while (node && node.id != 'vimCodeElement".s:settings.id_suffix."')",
+	    \ "  {",
+	    \ "    if (node.className == 'closed-fold')",
+	    \ "    {",
+	    \ "      /* toggle open the fold ID (remove window ID) */",
+	    \ "      toggleFold(node.id.substr(4));",
+	    \ "    }",
+	    \ "    node = node.parentNode;",
+	    \ "  }",
+	    \ ])
+    endif
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ "",
+	  \ "/* function to open any folds containing a jumped-to line before jumping to it */",
+	  \ "function JumpToLine()",
+	  \ "{",
+	  \ "  var lineNum;",
+	  \ "  lineNum = window.location.hash;",
+	  \ "  lineNum = lineNum.substr(1); /* strip off '#' */",
+	  \ "",
+	  \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('L') == -1) {",
+	  \ "    lineNum = 'L'+lineNum;",
+	  \ "  }",
+	  \ "  if (lineNum.indexOf('W') == -1) {",
+	  \ "    lineNum = 'W1'+lineNum;",
+	  \ "  }",
+	  \ "  lineElem = document.getElementById(lineNum);"
+	  \ ])
+
+    " Insert javascript to toggle matching folds open and closed in all windows,
+    " if dynamic folding is active.
     if s:settings.dynamic_folds
       call append(style_start, [
-	    \  "<script type='text/javascript'>",
-	    \  s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "  <!--",
 	    \  "  function toggleFold(objID)",
 	    \  "  {",
 	    \  "    for (win_num = 1; win_num <= ".len(a:buf_list)."; win_num++)",
@@ -542,10 +645,14 @@ func! tohtml#Diff2HTML(win_list, buf_list) "{{{
 	    \  "      }",
 	    \  "    }",
 	    \  "  }",
-	    \  s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//]]>' : "  -->",
-	    \  "</script>"
 	    \ ])
-    endif "}}}
+    endif
+
+    " insert script tag; javascript is always needed for the line number
+    " normalization for URL hashes
+    call append(style_start, [
+	  \ "<script type='text/javascript'>",
+	  \ s:settings.use_xhtml ? '//<![CDATA[' : "<!--"])
 
     " Insert styles from all the generated html documents and additional styles
     " for the table-based layout of the side-by-side diff. The diff should take
@@ -609,11 +716,13 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_conceal', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings, 'ignore_folding', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'dynamic_folds', 0 )
-    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,  'no_foldcolumn', user_settings.ignore_folding)
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'hover_unfold', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,         'no_pre', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,     'no_invalid', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,   'whole_filler', 0 )
     call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,      'use_xhtml', 0 )
+    call tohtml#GetOption(user_settings,       'line_ids', user_settings.number_lines )
     " }}}
     
     " override those settings that need it {{{
@@ -637,6 +746,8 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     " dynamic folding implies css
     if user_settings.dynamic_folds
       let user_settings.use_css = 1
+    else
+      let user_settings.no_foldcolumn = 1 " won't do anything but for consistency and for the test suite
     endif
 
     " if we're not using CSS we cannot use a pre section because <font> tags
@@ -663,6 +774,7 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
     endif
     " }}}
 
+    " textual options
     if exists("g:html_use_encoding") "{{{
       " user specified the desired MIME charset, figure out proper
       " 'fileencoding' from it or warn the user if we cannot
@@ -705,6 +817,59 @@ func! tohtml#GetUserSettings() "{{{
       endif
     endif "}}}
 
+    " Default to making nothing uncopyable, because we default to
+    " not-standards way of doing things, and also because Microsoft Word and
+    " others paste the <input> elements anyway.
+    "
+    " html_prevent_copy only has an effect when using CSS.
+    "
+    " All options:
+    "	  f - fold column
+    "	  n - line numbers (also within fold text)
+    "	  t - fold text
+    "	  d - diff filler
+    "	  c - concealed text (reserved future)
+    "	  l - listchars (reserved possible future)
+    "	  s - signs (reserved possible future)
+    "
+    " Normal text is always selectable.
+    let user_settings.prevent_copy = ""
+    if user_settings.use_css
+      if exists("g:html_prevent_copy")
+	if user_settings.dynamic_folds && !user_settings.no_foldcolumn && g:html_prevent_copy =~# 'f'
+	  let user_settings.prevent_copy .= 'f'
+	endif
+	if user_settings.number_lines && g:html_prevent_copy =~# 'n'
+	  let user_settings.prevent_copy .= 'n'
+	endif
+	if &diff && g:html_prevent_copy =~# 'd'
+	  let user_settings.prevent_copy .= 'd'
+	endif
+	if !user_settings.ignore_folding && g:html_prevent_copy =~# 't'
+	  let user_settings.prevent_copy .= 't'
+	endif
+      else
+	let user_settings.prevent_copy = ""
+      endif
+    endif
+    if empty(user_settings.prevent_copy)
+      let user_settings.no_invalid = 0
+    endif
+
+    if exists('g:html_id_expr')
+      let user_settings.id_suffix = eval(g:html_id_expr)
+      if user_settings.id_suffix !~ '^[-_:.A-Za-z0-9]*$'
+	echohl WarningMsg
+	echomsg '2html: g:html_id_expr evaluated to invalid string for HTML id attributes'
+	echomsg '2html: Omitting user-specified suffix'
+	echohl None
+	sleep 3
+	let user_settings.id_suffix=""
+      endif
+    else
+      let user_settings.id_suffix=""
+    endif
+
     " TODO: font
 
     return user_settings

runtime/autoload/xmlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	XML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2006 Aug 15
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 29
 " Version: 1.9
 "
 " Changelog:
@@ -475,12 +475,12 @@ function! s:InCommentAt(line, col)
 endfunction
 
 function! s:SetKeywords()
-	let g:IsKeywordBak=&iskeyword
-	let &iskeyword='33-255'
+	let s:IsKeywordBak=&l:iskeyword
+	let &l:iskeyword='33-255'
 endfunction
 
 function! s:RestoreKeywords()
-	let &iskeyword=g:IsKeywordBak
+	let &l:iskeyword=s:IsKeywordBak
 endfunction
 
 function! s:Push(el, sname)

runtime/autoload/zip.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " zip.vim: Handles browsing zipfiles
 "            AUTOLOAD PORTION
-" Date:		Jan 17, 2012
-" Version:	25
-" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell, Jr <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
+" Date:		Apr 17, 2013
+" Version:	26
+" Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM-NOSPAM>
 " License:	Vim License  (see vim's :help license)
-" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell, Jr. {{{1
+" Copyright:    Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
 "               notice is copied with it. Like anything else that's free,
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if &cp || exists("g:loaded_zip")
  finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_zip= "v25"
+let g:loaded_zip= "v26"
 if v:version < 702
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of zip needs vim 7.2"
@@ -188,13 +188,23 @@ fun! zip#Read(fname,mode)
   else
    let zipfile = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile:\(.\{-}\)::[^\\].*$','\1','')
    let fname   = substitute(a:fname,'^.\{-}zipfile:.\{-}::\([^\\].*\)$','\1','')
-   let fname = substitute(fname, '[', '[[]', 'g')
+   let fname   = substitute(fname, '[', '[[]', 'g')
   endif
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile.">")
 "  call Decho("fname  <".fname.">")
 
-"  call Decho("exe r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1))
-  exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1)
+  " the following code does much the same thing as
+  "   exe "keepj sil! r! ".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1)
+  " but allows zipfile:... entries in quickfix lists
+  let temp = tempname()
+  let fn   = expand('%:p')
+  exe "sil! !".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1).' > '.temp
+"  call Decho("exe sil! !".g:zip_unzipcmd." -p -- ".s:Escape(zipfile,1)." ".s:Escape(fnameescape(fname),1).' > '.temp)
+  sil exe 'keepalt file '.temp
+  sil keepj e!
+  sil exe 'keepalt file '.fnameescape(fn)
+  call delete(temp)
+
   filetype detect
 
   " cleanup
@@ -267,7 +277,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
 
   if fname =~ '/'
    let dirpath = substitute(fname,'/[^/]\+$','','e')
-   if executable("cygpath")
+   if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
     let dirpath = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(dirpath,0)),'\n','','e')
    endif
 "   call Decho("mkdir(dirpath<".dirpath.">,p)")
@@ -279,7 +289,7 @@ fun! zip#Write(fname)
 "  call Decho("zipfile<".zipfile."> fname<".fname.">")
 
   exe "w! ".fnameescape(fname)
-  if executable("cygpath")
+  if has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
    let zipfile = substitute(system("cygpath ".s:Escape(zipfile,0)),'\n','','e')
   endif
 

runtime/colors/koehler.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " vim: tw=0 ts=4 sw=4
 " Vim color file
 " Maintainer:	Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org>
-" Last Change:	2006 Dec 10
+" Last Change:	2013 May 23
 
 hi clear
 set background=dark
@@ -43,6 +43,8 @@ hi MatchParen	  term=reverse  ctermfg=blue guibg=Blue
 hi TabLine		  term=bold,reverse  cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white gui=bold guifg=blue guibg=white
 hi TabLineFill	  term=bold,reverse  cterm=bold ctermfg=lightblue ctermbg=white gui=bold guifg=blue guibg=white
 hi TabLineSel	  term=reverse	ctermfg=white ctermbg=lightblue guifg=white guibg=blue
+hi Underlined	  term=underline cterm=bold,underline ctermfg=lightblue guifg=lightblue gui=bold,underline
+hi Ignore		  ctermfg=black ctermbg=black guifg=black guibg=black
 hi link IncSearch		Visual
 hi link String			Constant
 hi link Character		Constant

runtime/colors/ron.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " vim: tw=0 ts=4 sw=4
 " Vim color file
 " Maintainer:	Ron Aaron <ron@ronware.org>
-" Last Change:	2003 May 02
+" Last Change:	2013 May 24
 
 set background=dark
 hi clear
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ if exists("syntax_on")
 endif
 let g:colors_name = "ron"
 hi Normal		guifg=cyan	guibg=black
-hi NonText		guifg=brown
+hi NonText		guifg=yellow guibg=#303030
 hi comment		guifg=green
 hi constant		guifg=cyan	gui=bold
 hi identifier	guifg=cyan	gui=NONE
@@ -24,10 +24,11 @@ hi WarningMsg	guifg=Black	guibg=Green
 hi Error		guibg=Red
 hi Todo			guifg=Black	guibg=orange
 hi Cursor		guibg=#60a060 guifg=#00ff00
-hi Search		guibg=lightslateblue
+hi Search		guibg=darkgray guifg=black gui=bold 
 hi IncSearch	gui=NONE guibg=steelblue
 hi LineNr		guifg=darkgrey
 hi title		guifg=darkgrey
+hi ShowMarksHL ctermfg=cyan ctermbg=lightblue cterm=bold guifg=yellow guibg=black  gui=bold
 hi StatusLineNC	gui=NONE guifg=lightblue guibg=darkblue
 hi StatusLine	gui=bold	guifg=cyan	guibg=blue
 hi label		guifg=gold2
@@ -41,3 +42,4 @@ hi DiffDelete   guibg=coral
 hi Folded		guibg=gray30
 hi FoldColumn	guibg=gray30 guifg=white
 hi cIf0			guifg=gray
+hi diffOnly	guifg=red gui=bold

runtime/compiler/eruby.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		eRuby
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2008 Aug 1
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 if exists("current_compiler")

runtime/compiler/haml.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Haml
+" Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "haml"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=haml\ -c
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \Haml\ %trror\ on\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+      \Syntax\ %trror\ on\ line\ %l:\ %m,
+      \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2:

runtime/compiler/mcs.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:    Mono C# Compiler
 " Maintainer:  Jarek Sobiecki <harijari@go2.pl>
-" Latest Revision: 2006-06-18
+" Last Updated By: Peter Collingbourne
+" Latest Revision: 2012 Jul 19
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -12,13 +13,18 @@ let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
 setlocal errorformat=
+         \%D%.%#Project\ \"%f/%[%^/\"]%#\"%.%#,
+         \%X%.%#Done\ building\ project\ \"%f/%[%^/\"]%#\"%.%#,
+         \%-G%\\s%.%#,
+         \%E%f(%l):\ error\ CS%n:%m,
+         \%W%f(%l):\ warning\ CS%n:%m,
          \%E%f(%l\\,%c):\ error\ CS%n:%m,
          \%W%f(%l\\,%c):\ warning\ CS%n:%m,
          \%E%>syntax\ error\\,%m,%Z%f(%l\\,%c):\ error\ CS%n:%m,
          \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',
          \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ `%f',
          \%DMaking\ %*\\a\ in\ %f,
-         \%G-%.%#
+         \%-G%.%#
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/msbuild.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Microsoft Visual Studio C#
+" Maintainer:	Chiel ten Brinke (ctje92@gmail.com)
+" Last Change:	2013 May 13
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "msbuild"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=\ %#%f(%l\\\,%c):\ %m
+CompilerSet makeprg=msbuild\ /nologo\ /v:q\ /property:GenerateFullPaths=true
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/ocaml.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+" Vim Compiler File
+" Compiler:	ocaml
+" Maintainer:	See ftplugin/ocaml.vim (?)
+" Last Change:	June 2013 by Marc Weber
+"
+" Marc Weber's comments:
+" Setting makeprg doesn't make sense, because there is ocamlc, ocamlopt,
+" ocamake and whatnot. So which one to use?
+"
+" This error format was moved from ftplugin/ocaml.vim to this file,
+" because ftplugin is the wrong file to set an error format
+" and the error format itself is annoying because it joins many lines in this
+" error case:
+"
+"    Error: The implementation foo.ml does not match the interface foo.cmi:
+"    Modules do not match case.
+"
+" So having it here makes people opt-in
+
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+    finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "ocaml"
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+CompilerSet errorformat =
+      \%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ characters\ %c-%*\\d:,
+      \%EFile\ \"%f\"\\,\ line\ %l\\,\ character\ %c:%m,
+      \%+EReference\ to\ unbound\ regexp\ name\ %m,
+      \%Eocamlyacc:\ e\ -\ line\ %l\ of\ \"%f\"\\,\ %m,
+      \%Wocamlyacc:\ w\ -\ %m,
+      \%-Zmake%.%#,
+      \%C%m,
+      \%D%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',
+      \%X%*\\a[%*\\d]:\ Leaving\ directory\ `%f',
+      \%D%*\\a:\ Entering\ directory\ `%f',
+      \%X%*\\a:\ Leaving\ directory\ `%f',
+      \%DMaking\ %*\\a\ in\ %f
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/rake.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Language:		Rake
+" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
+" Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "rake"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=rake
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \%D(in\ %f),
+      \%\\s%#from\ %f:%l:%m,
+      \%\\s%#from\ %f:%l:,
+      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l:%m,
+      \%\\s%##\ %f:%l,
+      \%\\s%#[%f:%l:\ %#%m,
+      \%\\s%#%f:%l:\ %#%m,
+      \%\\s%#%f:%l:,
+      \%m\ [%f:%l]:
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim: nowrap sw=2 sts=2 ts=8:

runtime/compiler/rspec.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		RSpec
 " Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
-" Last Change:		2009 Dec 22
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
@@ -18,21 +16,15 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=spec
+CompilerSet makeprg=rspec
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
-    \%+W'%.%#'\ FAILED,
-    \%+I'%.%#'\ FIXED,
-    \%-Cexpected:%.%#,
-    \%-C\ \ \ \ \ got:%.%#,
+    \%f:%l:\ %tarning:\ %m,
     \%E%.%#:in\ `load':\ %f:%l:%m,
-    \%C%f:%l:,
-    \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
-    \%E%f:%l:in\ %*[^:]:\ %m,
-    \%E%f:%l:\ %m,
-    \%-Z%\tfrom\ %f:%l,
-    \%-Z%p^%.%#,
-    \%-C%.%#,
+    \%E%f:%l:in\ `%*[^']':\ %m,
+    \%-Z\ \ \ \ \ \#\ %f:%l:%.%#,
+    \%E\ \ %\\d%\\+)%.%#,
+    \%C\ \ \ \ \ %m,
     \%-G%.%#
 
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save

runtime/compiler/ruby.vim

@@ -1,33 +1,10 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		Ruby
 " Function:		Syntax check and/or error reporting
-" Maintainer:		Tim Hammerquist <timh at rubyforge.org>
-" Last Change:		2008 Aug 1
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" Maintainer:		Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 " ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-"
-" Changelog:
-" 0.2:	script saves and restores 'cpoptions' value to prevent problems with
-"	line continuations
-" 0.1:	initial release
-"
-" Contributors:
-"   Hugh Sasse <hgs@dmu.ac.uk>
-"   Doug Kearns <djkea2@gus.gscit.monash.edu.au>
-"
-" Todo:
-"   match error type %m
-"
-" Comments:
-"   I know this file isn't perfect.  If you have any questions, suggestions,
-"   patches, etc., please don't hesitate to let me know.
-"
-"   This is my first experience with 'errorformat' and compiler plugins and
-"   I welcome any input from more experienced (or clearer-thinking)
-"   individuals.
-" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish

runtime/compiler/rubyunit.vim

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Language:		Test::Unit - Ruby Unit Testing Framework
 " Maintainer:		Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:		2008 Aug 1
-" URL:			http://vim-ruby.rubyforge.org
-" Anon CVS:		See above site
+" URL:			https://github.com/vim-ruby/vim-ruby
 " Release Coordinator:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
 
 if exists("current_compiler")

runtime/compiler/sass.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Sass
+" Maintainer:	Tim Pope <vimNOSPAM@tpope.org>
+" Last Change:	2013 May 30
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+let current_compiler = "sass"
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+let s:cpo_save = &cpo
+set cpo-=C
+
+CompilerSet makeprg=sass\ -c
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=
+      \%f:%l:%m\ (Sass::Syntax%trror),
+      \%ESyntax\ %trror:%m,
+      \%C%\\s%\\+on\ line\ %l\ of\ %f,
+      \%Z%.%#,
+      \%-G%.%#
+
+let &cpo = s:cpo_save
+unlet s:cpo_save
+
+" vim:set sw=2 sts=2:

runtime/compiler/xbuild.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+" Vim compiler file
+" Compiler:	Mono C#
+" Maintainer:	Chiel ten Brinke (ctje92@gmail.com)
+" Last Change:	2013 May 13
+
+if exists("current_compiler")
+  finish
+endif
+
+let current_compiler = "xbuild"
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
+  command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
+endif
+
+CompilerSet errorformat=\ %#%f(%l\\\,%c):\ %m
+CompilerSet makeprg=xbuild\ /nologo\ /v:q\ /property:GenerateFullPaths=true
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/xmllint.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	xmllint
-" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <djkea2@gus.gscit.monash.edu.au>
-" URL:		http://gus.gscit.monash.edu.au/~djkea2/vim/compiler/xmllint.vim
-" Last Change:	2004 Nov 27
+" Maintainer:	Doug Kearns <dougkearns@gmail.com>
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 1
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -18,10 +17,8 @@ set cpo-=C
 
 CompilerSet makeprg=xmllint\ --valid\ --noout\ 
 
-CompilerSet errorformat=%E%f:%l:\ error:\ %m,
-		    \%W%f:%l:\ warning:\ %m,
-		    \%E%f:%l:\ validity\ error:\ %m,
-		    \%W%f:%l:\ validity\ warning:\ %m,
+CompilerSet errorformat=%+E%f:%l:\ %.%#\ error\ :\ %m,
+		    \%+W%f:%l:\ %.%#\ warning\ :\ %m,
 		    \%-Z%p^,
 		    \%-G%.%#
 

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 22
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -263,8 +263,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 	Startup and exit
 |VimEnter|		after doing all the startup stuff
 |GUIEnter|		after starting the GUI successfully
+|GUIFailed|		after starting the GUI failed
 |TermResponse|		after the terminal response to |t_RV| is received
 
+|QuitPre|		when using `:quit`, before deciding whether to quit
 |VimLeavePre|		before exiting Vim, before writing the viminfo file
 |VimLeave|		before exiting Vim, after writing the viminfo file
 
@@ -312,6 +314,7 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |SessionLoadPost|	after loading a session file
 
 |MenuPopup|		just before showing the popup menu
+|CompleteDone|		after Insert mode completion is done
 
 |User|			to be used in combination with ":doautocmd"
 
@@ -385,6 +388,10 @@ BufRead or BufReadPost		When starting to edit a new buffer, after
 				This does NOT work for ":r file".  Not used
 				when the file doesn't exist.  Also used after
 				successfully recovering a file.
+				Also triggered for the filetypedetect group
+				when executing ":filetype detect" and when
+				writing an unnamed buffer in a way that the
+				buffer gets a name.
 							*BufReadCmd*
 BufReadCmd			Before starting to edit a new buffer.  Should
 				read the file into the buffer. |Cmd-event|
@@ -474,6 +481,11 @@ CmdwinLeave			Before leaving the command-line window.
 							*ColorScheme*
 ColorScheme			After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 
+							*CompleteDone*
+CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
+				when something was completed or abandoning
+				completion. |ins-completion|
+
 							*CursorHold*
 CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 				specified with 'updatetime'.  Not re-triggered
@@ -501,14 +513,15 @@ CursorHold			When the user doesn't press a key for the time
 CursorHoldI			Just like CursorHold, but in Insert mode.
 
 							*CursorMoved*
-CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal mode.
-				Also when the text of the cursor line has been
-				changed, e.g., with "x", "rx" or "p".
+CursorMoved			After the cursor was moved in Normal or Visual
+				mode.  Also when the text of the cursor line
+				has been changed, e.g., with "x", "rx" or "p".
 				Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
 				an operator is pending.
 				For an example see |match-parens|.
-				Careful: Don't do anything that the user does
-				not expect or that is slow.
+				Careful: This is triggered very often, don't
+				do anything that the user does not expect or
+				that is slow.
 							*CursorMovedI*
 CursorMovedI			After the cursor was moved in Insert mode.
 				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
@@ -678,8 +691,11 @@ InsertCharPre			When a character is typed in Insert mode,
 InsertEnter			Just before starting Insert mode.  Also for
 				Replace mode and Virtual Replace mode.  The
 				|v:insertmode| variable indicates the mode.
-				Be careful not to move the cursor or do
-				anything else that the user does not expect.
+				Be careful not to do anything else that the
+				user does not expect.
+				The cursor is restored afterwards.  If you do
+				not want that set |v:char| to a non-empty
+				string.
 							*InsertLeave*
 InsertLeave			When leaving Insert mode.  Also when using
 				CTRL-O |i_CTRL-O|.  But not for |i_CTRL-C|.
@@ -717,6 +733,12 @@ QuickFixCmdPost			Like QuickFixCmdPre, but after a quickfix
 				it is run after error file is read and before
 				moving to the first error. 
 				See |QuickFixCmdPost-example|.
+							*QuitPre*
+QuitPre				When using `:quit`, `:wq` or `:qall`, before
+				deciding whether it closes the current window
+				or quits Vim.  Can be used to close any
+				non-essential window if the current window is
+				the last ordinary window.
 							*RemoteReply*
 RemoteReply			When a reply from a Vim that functions as
 				server was received |server2client()|.  The
@@ -813,12 +835,27 @@ TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				triggered halfway executing another event,
 				especially if file I/O, a shell command or
 				anything else that takes time is involved.
+							*TextChanged*
+TextChanged			After a change was made to the text in the
+				current buffer in Normal mode.  That is when
+				|b:changedtick| has changed.
+				Not triggered when there is typeahead or when
+				an operator is pending.
+				Careful: This is triggered very often, don't
+				do anything that the user does not expect or
+				that is slow.
+							*TextChangedI*
+TextChangedI			After a change was made to the text in the
+				current buffer in Insert mode.
+				Not triggered when the popup menu is visible.
+				Otherwise the same as TextChanged.
 							*User*
 User				Never executed automatically.  To be used for
 				autocommands that are only executed with
 				":doautocmd".
 							*UserGettingBored*
-UserGettingBored		When the user hits CTRL-C.  Just kidding! :-)
+UserGettingBored		When the user presses the same key 42 times.
+				Just kidding! :-)
 							*VimEnter*
 VimEnter			After doing all the startup stuff, including
 				loading .vimrc files, executing the "-c cmd"

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 30
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -598,8 +598,11 @@ For other systems the tmpnam() library function is used.
 			the flags.
 
 								*g&*
-g&			Synonym for `:%s//~/&` (repeat last substitute on all
-			lines with the same flags).
+g&			Synonym for `:%s//~/&` (repeat last substitute with
+			last search pattern on all lines with the same flags).
+			For example, when you first do a substitution with
+			`:s/pattern/repl/flags` and then `/search` for
+			something else, `g&` will do `:%s/search/repl/flags`.
 			Mnemonic: global substitute. {not in Vi}
 
 						*:snomagic* *:sno*
@@ -666,6 +669,8 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
 [n]	Report the number of matches, do not actually substitute.  The [c]
 	flag is ignored.  The matches are reported as if 'report' is zero.
 	Useful to |count-items|.
+	If \= |sub-replace-expression| is used, the expression will be
+	evaluated in the |sandbox| at every match.
 
 [p]	Print the line containing the last substitute.
 
@@ -779,6 +784,11 @@ Examples: >
   :s/abcde/abc^Mde/		 modifies "abcde"    to "abc", "de" (two lines)
   :s/$/\^M/			 modifies "abcde"    to "abcde^M"
   :s/\w\+/\u\0/g		 modifies "bla bla"  to "Bla Bla"
+  :s/\w\+/\L\u/g		 modifies "BLA bla"  to "Bla Bla"
+
+Note: "\L\u" can be used to capitalize the first letter of a word.  This is
+not compatible with Vi and older versions of Vim, where the "\u" would cancel
+out the "\L". Same for "\U\l".
 
 Note: In previous versions CTRL-V was handled in a special way.  Since this is
 not Vi compatible, this was removed.  Use a backslash instead.
@@ -1502,6 +1512,7 @@ n	When formatting text, recognize numbered lists.  This actually uses
 			first line of a paragraph
 		second line of the same paragraph
 		third line.
+<	This also works inside comments, ignoring the comment leader.
 v	Vi-compatible auto-wrapping in insert mode: Only break a line at a
 	blank that you have entered during the current insert command.  (Note:
 	this is not 100% Vi compatible.  Vi has some "unexpected features" or

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 05
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ CTRL-\ e {expr}						*c_CTRL-\_e*
 			   :return cmd
 			:endfunc
 <		This doesn't work recursively, thus not when already editing
-		an expression.
+		an expression.  But it is possible to use in a mapping.
 
 							*c_CTRL-Y*
 CTRL-Y		When there is a modeless selection, copy the selection into
@@ -714,10 +714,15 @@ three lines: >
 Visual Mode and Range					*v_:*
 
 {Visual}:	Starts a command-line with the Visual selected lines as a
-		range.  The code ":'<,'>" is used for this range, which makes
+		range.  The code `:'<,'>` is used for this range, which makes
 		it possible to select a similar line from the command-line
 		history for repeating a command on different Visually selected
 		lines.
+		When Visual mode was already ended, a short way to use the
+		Visual area for a range is `:*`.  This requires that "*" does
+		not appear in 'cpo', see |cpo-star|.  Otherwise you will have
+		to type `:'<,'>`
+
 
 ==============================================================================
 5. Ex command-line flags				*ex-flags*
@@ -826,10 +831,11 @@ These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 		the home directory.  If the name is a directory a path
 		separator is added at the end.  For a file name that does not
 		exist and does not have an absolute path the result is
-		unpredictable.
+		unpredictable.  On MS-Windows an 8.3 filename is expanded to
+		the long name.
 	:8	Converts the path to 8.3 short format (currently only on
-		win32).  Will act on as much of a path that is an existing
-		path.
+		MS-Windows).  Will act on as much of a path that is an
+		existing path.
 	:~	Reduce file name to be relative to the home directory, if
 		possible.  File name is unmodified if it is not below the home
 		directory.
@@ -958,7 +964,7 @@ for the file "$home" in the root directory.  A few examples:
 	\\$home		file "\\", followed by expanded $home
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
+7. Command-line window				*cmdline-window* *cmdwin*
 							*command-line-window*
 In the command-line window the command line can be edited just like editing
 text in any window.  It is a special kind of window, because you cannot leave

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 10
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ code.
 Vim is open source software.  Everybody is encouraged to contribute to help
 improving Vim.  For sending patches a context diff "diff -c" is preferred.
 Also see http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=618.
+Also see http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/How_to_make_and_submit_a_patch.
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Design goals						*design-goals*

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Sep 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -86,16 +86,16 @@ diff mode.  You could use a construct like this: >
 While already in Vim you can start diff mode in three ways.
 
 							*E98*
-:diffsplit {filename}					*:diffs* *:diffsplit*
+:diffs[plit] {filename}					*:diffs* *:diffsplit*
 		Open a new window on the file {filename}.  The options are set
 		as for "vimdiff" for the current and the newly opened window.
 		Also see 'diffexpr'.
 
 							*:difft* *:diffthis*
-:diffthis	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
+:difft[his]	Make the current window part of the diff windows.  This sets
 		the options like for "vimdiff".
 
-:diffpatch {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
+:diffp[atch] {patchfile}				 *E816* *:diffp* *:diffpatch*
 		Use the current buffer, patch it with the diff found in
 		{patchfile} and open a buffer on the result.  The options are
 		set as for "vimdiff".
@@ -123,9 +123,9 @@ Since the option values are remembered with the buffer, you can edit another
 file for a moment and come back to the same file and be in diff mode again.
 
 							*:diffo* *:diffoff*
-:diffoff	Switch off diff mode for the current window.
+:diffo[ff]	Switch off diff mode for the current window.
 
-:diffoff!	Switch off diff mode for the current window and in all windows
+:diffo[ff]!	Switch off diff mode for the current window and in all windows
 		in the current tab page where 'diff' is set.
 
 The ":diffoff" command resets the relevant options to their default value.
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ The diffs are highlighted with these groups:
 				that parts in the middle that are still the
 				same are highlighted anyway.  Only "iwhite" of
 				'diffopt' is used here.
-|hl-DiffDelete| DiffDelete	Deleted lines.  Also called filler lines,
+|hl-DiffDelete|	DiffDelete	Deleted lines.  Also called filler lines,
 				because they don't really exist in this
 				buffer.
 
@@ -333,7 +333,7 @@ diff.  This example explains the format that Vim expects: >
 
 The "1a2" item appends the line "bbb".
 The "4d4" item deletes the line "111".
-The '7c7" item replaces the line "GGG" with "ggg".
+The "7c7" item replaces the line "GGG" with "ggg".
 
 When 'diffexpr' is not empty, Vim evaluates it to obtain a diff file in the
 format mentioned.  These variables are set to the file names used:

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 03
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -377,8 +377,9 @@ command that accepts more than one file name (like ":next file1 file2")
 embedded spaces must be escaped with a backslash.
 
 						*wildcard* *wildcards*
-Wildcards in {file} are expanded.  Which wildcards are supported depends on
-the system.  These are the common ones:
+Wildcards in {file} are expanded, but as with file completion, 'wildignore'
+and 'suffixes' apply.  Which wildcards are supported depends on the system.
+These are the common ones:
 	?	matches one character
 	*	matches anything, including nothing
 	**	matches anything, including nothing, recurses into directories
@@ -392,7 +393,7 @@ is to use "path\[[]abc]".  Then the file "path[abc]" literally.
 					*starstar-wildcard*
 Expanding "**" is possible on Unix, Win32, Mac OS/X and a few other systems.
 This allows searching a directory tree.  This goes up to 100 directories deep.
-Note there are some commands where this works slightly different, see
+Note there are some commands where this works slightly differently, see
 |file-searching|.
 Example: >
 	:n **/*.txt
@@ -422,9 +423,11 @@ You can have the backticks expanded as a Vim expression, instead of an
 external command, by using the syntax `={expr}` e.g.: >
 	:e `=tempname()`
 The expression can contain just about anything, thus this can also be used to
-avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.  Names are to be separated
-with line breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a
-name.  Line breaks also separate names.
+avoid the special meaning of '"', '|', '%' and '#'.  However, 'wildignore'
+does apply like to other wildcards.
+If the expression returns a string then names are to be separated with line
+breaks.  When the result is a |List| then each item is used as a name.  Line
+breaks also separate names.
 
 							*++opt* *[++opt]*
 The [++opt] argument can be used to force the value of 'fileformat',
@@ -1066,6 +1069,7 @@ The names can be in upper- or lowercase.
 			If there are other tab pages and quitting the last
 			window in the current tab page the current tab page is
 			closed |tab-page|.
+			Triggers the |QuitPre| autocommand event.
 
 :conf[irm] q[uit]	Quit, but give prompt when changes have been made, or
 			the last file in the argument list has not been
@@ -1215,13 +1219,13 @@ For versions of Vim where browsing is not supported, the command is executed
 unmodified.
 
 							*browsefilter*
-For MS Windows, you can modify the filters that are used in the browse dialog.
-By setting the g:browsefilter or b:browsefilter variables, you can change the
-filters globally or locally to the buffer.  The variable is set to a string in
-the format "{filter label}\t{pattern};{pattern}\n" where {filter label} is the
-text that appears in the "Files of Type" comboBox, and {pattern} is the
-pattern which filters the filenames.  Several patterns can be given, separated
-by ';'.
+For MS Windows and GTK, you can modify the filters that are used in the browse
+dialog.  By setting the g:browsefilter or b:browsefilter variables, you can
+change the filters globally or locally to the buffer.  The variable is set to
+a string in the format "{filter label}\t{pattern};{pattern}\n" where {filter
+label} is the text that appears in the "Files of Type" comboBox, and {pattern}
+is the pattern which filters the filenames.  Several patterns can be given,
+separated by ';'.
 
 For Motif the same format is used, but only the very first pattern is actually
 used (Motif only offers one pattern, but you can edit it).
@@ -1229,7 +1233,7 @@ used (Motif only offers one pattern, but you can edit it).
 For example, to have only Vim files in the dialog, you could use the following
 command: >
 
-     let g:browsefilter="Vim Scripts\t*.vim\nVim Startup Files\t*vimrc\n"
+     let g:browsefilter = "Vim Scripts\t*.vim\nVim Startup Files\t*vimrc\n"
 
 You can override the filter setting on a per-buffer basis by setting the
 b:browsefilter variable.  You would most likely set b:browsefilter in a
@@ -1239,6 +1243,13 @@ difficult to start editing a file of a different type.  To overcome this, you
 may want to add "All Files\t*.*\n" as the final filter, so that the user can
 still access any desired file.
 
+To avoid setting browsefilter when Vim does not actually support it, you can
+use has("browsefilter"): >
+
+	if has("browsefilter")
+	   let g:browsefilter = "whatever"
+	endif
+
 ==============================================================================
 7. The current directory				*current-directory*
 

runtime/doc/eval.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*eval.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ For boolean operators Numbers are used.  Zero is FALSE, non-zero is TRUE.
 Note that in the command >
 	:if "foo"
 "foo" is converted to 0, which means FALSE.  To test for a non-empty string,
-use strlen(): >
-	:if strlen("foo")
+use empty(): >
+	:if !empty("foo")
 <				*E745* *E728* *E703* *E729* *E730* *E731*
 List, Dictionary and Funcref types are not automatically converted.
 
@@ -503,7 +503,7 @@ This removes all entries from "dict" with a value not matching 'x'.
 
 
 Dictionary function ~
-					*Dictionary-function* *self* *E725*
+				*Dictionary-function* *self* *E725* *E862*
 When a function is defined with the "dict" attribute it can be used in a
 special way with a dictionary.	Example: >
 	:function Mylen() dict
@@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ of a |List| is different from the original |List|.  When using "is" without
 a |List| or a |Dictionary| it is equivalent to using "equal", using "isnot"
 equivalent to using "not equal".  Except that a different type means the
 values are different: "4 == '4'" is true, "4 is '4'" is false and "0 is []" is
-false and not a error. "is#"/"isnot#" and "is?"/"isnot?" can be used to match
+false and not an error. "is#"/"isnot#" and "is?"/"isnot?" can be used to match
 and ignore case.
 
 When comparing a String with a Number, the String is converted to a Number,
@@ -1150,14 +1150,14 @@ delete all script-local variables: >
 	:    unlet s:[k]
 	:endfor
 <
-						*buffer-variable* *b:var*
+						*buffer-variable* *b:var* *b:*
 A variable name that is preceded with "b:" is local to the current buffer.
 Thus you can have several "b:foo" variables, one for each buffer.
 This kind of variable is deleted when the buffer is wiped out or deleted with
 |:bdelete|.
 
 One local buffer variable is predefined:
-					*b:changedtick-variable* *changetick*
+					*b:changedtick* *changetick*
 b:changedtick	The total number of changes to the current buffer.  It is
 		incremented for each change.  An undo command is also a change
 		in this case.  This can be used to perform an action only when
@@ -1167,21 +1167,21 @@ b:changedtick	The total number of changes to the current buffer.  It is
 		    :	call My_Update()
 		    :endif
 <
-						*window-variable* *w:var*
+						*window-variable* *w:var* *w:*
 A variable name that is preceded with "w:" is local to the current window.  It
 is deleted when the window is closed.
 
-						*tabpage-variable* *t:var*
+						*tabpage-variable* *t:var* *t:*
 A variable name that is preceded with "t:" is local to the current tab page,
 It is deleted when the tab page is closed. {not available when compiled
 without the |+windows| feature}
 
-						*global-variable* *g:var*
+						*global-variable* *g:var* *g:*
 Inside functions global variables are accessed with "g:".  Omitting this will
 access a variable local to a function.	But "g:" can also be used in any other
 place if you like.
 
-						*local-variable* *l:var*
+						*local-variable* *l:var* *l:*
 Inside functions local variables are accessed without prepending anything.
 But you can also prepend "l:" if you like.  However, without prepending "l:"
 you may run into reserved variable names.  For example "count".  By itself it
@@ -1264,7 +1264,7 @@ Note that this means that filetype plugins don't get a different set of script
 variables for each buffer.  Use local buffer variables instead |b:var|.
 
 
-Predefined Vim variables:			*vim-variable* *v:var*
+Predefined Vim variables:			*vim-variable* *v:var* *v:*
 
 					*v:beval_col* *beval_col-variable*
 v:beval_col	The number of the column, over which the mouse pointer is.
@@ -1297,7 +1297,7 @@ v:beval_winnr	The number of the window, over which the mouse pointer is. Only
 					*v:char* *char-variable*
 v:char		Argument for evaluating 'formatexpr' and used for the typed
 		character when using <expr> in an abbreviation |:map-<expr>|.
-		It is also used by the |InsertCharPre| event.
+		It is also used by the |InsertCharPre| and |InsertEnter| events.
 
 			*v:charconvert_from* *charconvert_from-variable*
 v:charconvert_from
@@ -1716,7 +1716,7 @@ call( {func}, {arglist} [, {dict}])
 				any	call {func} with arguments {arglist}
 ceil( {expr})			Float	round {expr} up
 changenr()			Number	current change number
-char2nr( {expr})		Number	ASCII value of first char in {expr}
+char2nr( {expr}[, {utf8}])	Number	ASCII/UTF8 value of first char in {expr}
 cindent( {lnum})		Number	C indent for line {lnum}
 clearmatches()			none	clear all matches
 col( {expr})			Number	column nr of cursor or mark
@@ -1777,7 +1777,8 @@ get( {list}, {idx} [, {def}])	any	get item {idx} from {list} or {def}
 get( {dict}, {key} [, {def}])	any	get item {key} from {dict} or {def}
 getbufline( {expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 				List	lines {lnum} to {end} of buffer {expr}
-getbufvar( {expr}, {varname})	any	variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
+getbufvar( {expr}, {varname} [, {def}])
+				any	variable {varname} in buffer {expr}
 getchar( [expr])		Number	get one character from the user
 getcharmod( )			Number	modifiers for the last typed character
 getcmdline()			String	return the current command-line
@@ -1798,12 +1799,14 @@ getpos( {expr})			List	position of cursor, mark, etc.
 getqflist()			List	list of quickfix items
 getreg( [{regname} [, 1]])	String	contents of register
 getregtype( [{regname}])	String	type of register
-gettabvar( {nr}, {varname})	any	variable {varname} in tab {nr}
-gettabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {name})
+gettabvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
+				any	variable {varname} in tab {nr} or {def}
+gettabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {name} [, {def}])
 				any	{name} in {winnr} in tab page {tabnr}
 getwinposx()			Number	X coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
 getwinposy()			Number	Y coord in pixels of GUI Vim window
-getwinvar( {nr}, {varname})	any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
+getwinvar( {nr}, {varname} [, {def}])
+				any	variable {varname} in window {nr}
 glob( {expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])
 				any	expand file wildcards in {expr}
 globpath( {path}, {expr} [, {flag}])
@@ -1873,13 +1876,15 @@ mkdir( {name} [, {path} [, {prot}]])
 mode( [expr])			String	current editing mode
 mzeval( {expr})			any	evaluate |MzScheme| expression
 nextnonblank( {lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line >= {lnum}
-nr2char( {expr})		String	single char with ASCII value {expr}
+nr2char( {expr}[, {utf8}])	String	single char with ASCII/UTF8 value {expr}
 or( {expr}, {expr})		Number  bitwise OR
 pathshorten( {expr})		String	shorten directory names in a path
 pow( {x}, {y})			Float	{x} to the power of {y}
 prevnonblank( {lnum})		Number	line nr of non-blank line <= {lnum}
 printf( {fmt}, {expr1}...)	String	format text
 pumvisible()			Number	whether popup menu is visible
+pyeval( {expr})			any	evaluate |Python| expression
+py3eval( {expr})		any	evaluate |python3| expression
 range( {expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])
 				List	items from {expr} to {max}
 readfile( {fname} [, {binary} [, {max}]])
@@ -1901,6 +1906,10 @@ repeat( {expr}, {count})	String	repeat {expr} {count} times
 resolve( {filename})		String	get filename a shortcut points to
 reverse( {list})		List	reverse {list} in-place
 round( {expr})			Float	round off {expr}
+screenattr( {row}, {col})	Number	attribute at screen position
+screenchar( {row}, {col})	Number	character at screen position
+screencol()			Number	current cursor column
+screenrow()			Number	current cursor row
 search( {pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])
 				Number	search for {pattern}
 searchdecl( {name} [, {global} [, {thisblock}]])
@@ -1927,9 +1936,11 @@ settabvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val})	set {varname} in tab page {nr} to {val}
 settabwinvar( {tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})    set {varname} in window
 					{winnr} in tab page {tabnr} to {val}
 setwinvar( {nr}, {varname}, {val})	set {varname} in window {nr} to {val}
+sha256( {string})		String	SHA256 checksum of {string}
 shellescape( {string} [, {special}])
 				String	escape {string} for use as shell
 					command argument
+shiftwidth()			Number	effective value of 'shiftwidth'
 simplify( {filename})		String	simplify filename as much as possible
 sin( {expr})			Float	sine of {expr}
 sinh( {expr})			Float	hyperbolic sine of {expr}
@@ -1987,6 +1998,7 @@ undotree()			List	undo file tree
 values( {dict})			List	values in {dict}
 virtcol( {expr})		Number	screen column of cursor or mark
 visualmode( [expr])		String	last visual mode used
+wildmenumode()			Number	whether 'wildmenu' mode is active
 winbufnr( {nr})			Number	buffer number of window {nr}
 wincol()			Number	window column of the cursor
 winheight( {nr})		Number	height of window {nr}
@@ -2289,14 +2301,16 @@ changenr()						*changenr()*
 		redo it is the number of the redone change.  After undo it is
 		one less than the number of the undone change.
 
-char2nr({expr})						*char2nr()*
+char2nr({expr}[, {utf8}])					*char2nr()*
 		Return number value of the first char in {expr}.  Examples: >
 			char2nr(" ")		returns 32
 			char2nr("ABC")		returns 65
-<		The current 'encoding' is used.  Example for "utf-8": >
+<		When {utf8} is omitted or zero, the current 'encoding' is used.
+		Example for "utf-8": >
 			char2nr("<22>")		returns 225
 			char2nr("<22>"[0])		returns 195
-<		A combining character is a separate character.
+<		With {utf8} set to 1, always treat as utf-8 characters.
+		A combining character is a separate character.
 		|nr2char()| does the opposite.
 
 cindent({lnum})						*cindent()*
@@ -2571,6 +2585,8 @@ delete({fname})							*delete()*
 		which is 0 if the file was deleted successfully, and non-zero
 		when the deletion failed.
 		Use |remove()| to delete an item from a |List|.
+		To delete a line from the buffer use |:delete|.  Use |:exe|
+		when the line number is in a variable.
 
 							*did_filetype()*
 did_filetype()	Returns non-zero when autocommands are being executed and the
@@ -2759,7 +2775,8 @@ expand({expr} [, {nosuf} [, {list}]])				*expand()*
 		file name contains a space]
 
 		If the expansion fails, the result is an empty string.	A name
-		for a non-existing file is not included.
+		for a non-existing file is not included, unless {expr} does
+		not start with '%', '#' or '<', see below.
 
 		When {expr} starts with '%', '#' or '<', the expansion is done
 		like for the |cmdline-special| variables with their associated
@@ -3134,7 +3151,7 @@ getbufline({expr}, {lnum} [, {end}])
 		Example: >
 			:let lines = getbufline(bufnr("myfile"), 1, "$")
 
-getbufvar({expr}, {varname})				*getbufvar()*
+getbufvar({expr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getbufvar()*
 		The result is the value of option or local buffer variable
 		{varname} in buffer {expr}.  Note that the name without "b:"
 		must be used.
@@ -3144,8 +3161,8 @@ getbufvar({expr}, {varname})				*getbufvar()*
 		doesn't work for a global variable, window-local variable or
 		window-local option.
 		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()| above.
-		When the buffer or variable doesn't exist an empty string is
-		returned, there is no error message.
+		When the buffer or variable doesn't exist {def} or an empty
+		string is returned, there is no error message.
 		Examples: >
 			:let bufmodified = getbufvar(1, "&mod")
 			:echo "todo myvar = " . getbufvar("todo", "myvar")
@@ -3286,8 +3303,9 @@ getfperm({fname})					*getfperm()*
 		"rwx" flags represent, in turn, the permissions of the owner
 		of the file, the group the file belongs to, and other users.
 		If a user does not have a given permission the flag for this
-		is replaced with the string "-".  Example: >
+		is replaced with the string "-".  Examples: >
 			:echo getfperm("/etc/passwd")
+			:echo getfperm(expand("~/.vimrc"))
 <		This will hopefully (from a security point of view) display
 		the string "rw-r--r--" or even "rw-------".
 
@@ -3421,26 +3439,30 @@ getregtype([{regname}])					*getregtype()*
 		<CTRL-V> is one character with value 0x16.
 		If {regname} is not specified, |v:register| is used.
 
-gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname})				*gettabvar()*
+gettabvar({tabnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*gettabvar()*
 		Get the value of a tab-local variable {varname} in tab page
 		{tabnr}. |t:var|
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.
 		Note that the name without "t:" must be used.
+		When the tab or variable doesn't exist {def} or an empty
+		string is returned, there is no error message.
 
-gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname})		*gettabwinvar()*
+gettabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])		*gettabwinvar()*
 		Get the value of window-local variable {varname} in window
 		{winnr} in tab page {tabnr}.
 		When {varname} starts with "&" get the value of a window-local
 		option.
+		When {varname} is empty a dictionary with all window-local
+		variables is returned.
+		Note that {varname} must be the name without "w:".
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.  For the current tabpage
 		use |getwinvar()|.
 		When {winnr} is zero the current window is used.
 		This also works for a global option, buffer-local option and
 		window-local option, but it doesn't work for a global variable
 		or buffer-local variable.
-		When {varname} is empty a dictionary with all window-local
-		variables is returned.
-		Note that {varname} must be the name without "w:".
+		When the tab, window or variable doesn't exist {def} or an
+		empty string is returned, there is no error message.
 		Examples: >
 			:let list_is_on = gettabwinvar(1, 2, '&list')
 			:echo "myvar = " . gettabwinvar(3, 1, 'myvar')
@@ -3455,7 +3477,7 @@ getwinposy()	The result is a Number, which is the Y coordinate in pixels of
 		the top of the GUI Vim window.	The result will be -1 if the
 		information is not available.
 
-getwinvar({winnr}, {varname})				*getwinvar()*
+getwinvar({winnr}, {varname} [, {def}])				*getwinvar()*
 		Like |gettabwinvar()| for the current tabpage.
 		Examples: >
 			:let list_is_on = getwinvar(2, '&list')
@@ -3565,6 +3587,9 @@ histadd({history}, {item})				*histadd()*
 			"search" or "/"   search pattern history
 			"expr"	 or "="   typed expression history
 			"input"  or "@"	  input line history
+			"debug"  or ">"   debug command history
+		The {history} string does not need to be the whole name, one
+		character is sufficient.
 		If {item} does already exist in the history, it will be
 		shifted to become the newest entry.
 		The result is a Number: 1 if the operation was successful,
@@ -3748,10 +3773,10 @@ inputdialog({prompt} [, {text} [, {cancelreturn}]])		*inputdialog()*
 		Like |input()|, but when the GUI is running and text dialogs
 		are supported, a dialog window pops up to input the text.
 		Example: >
-			:let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", &sw)
-			:if n != ""
-			:  let &sw = n
-			:endif
+		   :let n = inputdialog("value for shiftwidth", shiftwidth())
+		   :if n != ""
+		   :  let &sw = n
+		   :endif
 <		When the dialog is cancelled {cancelreturn} is returned.  When
 		omitted an empty string is returned.
 		Hitting <Enter> works like pressing the OK button.  Hitting
@@ -4033,7 +4058,7 @@ map({expr}, {string})					*map()*
 
 		The operation is done in-place.  If you want a |List| or
 		|Dictionary| to remain unmodified make a copy first: >
-			:let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' & . "\t"')
+			:let tlist = map(copy(mylist), ' v:val . "\t"')
 
 <		Returns {expr}, the |List| or |Dictionary| that was filtered.
 		When an error is encountered while evaluating {string} no
@@ -4362,14 +4387,16 @@ nextnonblank({lnum})					*nextnonblank()*
 		below it, zero is returned.
 		See also |prevnonblank()|.
 
-nr2char({expr})						*nr2char()*
+nr2char({expr}[, {utf8}])				*nr2char()*
 		Return a string with a single character, which has the number
 		value {expr}.  Examples: >
 			nr2char(64)		returns "@"
 			nr2char(32)		returns " "
-<		The current 'encoding' is used.  Example for "utf-8": >
+<		When {utf8} is omitted or zero, the current 'encoding' is used.
+		Example for "utf-8": >
 			nr2char(300)		returns I with bow character
-<		Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
+<		With {utf8} set to 1, always return utf-8 characters.
+		Note that a NUL character in the file is specified with
 		nr2char(10), because NULs are represented with newline
 		characters.  nr2char(0) is a real NUL and terminates the
 		string, thus results in an empty string.
@@ -4444,6 +4471,7 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 
 		Often used items are:
 		  %s	string
+		  %6S	string right-aligned in 6 display cells
 		  %6s	string right-aligned in 6 bytes
 		  %.9s	string truncated to 9 bytes
 		  %c	single byte
@@ -4558,6 +4586,10 @@ printf({fmt}, {expr1} ...)				*printf()*
 		s	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
 			precision is specified, no more bytes than the number
 			specified are used.
+		S	The text of the String argument is used.  If a
+			precision is specified, no more display cells than the
+			number specified are used.  Without the |+multi_byte|
+			feature works just like 's'.
 
 							*printf-f* *E807*
 		f	The Float argument is converted into a string of the 
@@ -4610,6 +4642,29 @@ pumvisible()						*pumvisible()*
 		This can be used to avoid some things that would remove the
 		popup menu.
 
+							*E860*
+py3eval({expr})						*py3eval()*
+		Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
+		converted to Vim data structures.
+		Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are 
+		copied though, unicode strings are additionally converted to 
+		'encoding').
+		Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
+		Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type with 
+		keys converted to strings.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+python3| feature}
+
+							*E858* *E859*
+pyeval({expr})						*pyeval()*
+		Evaluate Python expression {expr} and return its result
+		converted to Vim data structures.
+		Numbers and strings are returned as they are (strings are 
+		copied though).
+		Lists are represented as Vim |List| type.
+		Dictionaries are represented as Vim |Dictionary| type, 
+		non-string keys result in error.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+python| feature}
+
 							*E726* *E727*
 range({expr} [, {max} [, {stride}]])				*range()*
 		Returns a |List| with Numbers:
@@ -4837,15 +4892,49 @@ round({expr})							*round()*
 			echo round(-4.5)
 <			-5.0
 		{only available when compiled with the |+float| feature}
-		
-		
+
+screenattr(row, col)						*screenattr()*
+		Like screenchar(), but return the attribute.  This is a rather
+		arbitrary number that can only be used to compare to the
+		attribute at other positions.
+
+screenchar(row, col)						*screenchar()*
+		The result is a Number, which is the character at position
+		[row, col] on the screen.  This works for every possible
+		screen position, also status lines, window separators and the
+		command line.  The top left position is row one, column one
+		The character excludes composing characters.  For double-byte
+		encodings it may only be the first byte.
+		This is mainly to be used for testing.
+		Returns -1 when row or col is out of range.
+
+screencol()							*screencol()*
+		The result is a Number, which is the current screen column of
+		the cursor. The leftmost column has number 1.
+		This function is mainly used for testing.
+
+		Note: Always returns the current screen column, thus if used
+		in a command (e.g. ":echo screencol()") it will return the
+		column inside the command line, which is 1 when the command is
+		executed. To get the cursor position in the file use one of
+		the following mappings: >
+			nnoremap <expr> GG ":echom ".screencol()."\n"
+			nnoremap <silent> GG :echom screencol()<CR>
+<
+screenrow()							*screenrow()*
+		The result is a Number, which is the current screen row of the
+		cursor.  The top line has number one.
+		This function is mainly used for testing.
+
+		Note: Same restrictions as with |screencol()|.
+
 search({pattern} [, {flags} [, {stopline} [, {timeout}]]])	*search()*
 		Search for regexp pattern {pattern}.  The search starts at the
 		cursor position (you can use |cursor()| to set it).
 
+		When a match has been found its line number is returned.
 		If there is no match a 0 is returned and the cursor doesn't
 		move.  No error message is given.
-		When a match has been found its line number is returned.
 
 		{flags} is a String, which can contain these character flags:
 		'b'	search backward instead of forward
@@ -5224,8 +5313,9 @@ setreg({regname}, {value} [,{options}])
 
 		If {options} contains no register settings, then the default
 		is to use character mode unless {value} ends in a <NL>.
-		Setting the '=' register is not possible.
-		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
+		Setting the '=' register is not possible, but you can use >
+			:let @= = var_expr
+<		Returns zero for success, non-zero for failure.
 
 		Examples: >
 			:call setreg(v:register, @*)
@@ -5248,8 +5338,6 @@ settabvar({tabnr}, {varname}, {val})			*settabvar()*
 		|t:var|
 		Note that the variable name without "t:" must be used.
 		Tabs are numbered starting with one.
-		Vim briefly goes to the tab page {tabnr}, this may trigger
-		TabLeave and TabEnter autocommands.
 		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
 
 settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
@@ -5262,8 +5350,6 @@ settabwinvar({tabnr}, {winnr}, {varname}, {val})	*settabwinvar()*
 		doesn't work for a global or local buffer variable.
 		For a local buffer option the global value is unchanged.
 		Note that the variable name without "w:" must be used.
-		Vim briefly goes to the tab page {tabnr}, this may trigger
-		TabLeave and TabEnter autocommands.
 		Examples: >
 			:call settabwinvar(1, 1, "&list", 0)
 			:call settabwinvar(3, 2, "myvar", "foobar")
@@ -5275,6 +5361,11 @@ setwinvar({nr}, {varname}, {val})			*setwinvar()*
 			:call setwinvar(1, "&list", 0)
 			:call setwinvar(2, "myvar", "foobar")
 
+sha256({string})						*sha256()*
+		Returns a String with 64 hex charactes, which is the SHA256
+		checksum of {string}.
+		{only available when compiled with the |+cryptv| feature}
+
 shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		Escape {string} for use as a shell command argument.
 		On MS-Windows and MS-DOS, when 'shellslash' is not set, it
@@ -5301,6 +5392,23 @@ shellescape({string} [, {special}])			*shellescape()*
 		    :call system("chmod +w -- " . shellescape(expand("%")))
 
 
+shiftwidth()						*shiftwidth()*
+		Returns the effective value of 'shiftwidth'. This is the
+		'shiftwidth' value unless it is zero, in which case it is the
+		'tabstop' value.  To be backwards compatible in indent
+		plugins, use this: >
+			if exists('*shiftwidth')
+			  func s:sw()
+			    return shiftwidth()
+			  endfunc
+			else
+			  func s:sw()
+			    return &sw
+			  endfunc
+			endif
+<		And then use s:sw() instead of &sw.
+
+
 simplify({filename})					*simplify()*
 		Simplify the file name as much as possible without changing
 		the meaning.  Shortcuts (on MS-Windows) or symbolic links (on
@@ -5430,7 +5538,8 @@ split({expr} [, {pattern} [, {keepempty}]])			*split()*
 		empty each white-separated sequence of characters becomes an
 		item.
 		Otherwise the string is split where {pattern} matches,
-		removing the matched characters.
+		removing the matched characters. 'ignorecase' is not used
+		here, add \c to ignore case. |/\c|
 		When the first or last item is empty it is omitted, unless the
 		{keepempty} argument is given and it's non-zero.
 		Other empty items are kept when {pattern} matches at least one
@@ -5640,8 +5749,10 @@ substitute({expr}, {pat}, {sub}, {flags})		*substitute()*
 		This works like the ":substitute" command (without any flags).
 		But the matching with {pat} is always done like the 'magic'
 		option is set and 'cpoptions' is empty (to make scripts
-		portable).  'ignorecase' is still relevant.  'smartcase' is
-		not used.  See |string-match| for how {pat} is used.
+		portable).  'ignorecase' is still relevant, use |/\c| or |/\C|
+		if you want to ignore or match case and ignore 'ignorecase'.
+		'smartcase' is not used.  See |string-match| for how {pat} is
+		used.
 
 		A "~" in {sub} is not replaced with the previous {sub}.
 		Note that some codes in {sub} have a special meaning
@@ -5862,8 +5973,9 @@ taglist({expr})							*taglist()*
 		If there are no matching tags, then an empty list is returned.
 
 		To get an exact tag match, the anchors '^' and '$' should be
-		used in {expr}.  Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information
-		about the tag search regular expression pattern.
+		used in {expr}.  This also make the function work faster.
+		Refer to |tag-regexp| for more information about the tag
+		search regular expression pattern.
 
 		Refer to |'tags'| for information about how the tags file is
 		located by Vim. Refer to |tags-file-format| for the format of
@@ -6074,6 +6186,18 @@ visualmode([expr])						*visualmode()*
 		Dictionary or Float is not a Number or String, thus does not
 		cause the mode to be cleared.
 
+wildmenumode()					*wildmenumode()*
+		Returns non-zero when the wildmenu is active and zero
+		otherwise.  See 'wildmenu' and 'wildmode'.
+		This can be used in mappings to handle the 'wildcharm' option
+		gracefully. (Makes only sense with |mapmode-c| mappings).
+
+		For example to make <c-j> work like <down> in wildmode, use: >
+    :cnoremap <expr> <C-j> wildmenumode() ? "\<Down>\<Tab>" : "\<c-j>"
+<
+		(Note, this needs the 'wildcharm' option set appropriately).
+
+
 							*winbufnr()*
 winbufnr({nr})	The result is a Number, which is the number of the buffer
 		associated with window {nr}.  When {nr} is zero, the number of
@@ -6106,8 +6230,9 @@ winline()	The result is a Number, which is the screen line of the cursor
 winnr([{arg}])	The result is a Number, which is the number of the current
 		window.  The top window has number 1.
 		When the optional argument is "$", the number of the
-		last window is returned (the window count).
-		When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
+		last window is returned (the window count). >
+			let window_count = winnr('$')
+<		When the optional argument is "#", the number of the last
 		accessed window is returned (where |CTRL-W_p| goes to).
 		If there is no previous window or it is in another tab page 0
 		is returned.
@@ -6219,6 +6344,7 @@ balloon_multiline	GUI supports multiline balloons.
 beos			BeOS version of Vim.
 browse			Compiled with |:browse| support, and browse() will
 			work.
+browsefilter		Compiled with support for |browsefilter|.
 builtin_terms		Compiled with some builtin terminals.
 byte_offset		Compiled with support for 'o' in 'statusline'
 cindent			Compiled with 'cindent' support.
@@ -6296,6 +6422,7 @@ mouse_gpm		Compiled with support for gpm (Linux console mouse)
 mouse_netterm		Compiled with support for netterm mouse.
 mouse_pterm		Compiled with support for qnx pterm mouse.
 mouse_sysmouse		Compiled with support for sysmouse (*BSD console mouse)
+mouse_sgr		Compiled with support for sgr mouse.
 mouse_urxvt		Compiled with support for urxvt mouse.
 mouse_xterm		Compiled with support for xterm mouse.
 mouseshape		Compiled with support for 'mouseshape'.
@@ -6476,6 +6603,8 @@ See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
 			is excluded, ":{range}call" will call the function for
 			each line in the range, with the cursor on the start
 			of each line.  See |function-range-example|.
+			The cursor is still moved to the first line of the
+			range, as is the case with all Ex commands.
 
 			When the [abort] argument is added, the function will
 			abort as soon as an error is detected.

runtime/doc/evim-fr.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH EVIM 1 "16 f<>vrier 2002 February 16"
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 f<>vrier 2002"
 .SH NAME
 evim \- <20> Easy Vim <20>, <20>dite un fichier avec Vim sans utiliser les modes
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ Voir le menu Aide/Remerciements ou ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-26.
-Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise <20> jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/evim-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.TH EVIM 1 "16 février 2002 February 16"
+.TH EVIM 1 "16 février 2002"
 .SH NAME
 evim \- « Easy Vim », édite un fichier avec Vim sans utiliser les modes
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -54,4 +54,4 @@ Voir le menu Aide/Remerciements ou ":help credits" dans
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2005-03-26.
-Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise à jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jun 19
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ Since the text for this plugin is rather long it has been put in a separate
 file: |ft_sql.txt|.
 
 
-TEX							*ft-tex-plugin*
+TEX						*ft-tex-plugin* *g:tex_flavor*
 
 If the first line of a *.tex file has the form >
 	%&<format>

runtime/doc/ft_sql.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*ft_sql.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 15
 
 by David Fishburn
 
@@ -349,6 +349,7 @@ may not work properly on all platforms: >
 The static maps (which are based on the syntax highlight groups) follow this
 format: >
     imap <buffer> <C-C>k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlKeyword')<CR><C-X><C-O>
+    imap <buffer> <C-C>k <C-\><C-O>:call sqlcomplete#Map('sqlKeyword\w*')<CR><C-X><C-O>
 
 This command breaks down as: >
     imap		   - Create an insert map
@@ -369,6 +370,9 @@ This command breaks down as: >
 			     command while editing a SQL file.
     'sqlKeyword'	   - Display the items for the sqlKeyword highlight
 			     group
+    'sqlKeyword\w*'	   - A second option available with Vim 7.4 which
+                             uses a regular expression to determine which
+			     syntax groups to use
     )<CR>		   - Execute the :let command
     <C-X><C-O>		   - Trigger the standard omni completion key stroke.
 			     Passing in 'sqlKeyword' instructs the SQL
@@ -435,7 +439,7 @@ the space bar):
 			     of columns, you can press <Left>, this will
 			     replace the column list with the list of tables.
 			   - This allows you to quickly drill down into a
-			     table to view it's columns and back again.
+			     table to view its columns and back again.
 			   - <Right> and <Left> can be also be chosen via
 			     your |.vimrc| >
                                 let g:ftplugin_sql_omni_key_right = '<Right>'
@@ -645,7 +649,7 @@ your |vimrc|: >
 	- When completing tables, procedure or views and using dbext.vim 3.00
 	  or higher the list of objects will also include the owner name.
 	  When completing these objects and omni_sql_include_owner is enabled
-	  the owner name will be be replaced. >
+	  the owner name will be replaced. >
 
     omni_sql_precache_syntax_groups
 <	- Default:

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 22
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -93,10 +93,16 @@ and initialize other things that you may want to set up differently from the
 terminal version.
 
 Recommended place for your personal GUI initializations:
-	Unix		    $HOME/.gvimrc
-	OS/2		    $HOME/.gvimrc or $VIM/.gvimrc
-	MS-DOS and Win32    $HOME/_gvimrc or $VIM/_gvimrc
-	Amiga		    s:.gvimrc or $VIM/.gvimrc
+	Unix		    $HOME/.gvimrc or $HOME/.vim/gvimrc
+	OS/2		    $HOME/.gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
+			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
+	MS-DOS and Win32    $HOME/_gvimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/gvimrc
+			    or $VIM/_gvimrc
+	Amiga		    s:.gvimrc, home:.gvimrc, home:vimfiles:gvimrc
+			    or $VIM/.gvimrc
+
+The personal initialization files are searched in the order specified above
+and only the first one that is found is read.
 
 There are a number of options which only have meaning in the GUI version of
 Vim.  These are 'guicursor', 'guifont', 'guipty' and 'guioptions'.  They are

runtime/doc/gui_w16.txt

@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Vim's Graphical User Interface				*gui-w16* *win16-gui*
 
 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_msdos.txt|  For items common to DOS and Windows.
+|os_msdos.txt|	For items common to DOS and Windows.
 |gui_w32.txt|	Some items here are also applicable to the Win16 version.
 
 {Vi does not have a Windows GUI}

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 23
+*gui_w32.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 04
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Vim's Win32 Graphical User Interface			*gui-w32* *win32-gui*
 
 Other relevant documentation:
 |gui.txt|	For generic items of the GUI.
-|os_win32.txt|  For Win32 specific items.
+|os_win32.txt| 	For Win32 specific items.
 
 {Vi does not have a Windows GUI}
 
@@ -489,4 +489,16 @@ to:
 And add gvim to the list of applications.  This problem only appears to happen
 with the Intellimouse driver 2.2 and when "Universal Scrolling" is turned on.
 
+
+XPM support						*w32-xpm-support*
+
+Gvim can be build on MS-Windows with support for XPM files.  |+xpm_w32|
+See the Make_mvc.mak file for instructions, search for XPM.
+
+To try out if XPM support works do this: >
+	:help
+	:exe 'sign define vimxpm icon=' . $VIMRUNTIME . '\\vim16x16.xpm'
+	:exe 'sign place 1 line=1 name=vimxpm file=' . expand('%:p')
+<
+
  vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/hebrew.txt

@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ Details
       This is also the keymap when 'keymap=hebrew' is set.  The advantage of
       'keymap' is that it works properly when using UTF8, e.g. it inserts the
       correct characters; 'hkmap' does not.  The 'keymap' keyboard can also
-      insert niqud and te`amim.  To see what those mappings are,look at the
+      insert niqud and te`amim.  To see what those mappings are, look at the
       keymap file 'hebrew.vim' etc.
 
 

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 20
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 06
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -195,12 +195,12 @@ Remarks about specific systems ~
 						*standard-plugin-list*
 Standard plugins ~
 |pi_getscript.txt| Downloading latest version of Vim scripts
-|pi_gzip.txt|	   Reading and writing compressed files
-|pi_netrw.txt|	   Reading and writing files over a network
-|pi_paren.txt|	   Highlight matching parens
-|pi_tar.txt|	   Tar file explorer
+|pi_gzip.txt|      Reading and writing compressed files
+|pi_netrw.txt|     Reading and writing files over a network
+|pi_paren.txt|     Highlight matching parens
+|pi_tar.txt|       Tar file explorer
 |pi_vimball.txt|   Create a self-installing Vim script
-|pi_zip.txt|	   Zip archive explorer
+|pi_zip.txt|       Zip archive explorer
 
 LOCAL ADDITIONS:				*local-additions*
 

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -194,11 +194,12 @@ command: >
 				*E154* *E150* *E151* *E152* *E153* *E670*
 :helpt[ags] [++t] {dir}
 			Generate the help tags file(s) for directory {dir}.
-			All "*.txt" and "*.??x" files in the directory are
-			scanned for a help tag definition in between stars.
-			The "*.??x" files are for translated docs, they
-			generate the "tags-??" file, see |help-translated|.
-			The generated tags files are sorted.
+			All "*.txt" and "*.??x" files in the directory and
+			sub-directories are scanned for a help tag definition
+			in between stars.  The "*.??x" files are for
+			translated docs, they generate the "tags-??" file, see
+			|help-translated|.  The generated tags files are
+			sorted.
 			When there are duplicates an error message is given.
 			An existing tags file is silently overwritten.
 			The optional "++t" argument forces adding the

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 16
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jun 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -10,9 +10,10 @@ The Lua Interface to Vim				*lua* *Lua*
 2. The vim module		|lua-vim|
 3. List userdata		|lua-list|
 4. Dict userdata		|lua-dict|
-5. Buffer userdata		|lua-buffer|
-6. Window userdata		|lua-window|
-7. The luaeval function		|lua-luaeval|
+5. Funcref userdata		|lua-funcref|
+6. Buffer userdata		|lua-buffer|
+7. Window userdata		|lua-window|
+8. The luaeval function		|lua-luaeval|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -110,9 +111,31 @@ input range are stored in "vim.firstline" and "vim.lastline" respectively. The
 module also includes routines for buffer, window, and current line queries,
 Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 
-	vim.list()		Returns an empty list (see |List|).
-
-	vim.dict()		Returns an empty dictionary (see |Dictionary|).
+	vim.list([arg])		Returns an empty list or, if "arg" is a Lua
+				table with numeric keys 1, ..., n (a
+				"sequence"), returns a list l such that l[i] =
+				arg[i] for i = 1, ..., n (see |List|).
+				Non-numeric keys are not used to initialize
+				the list. See also |lua-eval| for conversion
+				rules. Example: >
+					:lua t = {math.pi, false, say = 'hi'}
+					:echo luaeval('vim.list(t)')
+					:" [3.141593, 0], 'say' is ignored
+<
+	vim.dict([arg])		Returns an empty dictionary or, if "arg" is a
+				Lua table, returns a dict d such that d[k] =
+				arg[k] for all string keys k in "arg" (see
+				|Dictionary|). Number keys are converted to
+				strings. Keys that are not strings are not
+				used to initialize the dictionary. See also
+				|lua-eval| for conversion rules. Example: >
+					:lua t = {math.pi, false, say = 'hi'}
+					:echo luaeval('vim.dict(t)')
+					:" {'say': 'hi'}, numeric keys ignored
+<
+	vim.funcref({name})	Returns a Funcref to function {name} (see
+				|Funcref|). It is equivalent to Vim's
+				"function".
 
 	vim.buffer([arg])	If "arg" is a number, returns buffer with
 				number "arg" in the buffer list or, if "arg"
@@ -131,9 +154,9 @@ Vim evaluation and command execution, and others.
 
 	vim.type({arg})		Returns the type of {arg}. It is equivalent to
 				Lua's "type" function, but returns "list",
-				"dict", "buffer", or "window" if {arg} is a
-				list, dictionary, buffer, or window,
-				respectively. Examples: >
+				"dict", "funcref", "buffer", or "window" if
+				{arg} is a list, dictionary, funcref, buffer,
+				or window, respectively. Examples: >
 					:lua l = vim.list()
 					:lua print(type(l), vim.type(l))
 					:" userdata list
@@ -229,7 +252,40 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
-5. Buffer userdata					*lua-buffer*
+5. Funcref userdata					*lua-funcref*
+
+Funcref userdata represent funcref variables in Vim. Funcrefs that were
+defined with a "dict" attribute need to be obtained as a dictionary key
+in order to have "self" properly assigned to the dictionary (see examples
+below.) A funcref "f" has the following properties:
+
+Properties
+----------
+	o "#f" is the name of the function referenced by "f"
+	o "f(...)" calls the function referenced by "f" (with arguments)
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:function I(x)
+	:  return a:x
+	:  endfunction
+	:let R = function('I')
+	:lua i1 = vim.funcref('I')
+	:lua i2 = vim.eval('R')
+	:lua print(#i1, #i2) -- both 'I'
+	:lua print(i1, i2, #i2(i1) == #i1(i2))
+	:function Mylen() dict
+	:  return len(self.data)
+	:  endfunction
+	:let mydict = {'data': [0, 1, 2, 3]}
+	:lua d = vim.eval('mydict'); d.len = vim.funcref('Mylen')
+	:echo mydict.len()
+	:lua l = d.len -- assign d as 'self'
+	:lua print(l())
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+6. Buffer userdata					*lua-buffer*
 
 Buffer userdata represent vim buffers. A buffer userdata "b" has the following
 properties and methods:
@@ -281,7 +337,7 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Window userdata					*lua-window*
+7. Window userdata					*lua-window*
 
 Window objects represent vim windows. A window userdata "w" has the following
 properties and methods:
@@ -313,7 +369,7 @@ Examples:
 <
 
 ==============================================================================
-7. The luaeval function					*lua-luaeval*
+8. The luaeval function					*lua-luaeval* *lua-eval*
 
 The (dual) equivalent of "vim.eval" for passing Lua values to Vim is
 "luaeval". "luaeval" takes an expression string and an optional argument and
@@ -325,7 +381,13 @@ returns the result of the expression. It is semantically equivalent in Lua to:
 	    return chunk(arg) -- return typval
 	end
 <
-Note that "_A" receives the argument to "luaeval". Examples: >
+Note that "_A" receives the argument to "luaeval". Lua numbers, strings, and
+list, dict, and funcref userdata are converted to their Vim respective types,
+while Lua booleans are converted to numbers. An error is thrown if conversion
+of any of the remaining Lua types, including userdata other than lists, dicts,
+and funcrefs, is attempted.
+
+Examples: >
 
 	:echo luaeval('math.pi')
 	:lua a = vim.list():add('newlist')

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Feb 11
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ The MzScheme Interface to Vim				*mzscheme* *MzScheme*
 3. Threads				|mzscheme-threads|
 4. Vim access from MzScheme		|mzscheme-vim|
 5. mzeval() Vim function		|mzscheme-mzeval|
-6. Dynamic loading			|mzscheme-dynamic|
+6. Using Function references		|mzscheme-funcref|
+7. Dynamic loading			|mzscheme-dynamic|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -21,10 +22,17 @@ The MzScheme interface is available only if Vim was compiled with the
 Based on the work of Brent Fulgham.
 Dynamic loading added by Sergey Khorev
 
-For downloading MzScheme and other info:
-	http://www.plt-scheme.org/software/mzscheme/
+MzScheme and PLT Scheme names have been rebranded as Racket. For more
+information please check http://racket-lang.org
 
-Note: On FreeBSD you should use the "drscheme" port.
+Futures and places of Racket version 5.x up to and including 5.3.1 do not
+work correctly with processes created by Vim.
+The simplest solution is to build Racket on your own with these features
+disabled: >
+  ./configure --disable-futures --disable-places --prefix=your-install-prefix
+
+To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
+--disable-docs
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Commands						*mzscheme-commands*
@@ -155,8 +163,11 @@ Common
     (eval {expr-string})	    Evaluate the vim expression into
 				    respective MzScheme object: |Lists| are
 				    represented as Scheme lists,
-				    |Dictionaries| as hash tables.
-				    NOTE the name clashes with MzScheme eval
+				    |Dictionaries| as hash tables,
+				    |Funcref|s as functions (see also
+				    |mzscheme-funcref|)
+				    NOTE the name clashes with MzScheme eval,
+				    use module qualifiers to overcome this.
     (range-start)		    Start/End of the range passed with
     (range-end)			    the Scheme command.
     (beep)			    beep
@@ -237,7 +248,23 @@ To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |mzeval()| function to
 evaluate MzScheme expressions and pass their values to VimL.
 
 ==============================================================================
-6. Dynamic loading				    *mzscheme-dynamic* *E815*
+6. Using Function references				    *mzscheme-funcref*
+
+MzScheme interface allows use of |Funcref|s so you can call Vim functions
+directly from Scheme. For instance: >
+    function! MyAdd2(arg)
+	return a:arg + 2
+    endfunction
+    mz (define f2 (vim-eval "function(\"MyAdd2\")"))
+    mz (f2 7)
+< or : >
+    :mz (define indent (vim-eval "function('indent')"))
+    " return Vim indent for line 12
+    :mz (indent 12)
+<
+
+==============================================================================
+7. Dynamic loading				    *mzscheme-dynamic* *E815*
 
 On MS-Windows the MzScheme libraries can be loaded dynamically. The |:version|
 output then includes |+mzscheme/dyn|.

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 21
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Oct 25
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -44,15 +44,17 @@ The Perl patches for Vim were made by:
 	Sven Verdoolaege <skimo@breughel.ufsia.ac.be>
 	Matt Gerassimof
 
-Perl for MS-Windows can be found at:
-http://www.perl.com/CPAN/ports/nt/Standard/x86/
+Perl for MS-Windows can be found at: http://www.perl.com/
+The ActiveState one should work.
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Using the Perl interface				*perl-using*
 
 							*:perl* *:pe*
 :pe[rl] {cmd}		Execute Perl command {cmd}.  The current package
-			is "main".
+			is "main".  Simple example to test if `:perl` is
+			working: >
+				:perl VIM::Msg("Hello")
 
 :pe[rl] << {endpattern}
 {script}
@@ -173,7 +175,8 @@ VIM::Windows([{wn}...])	With no arguments, returns a list of all the windows
 VIM::DoCommand({cmd})	Executes Ex command {cmd}.
 
 							*perl-Eval*
-VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, val).
+VIM::Eval({expr})	Evaluates {expr} and returns (success, value) in list 
+			context or just value in scalar context.
 			success=1 indicates that val contains the value of
 			{expr}; success=0 indicates a failure to evaluate
 			the expression.  '@x' returns the contents of register

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 04
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -6,13 +6,16 @@
 
 The Python Interface to Vim				*python* *Python*
 
-1. Commands			|python-commands|
-2. The vim module		|python-vim|
-3. Buffer objects		|python-buffer|
-4. Range objects		|python-range|
-5. Window objects		|python-window|
-6. Dynamic loading		|python-dynamic|
-7. Python 3			|python3|
+1. Commands					|python-commands|
+2. The vim module				|python-vim|
+3. Buffer objects				|python-buffer|
+4. Range objects				|python-range|
+5. Window objects				|python-window|
+6. Tab page objects				|python-tabpage|
+7. vim.bindeval objects				|python-bindeval-objects|
+8. pyeval(), py3eval() Vim functions		|python-pyeval|
+9. Dynamic loading				|python-dynamic|
+10. Python 3					|python3|
 
 {Vi does not have any of these commands}
 
@@ -26,7 +29,9 @@ The Python 3 interface is available only when Vim was compiled with the
 
 					*:python* *:py* *E205* *E263* *E264*
 :[range]py[thon] {stmt}
-			Execute Python statement {stmt}.
+			Execute Python statement {stmt}.  A simple check if
+			the `:python` command is working: >
+				:python print "Hello"
 
 :[range]py[thon] << {endmarker}
 {script}
@@ -51,9 +56,25 @@ Example: >
 	EOF
 	endfunction
 <
-Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Also make sure the "class"
-line and "EOF" do not have any indent.
+Note: Python is very sensitive to the indenting.  Make sure the "class" line
+and "EOF" do not have any indent.
 
+							*:pydo*
+:[range]pydo {body}	Execute Python function "def _vim_pydo(line, linenr):
+			{body}" for each line in the [range], with the
+			function arguments being set to the text of each line
+			in turn, without a trailing <EOL>, and the current
+			line number. The function should return a string or
+			None. If a string is returned, it becomes the text of
+			the line in the current turn. The default for [range]
+			is the whole file: "1,$".
+			{not in Vi}
+
+Examples:
+>
+	:pydo return "%s\t%d" % (line[::-1], len(line))
+	:pydo if line: return "%4d: %s" % (linenr, line)
+<
 							*:pyfile* *:pyf*
 :[range]pyf[ile] {file}
 			Execute the Python script in {file}.  The whole
@@ -150,7 +171,27 @@ vim.eval(str)						*python-eval*
 	[{'cmd': '/^eval_expr(arg, nextcmd)$/', 'static': 0, 'name':
 	'eval_expr', 'kind': 'f', 'filename': './src/eval.c'}]
 
+vim.bindeval(str)					*python-bindeval*
+	Like |python-eval|, but returns special objects described in 
+	|python-bindeval-objects|. These python objects let you modify (|List| 
+	or |Dictionary|) or call (|Funcref|) vim objects.
 
+vim.strwidth(str)					*python-strwidth*
+	Like |strwidth()|: returns number of display cells str occupies, tab 
+	is counted as one cell.
+
+vim.foreach_rtp(callable)				*python-foreach_rtp*
+	Call the given callable for each path in 'runtimepath' until either 
+	callable returns something but None, the exception is raised or there 
+	are no longer paths. If stopped in case callable returned non-None, 
+	vim.foreach_rtp function returns the value returned by callable.
+
+vim.chdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-chdir*
+vim.fchdir(*args, **kwargs)				*python-fchdir*
+	Run os.chdir or os.fchdir, then all appropriate vim stuff.
+	Note: you should not use these functions directly, use os.chdir and 
+	      os.fchdir instead. Behavior of vim.fchdir is undefined in case 
+	      os.fchdir does not exist.
 
 Error object of the "vim" module
 
@@ -170,12 +211,12 @@ Constants of the "vim" module
 	to which the variables referred.
 
 vim.buffers						*python-buffers*
-	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim buffers.  The
+	A mapping object providing access to the list of vim buffers.  The
 	object supports the following operations: >
 	    :py b = vim.buffers[i]	# Indexing (read-only)
 	    :py b in vim.buffers	# Membership test
 	    :py n = len(vim.buffers)	# Number of elements
-	    :py for b in vim.buffers:	# Sequential access
+	    :py for b in vim.buffers:	# Iterating over buffer list
 <
 vim.windows						*python-windows*
 	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim windows.  The
@@ -184,13 +225,28 @@ vim.windows						*python-windows*
 	    :py w in vim.windows	# Membership test
 	    :py n = len(vim.windows)	# Number of elements
 	    :py for w in vim.windows:	# Sequential access
+<	Note: vim.windows object always accesses current tab page. 
+	|python-tabpage|.windows objects are bound to parent |python-tabpage| 
+	object and always use windows from that tab page (or throw vim.error 
+	in case tab page was deleted). You can keep a reference to both 
+	without keeping a reference to vim module object or |python-tabpage|, 
+	they will not lose their properties in this case.
+
+vim.tabpages						*python-tabpages*
+	A sequence object providing access to the list of vim tab pages. The 
+	object supports the following operations: >
+	    :py t = vim.tabpages[i]	# Indexing (read-only)
+	    :py t in vim.tabpages	# Membership test
+	    :py n = len(vim.tabpages)	# Number of elements
+	    :py for t in vim.tabpages:	# Sequential access
 <
 vim.current						*python-current*
 	An object providing access (via specific attributes) to various
 	"current" objects available in vim:
 		vim.current.line	The current line (RW)		String
-		vim.current.buffer	The current buffer (RO)		Buffer
-		vim.current.window	The current window (RO)		Window
+		vim.current.buffer	The current buffer (RW)		Buffer
+		vim.current.window	The current window (RW)		Window
+		vim.current.tabpage	The current tab page (RW)	TabPage
 		vim.current.range	The current line range (RO)	Range
 
 	The last case deserves a little explanation.  When the :python or
@@ -198,6 +254,42 @@ vim.current						*python-current*
 	"current range".  A range is a bit like a buffer, but with all access
 	restricted to a subset of lines.  See |python-range| for more details.
 
+	Note: When assigning to vim.current.{buffer,window,tabpage} it expects 
+	valid |python-buffer|, |python-window| or |python-tabpage| objects 
+	respectively. Assigning triggers normal (with |autocommand|s) 
+	switching to given buffer, window or tab page. It is the only way to 
+	switch UI objects in python: you can't assign to 
+	|python-tabpage|.window attribute. To switch without triggering 
+	autocommands use >
+	    py << EOF
+	    saved_eventignore = vim.options['eventignore']
+	    vim.options['eventignore'] = 'all'
+	    try:
+	        vim.current.buffer = vim.buffers[2] # Switch to buffer 2
+	    finally:
+	        vim.options['eventignore'] = saved_eventignore
+	    EOF
+<
+vim.vars						*python-vars*
+vim.vvars						*python-vvars*
+	Dictionary-like objects holding dictionaries with global (|g:|) and 
+	vim (|v:|) variables respectively. Identical to `vim.bindeval("g:")`, 
+	but faster.
+
+vim.options						*python-options*
+	Object partly supporting mapping protocol (supports setting and 
+	getting items) providing a read-write access to global options.
+	Note: unlike |:set| this provides access only to global options. You
+	cannot use this object to obtain or set local options' values or
+	access local-only options in any fashion. Raises KeyError if no global
+	option with such name exists (i.e. does not raise KeyError for
+	|global-local| options and global only options, but does for window-
+	and buffer-local ones).  Use |python-buffer| objects to access to
+	buffer-local options and |python-window| objects to access to
+	window-local options.
+
+	Type of this object is available via "Options" attribute of vim 
+	module.
 
 Output from Python					*python-output*
 	Vim displays all Python code output in the Vim message area.  Normal
@@ -214,6 +306,88 @@ Output from Python					*python-output*
 	supported, and may cause the program to crash.  This should probably be
 	fixed.
 
+		    *python2-directory* *python3-directory* *pythonx-directory*
+Python 'runtimepath' handling				*python-special-path*
+
+In python vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH special directory is used as a replacement for 
+the list of paths found in 'runtimepath': with this directory in sys.path and 
+vim.path_hooks in sys.path_hooks python will try to load module from 
+{rtp}/python2 (or python3) and {rtp}/pythonx (for both python versions) for 
+each {rtp} found in 'runtimepath'.
+
+Implementation is similar to the following, but written in C: >
+
+    from imp import find_module, load_module
+    import vim
+    import sys
+
+    class VimModuleLoader(object):
+        def __init__(self, module):
+            self.module = module
+
+        def load_module(self, fullname, path=None):
+            return self.module
+
+    def _find_module(fullname, oldtail, path):
+        idx = oldtail.find('.')
+        if idx > 0:
+            name = oldtail[:idx]
+            tail = oldtail[idx+1:]
+            fmr = find_module(name, path)
+            module = load_module(fullname[:-len(oldtail)] + name, *fmr)
+            return _find_module(fullname, tail, module.__path__)
+        else:
+            fmr = find_module(fullname, path)
+            return load_module(fullname, *fmr)
+
+    # It uses vim module itself in place of VimPathFinder class: it does not 
+    # matter for python which object has find_module function attached to as 
+    # an attribute.
+    class VimPathFinder(object):
+        @classmethod
+        def find_module(cls, fullname, path=None):
+            try:
+                return VimModuleLoader(_find_module(fullname, fullname, path or vim._get_paths()))
+            except ImportError:
+                return None
+
+        @classmethod
+        def load_module(cls, fullname, path=None):
+            return _find_module(fullname, fullname, path or vim._get_paths())
+
+    def hook(path):
+        if path == vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH:
+            return VimPathFinder
+        else:
+            raise ImportError
+
+    sys.path_hooks.append(hook)
+
+vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH					*python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
+	String constant used in conjunction with vim path hook. If path hook 
+	installed by vim is requested to handle anything but path equal to 
+	vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH constant it raises ImportError. In the only other 
+	case it uses special loader.
+
+	Note: you must not use value of this constant directly, always use 
+	      vim.VIM_SPECIAL_PATH object.
+
+vim.find_module(...)					*python-find_module*
+vim.path_hook(path)					*python-path_hook*
+	Methods or objects used to implement path loading as described above. 
+	You should not be using any of these directly except for vim.path_hook 
+	in case you need to do something with sys.meta_path. It is not 
+	guaranteed that any of the objects will exist in the future vim 
+	versions.
+
+vim._get_paths						*python-_get_paths*
+	Methods returning a list of paths which will be searched for by path 
+	hook. You should not rely on this method being present in future 
+	versions, but can use it for debugging.
+
+	It returns a list of {rtp}/python2 (or {rtp}/python3) and 
+	{rtp}/pythonx directories for each {rtp} in 'runtimepath'.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Buffer objects					*python-buffer*
 
@@ -239,6 +413,24 @@ Buffer indexes start at zero, as is normal in Python.  This differs from vim
 line numbers, which start from 1.  This is particularly relevant when dealing
 with marks (see below) which use vim line numbers.
 
+The buffer object attributes are:
+	b.vars		Dictionary-like object used to access 
+			|buffer-variable|s.
+	b.options	Mapping object (supports item getting, setting and 
+			deleting) that provides access to buffer-local options 
+			and buffer-local values of |global-local| options. Use 
+			|python-window|.options if option is window-local, 
+			this object will raise KeyError. If option is 
+			|global-local| and local value is missing getting it 
+			will return None.
+	b.name		String, RW. Contains buffer name (full path).
+			Note: when assigning to b.name |BufFilePre| and 
+			|BufFilePost| autocommands are launched.
+	b.number	Buffer number. Can be used as |python-buffers| key.
+			Read-only.
+	b.valid		True or False. Buffer object becomes invalid when 
+			corresponding buffer is wiped out.
+
 The buffer object methods are:
 	b.append(str)	Append a line to the buffer
 	b.append(str, nr)  Idem, below line "nr"
@@ -257,6 +449,8 @@ Note that when adding a line it must not contain a line break character '\n'.
 A trailing '\n' is allowed and ignored, so that you can do: >
 	:py b.append(f.readlines())
 
+Buffer object type is available using "Buffer" attribute of vim module.
+
 Examples (assume b is the current buffer) >
 	:py print b.name		# write the buffer file name
 	:py b[0] = "hello!!!"		# replace the top line
@@ -268,6 +462,9 @@ Examples (assume b is the current buffer) >
 	:py n = len(b)			# number of lines
 	:py (row,col) = b.mark('a')	# named mark
 	:py r = b.range(1,5)		# a sub-range of the buffer
+	:py b.vars["foo"] = "bar"	# assign b:foo variable
+	:py b.options["ff"] = "dos"	# set fileformat
+	:py del b.options["ar"]		# same as :set autoread<
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Range objects					*python-range*
@@ -295,6 +492,8 @@ The range object methods are:
 			for Python's built-in list objects.
 	r.append(list, nr)  Idem, after line "nr"
 
+Range object type is available using "Range" attribute of vim module.
+
 Example (assume r is the current range):
 	# Send all lines in a range to the default printer
 	vim.command("%d,%dhardcopy!" % (r.start+1,r.end+1))
@@ -305,6 +504,8 @@ Example (assume r is the current range):
 Window objects represent vim windows.  You can obtain them in a number of ways:
 	- via vim.current.window (|python-current|)
 	- from indexing vim.windows (|python-windows|)
+	- from indexing "windows" attribute of a tab page (|python-tabpage|)
+	- from the "window" attribute of a tab page (|python-tabpage|)
 
 You can manipulate window objects only through their attributes.  They have no
 methods, and no sequence or other interface.
@@ -315,11 +516,167 @@ Window attributes are:
 				This is a tuple, (row,col).
 	height (read-write)	The window height, in rows
 	width (read-write)	The window width, in columns
+	vars (read-only)	The window |w:| variables. Attribute is 
+				unassignable, but you can change window 
+				variables this way
+	options (read-only)	The window-local options. Attribute is 
+				unassignable, but you can change window 
+				options this way. Provides access only to 
+				window-local options, for buffer-local use 
+				|python-buffer| and for global ones use 
+				|python-options|. If option is |global-local| 
+				and local value is missing getting it will 
+				return None.
+	number (read-only)	Window number.  The first window has number 1.
+				This is zero in case it cannot be determined
+				(e.g. when the window object belongs to other
+				tab page).
+	row, col (read-only)	On-screen window position in display cells.
+				First position is zero.
+	tabpage (read-only)	Window tab page.
+	valid (read-write)	True or False. Window object becomes invalid 
+				when corresponding window is closed.
+
 The height attribute is writable only if the screen is split horizontally.
 The width attribute is writable only if the screen is split vertically.
 
+Window object type is available using "Window" attribute of vim module.
+
 ==============================================================================
-6. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
+6. Tab page objects					*python-tabpage*
+
+Tab page objects represent vim tab pages. You can obtain them in a number of 
+ways:
+	- via vim.current.tabpage (|python-current|)
+	- from indexing vim.tabpages (|python-tabpages|)
+
+You can use this object to access tab page windows. They have no methods and 
+no sequence or other interfaces.
+
+Tab page attributes are:
+	number		The tab page number like the one returned by 
+			|tabpagenr()|.
+	windows		Like |python-windows|, but for current tab page.
+	vars		The tab page |t:| variables.
+	window		Current tabpage window.
+	valid		True or False. Tab page object becomes invalid when 
+			corresponding tab page is closed.
+
+TabPage object type is available using "TabPage" attribute of vim module.
+
+==============================================================================
+7. vim.bindeval objects				*python-bindeval-objects*
+
+vim.Dictionary object				*python-Dictionary*
+    Dictionary-like object providing access to vim |Dictionary| type.
+    Attributes:
+        Attribute  Description ~
+        locked     One of                       *python-.locked*
+                    Value           Description ~
+                    zero            Variable is not locked
+                    vim.VAR_LOCKED  Variable is locked, but can be unlocked
+                    vim.VAR_FIXED   Variable is locked and can't be unlocked
+                   Read-write. You can unlock locked variable by assigning 
+                   `True` or `False` to this attribute. No recursive locking 
+                   is supported.
+        scope      One of
+                    Value              Description ~
+                    zero               Dictionary is not a scope one
+                    vim.VAR_DEF_SCOPE  |g:| or |l:| dictionary
+                    vim.VAR_SCOPE      Other scope dictionary,
+                                       see |internal-variables|
+    Methods (note: methods do not support keyword arguments):
+        Method      Description ~
+        keys()      Returns a list with dictionary keys.
+        values()    Returns a list with dictionary values.
+        items()     Returns a list of 2-tuples with dictionary contents.
+        update(iterable), update(dictionary), update(**kwargs)
+                    Adds keys to dictionary.
+        get(key[, default=None])
+                    Obtain key from dictionary, returning the default if it is 
+                    not present.
+        pop(key[, default])
+                    Remove specified key from dictionary and return 
+                    corresponding value. If key is not found and default is 
+                    given returns the default, otherwise raises KeyError.
+        popitem()
+                    Remove random key from dictionary and return (key, value) 
+                    pair.
+        has_key(key)
+                    Check whether dictionary contains specified key, similar 
+                    to `key in dict`.
+
+        __new__(), __new__(iterable), __new__(dictionary), __new__(update)
+                    You can use `vim.Dictionary()` to create new vim 
+                    dictionaries. `d=vim.Dictionary(arg)` is the same as 
+                    `d=vim.bindeval('{}');d.update(arg)`. Without arguments 
+                    constructs empty dictionary.
+
+    Examples: >
+        d = vim.Dictionary(food="bar")		# Constructor
+        d['a'] = 'b'				# Item assignment
+        print d['a']				# getting item
+        d.update({'c': 'd'})			# .update(dictionary)
+        d.update(e='f')				# .update(**kwargs)
+        d.update((('g', 'h'), ('i', 'j')))	# .update(iterable)
+        for key in d.keys():			# .keys()
+        for val in d.values():			# .values()
+        for key, val in d.items():		# .items()
+        print isinstance(d, vim.Dictionary)	# True
+        for key in d:				# Iteration over keys
+        class Dict(vim.Dictionary):		# Subclassing
+<
+    Note: when iterating over keys you should not modify dictionary.
+
+vim.List object					*python-List*
+    Sequence-like object providing access to vim |List| type.
+    Supports `.locked` attribute, see |python-.locked|. Also supports the 
+    following methods:
+        Method          Description ~
+        extend(item)    Add items to the list.
+
+        __new__(), __new__(iterable)
+                        You can use `vim.List()` to create new vim lists. 
+                        `l=vim.List(iterable)` is the same as 
+                        `l=vim.bindeval('[]');l.extend(iterable)`. Without 
+                        arguments constructs empty list.
+    Examples: >
+        l = vim.List("abc")		# Constructor, result: ['a', 'b', 'c']
+        l.extend(['abc', 'def'])	# .extend() method
+        print l[1:]			# slicing
+        l[:0] = ['ghi', 'jkl']		# slice assignment
+        print l[0]			# getting item
+        l[0] = 'mno'			# assignment
+        for i in l:			# iteration
+        print isinstance(l, vim.List)	# True
+        class List(vim.List):		# Subclassing
+
+vim.Function object				*python-Function*
+    Function-like object, acting like vim |Funcref| object. Supports `.name` 
+    attribute and is callable. Accepts special keyword argument `self`, see 
+    |Dictionary-function|. You can also use `vim.Function(name)` constructor, 
+    it is the same as `vim.bindeval('function(%s)'%json.dumps(name))`.
+
+    Examples: >
+        f = vim.Function('tr')			# Constructor
+        print f('abc', 'a', 'b')		# Calls tr('abc', 'a', 'b')
+        vim.command('''
+            function DictFun() dict
+                return self
+            endfunction
+        ''')
+        f = vim.bindeval('function("DictFun")')
+        print f(self={})			# Like call('DictFun', [], {})
+        print isinstance(f, vim.Function)	# True
+
+==============================================================================
+8. pyeval() and py3eval() Vim functions			*python-pyeval*
+
+To facilitate bi-directional interface, you can use |pyeval()| and |py3eval()| 
+functions to evaluate Python expressions and pass their values to VimL.
+
+==============================================================================
+9. Dynamic loading					*python-dynamic*
 
 On MS-Windows the Python library can be loaded dynamically.  The |:version|
 output then includes |+python/dyn|.
@@ -336,12 +693,17 @@ Currently the name is "python24.dll".  That is for Python 2.4.  To know for
 sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "python\d*.dll\c".
 
 ==============================================================================
-7. Python 3						*python3*
+10. Python 3						*python3*
 
 							*:py3* *:python3*
-The |:py3| and |:python3| commands work similar to |:python|.
-							*:py3file*
-The |:py3file| command works similar to |:pyfile|.
+The `:py3` and `:python3` commands work similar to `:python`.  A simple check
+if the `:py3` command is working: >
+	:py3 print("Hello")
+<							*:py3file*
+The `:py3file` command works similar to `:pyfile`.
+							*:py3do* *E863*
+The `:py3do` command works similar to `:pydo`.
+
 
 Vim can be built in four ways (:version output):
 1. No Python support	    (-python, -python3)
@@ -378,6 +740,11 @@ To work around such problems there are these options:
 3. You undefine PY_NO_RTLD_GLOBAL in auto/config.h after configuration.  This
    may crash Vim though.
 
+							*E880*
+Raising SystemExit exception in python isn't endorsed way to quit vim, use: >
+	:py vim.command("qall!")
+<
+
 							*has-python*
 You can test what Python version is available with: >
 	if has('python')

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Oct 27
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 1. Commands						*ruby-commands*
 
 							*:ruby* *:rub*
-:rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.
+:rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
+				:ruby print "Hello"
 
 :rub[y] << {endpattern}
 {script}
@@ -40,9 +41,6 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-Command to try it out: >
-	:ruby print "Hello"   # this is a comment
-
 Example Vim script: >
 
 	function! RedGem()
@@ -211,6 +209,8 @@ for sure edit "gvim.exe" and search for "ruby\d*.dll\c".
 
 If you want to build Vim with Ruby 1.9.1, you need to edit the config.h file
 and comment-out the check for _MSC_VER.
+You may also need to rename the include directory name to match the version,
+strangely for Ruby 1.9.3 the directory is called 1.9.1.
 
 ==============================================================================
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Aug 16
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
@@ -27,7 +27,9 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 1. Commands				*tcl-ex-commands* *E571* *E572*
 
 							*:tcl* *:tc*
-:tc[l] {cmd}		Execute Tcl command {cmd}.
+:tc[l] {cmd}		Execute Tcl command {cmd}.  A simple check if `:tcl`
+			is working: >
+				:tcl puts "Hello"
 
 :[range]tc[l] << {endmarker}
 {script}

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Sep 02
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ The examples below assume a 'shiftwidth' of 4.
 								*cino-star*
 	*N    Vim searches for unclosed comments at most N lines away.  This
 	      limits the time needed to search for the start of a comment.
-	      If your /* */ comments stop indenting afer N lines this is the
+	      If your /* */ comments stop indenting after N lines this is the
 	      value you will want to change.
 	      (default 70 lines).
 
@@ -577,6 +577,106 @@ $VIMRUNTIME/indent directory for examples.
 REMARKS ABOUT SPECIFIC INDENT FILES ~
 
 
+CLOJURE					*ft-clojure-indent* *clojure-indent*
+
+Clojure indentation differs somewhat from traditional Lisps, due in part to
+the use of square and curly brackets, and otherwise by community convention.
+These conventions are not always universally followed, so the Clojure indent
+script offers a few configurable options, listed below.
+
+If the current vim does not include searchpairpos(), the indent script falls
+back to normal 'lisp' indenting, and the following options are ignored.
+
+							*g:clojure_maxlines*
+
+Set maximum scan distance of searchpairpos(). Larger values trade performance
+for correctness when dealing with very long forms. A value of 0 will scan
+without limits.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_maxlines = 100
+<
+
+						*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
+					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
+					*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
+
+The 'lispwords' option is a list of comma-separated words that mark special
+forms whose subforms must be indented with two spaces.
+
+For example:
+>
+	(defn bad []
+	      "Incorrect indentation")
+
+	(defn good []
+	  "Correct indentation")
+<
+If you would like to specify 'lispwords' with a |pattern| instead, you can use
+the fuzzy indent feature:
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent = 1
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = ['^with', '^def', '^let']
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist =
+		\ ['-fn$', '\v^with-%(meta|out-str|loading-context)$']
+
+	" Legacy comma-delimited string version; the list format above is
+	" recommended. Note that patterns are implicitly anchored with ^ and $
+	let g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns = 'with.*,def.*,let.*'
+<
+|g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns| and |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist| are
+|Lists| of patterns that will be matched against the unquoted, unqualified
+symbol at the head of a list. This means that a pattern like "^foo" will match
+all these candidates: "foobar", "my.ns/foobar", and "#'foobar".
+
+Each candidate word is tested for special treatment in this order:
+
+	1. Return true if word is literally in 'lispwords'
+	2. Return false if word matches a pattern in
+	   |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist|
+	3. Return true if word matches a pattern in
+	   |g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns|
+	4. Return false and indent normally otherwise
+
+					*g:clojure_special_indent_words*
+
+Some forms in Clojure are indented so that every subform is indented only two
+spaces, regardless of 'lispwords'. If you have a custom construct that should
+be indented in this idiosyncratic fashion, you can add your symbols to the
+default list below.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_special_indent_words =
+	   \ 'deftype,defrecord,reify,proxy,extend-type,extend-protocol,letfn'
+<
+
+					*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
+
+Align subsequent lines in multiline strings to the column after the opening
+quote, instead of the same column.
+
+For example:
+>
+	(def default
+	  "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do
+	  eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut
+	  enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
+	  nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.")
+
+	(def aligned
+	  "Lorem ipsum dolor sit amet, consectetur adipisicing elit, sed do
+	   eiusmod tempor incididunt ut labore et dolore magna aliqua. Ut
+	   enim ad minim veniam, quis nostrud exercitation ullamco laboris
+	   nisi ut aliquip ex ea commodo consequat.")
+<
+This option is off by default.
+>
+	" Default
+	let g:clojure_align_multiline_strings = 0
+<
+
+
 FORTRAN							*ft-fortran-indent*
 
 Block if, select case, where, and forall constructs are indented.  So are
@@ -629,6 +729,50 @@ buffer-local variable as follows >
   let b:fortran_indent_less=1
 
 
+HTML				*ft-html-indent* *html-indent* *html-indenting*
+
+This is about variables you can set in your vimrc to customize HTML indenting.
+
+You can set the indent for the first line after <script> and <style>
+"blocktags" (default "zero"): >
+
+      :let g:html_indent_script1 = "inc"
+      :let g:html_indent_style1 = "inc"
+<
+      VALUE	MEANING ~
+      "zero"	zero indent
+      "auto"	auto indent (same indent as the blocktag)
+      "inc"	auto indent + one indent step
+
+Many tags increase the indent for what follows per default (see "Add Indent
+Tags" in the script).  You can add further tags with: >
+
+      :let g:html_indent_inctags = "html,body,head,tbody"
+
+You can also remove such tags with: >
+
+      :let g:html_indent_autotags = "th,td,tr,tfoot,thead"
+
+Default value is empty for both variables.  Note: the initial "inctags" are
+only defined once per Vim session.
+
+User variables are only read when the script is sourced.  To enable your
+changes during a session, without reloading the HTML file, you can manually
+do: >
+
+      :call HtmlIndent_CheckUserSettings()
+
+Detail:
+  Calculation of indent inside "blocktags" with "alien" content:
+      BLOCKTAG   INDENT EXPR	    WHEN APPLICABLE ~
+      <script> : {customizable}	    if first line of block
+	       : cindent(v:lnum)    if attributes empty or contain "java"
+	       : -1		    else (vbscript, tcl, ...)
+      <style>  : {customizable}	    if first line of block
+	       : GetCSSIndent()	    else
+      <!-- --> : -1
+
+
 PHP				*ft-php-indent* *php-indent* *php-indenting*
 
 NOTE:	PHP files will be indented correctly only if PHP |syntax| is active.
@@ -640,12 +784,12 @@ those useless characters first with a command like: >
     :%s /\r$//g
 
 Or, you can simply |:let| the variable PHP_removeCRwhenUnix to 1 and the
-script will silently remove them when Vim loads a PHP file (at each|BufRead|).
+script will silently remove them when Vim loads a PHP file (at each |BufRead|).
 
 OPTIONS: ~
 
 PHP indenting can be altered in several ways by modifying the values of some
-variables:
+global variables:
 
 								*php-comment*
 To not enable auto-formating of comments by default (if you want to use your
@@ -653,10 +797,21 @@ own 'formatoptions'): >
     :let g:PHP_autoformatcomment = 0
 
 Else, 't' will be removed from the 'formatoptions' string and "qrowcb" will be
-added, see|fo-table|for more information.
+added, see |fo-table| for more information.
 -------------
 
-To add an extra indent to every PHP lines with N being the number of
+To add extra indentation to single-line comments: >
+    :let g:PHP_outdentSLComments = N
+
+With N being the number of 'shiftwidth' to add.
+
+Only single-line comments will be affected such as: >
+    # Comment
+    // Comment
+    /* Comment */
+-------------
+
+To add extra indentation to every PHP lines with N being the number of
 'shiftwidth' to add: >
     :let g:PHP_default_indenting = N
 
@@ -672,7 +827,7 @@ For example, with N = 1, this will give:
 
 	$command_hist = TRUE;
     ?>
-(Notice the extra indent between the PHP container markers and the code)
+(Notice the extra indentation between the PHP container markers and the code)
 -------------
 
 To indent PHP tags as the surrounding code: >
@@ -704,8 +859,10 @@ NOTE:	Indenting will be a bit slower if this option is used because some
 To indent 'case:' and 'default:' statements in switch() blocks: >
     :let g:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 1
 
-(Since in PHP braces are not required inside 'case/default' blocks, by default they are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid
-unnecessary indentation)
+In PHP braces are not required inside 'case/default' blocks therefore 'case:'
+and 'default:' are indented at the same level than the 'switch()' to avoid
+meaningless indentation. You can use the above option to return to the
+traditional way.
 
 
 PYTHON							*ft-python-indent*

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 06
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_CTRL-Z|	CTRL-Z		when 'insertmode' set: suspend Vim
 |i_<Esc>|	<Esc>		end insert mode (unless 'insertmode' set)
 |i_CTRL-[|	CTRL-[		same as <Esc>
-|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	 go to Normal mode
-|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	 go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
+|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	go to Normal mode
+|i_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
 		CTRL-\ a - z	reserved for extensions
 		CTRL-\ others	not used
 |i_CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		trigger abbreviation
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 |i_<ScrollWheelUp>|	<ScrollWheelUp>		move window three lines up
 |i_<S-ScrollWheelUp>|	<S-ScrollWheelUp>	move window one page up
 |i_<ScrollWheelLeft>|	<ScrollWheelLeft>	move window six columns left
-|i_<S-ScrollWheelLeft>| <S-ScrollWheelLeft>	move window one page left
+|i_<S-ScrollWheelLeft>|	<S-ScrollWheelLeft>	move window one page left
 |i_<ScrollWheelRight>|	<ScrollWheelRight>	move window six columns right
 |i_<S-ScrollWheelRight>| <S-ScrollWheelRight>	move window one page right
 
@@ -212,8 +212,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |CTRL-Y|	CTRL-Y		   scroll N lines downwards
 |CTRL-Z|	CTRL-Z		   suspend program (or start new shell)
 		CTRL-[ <Esc>	   not used
-|CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   go to Normal mode (no-op)
-|CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
+|CTRL-\_CTRL-N|	CTRL-\ CTRL-N	   go to Normal mode (no-op)
+|CTRL-\_CTRL-G|	CTRL-\ CTRL-G	   go to mode specified with 'insertmode'
 		CTRL-\ a - z	   reserved for extensions
 		CTRL-\ others      not used
 |CTRL-]|	CTRL-]		   :ta to ident under cursor
@@ -431,7 +431,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |<Insert>|	<Insert>	2  same as "i"
 |<Left>|	<Left>		1  same as "h"
 |<LeftMouse>|	<LeftMouse>	1  move cursor to the mouse click position
-|<MiddleMouse>| <MiddleMouse>	2  same as "gP" at the mouse click position
+|<MiddleMouse>|	<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "gP" at the mouse click position
 |<PageDown>|	<PageDown>	   same as CTRL-F
 |<PageUp>|	<PageUp>	   same as CTRL-B
 |<Right>|	<Right>		1  same as "l"
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |[s|		[s		1  move to the previous misspelled word
 |[z|		[z		1  move to start of open fold
 |[{|		[{		1  cursor N times back to unmatched '{'
-|[<MiddleMouse> [<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "[p"
+|[<MiddleMouse>| [<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "[p"
 
 |]_CTRL-D|	] CTRL-D	   jump to first #define found in current and
 				   included files matching the word under the
@@ -680,7 +680,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |]s|		]s		1  move to next misspelled word
 |]z|		]z		1  move to end of open fold
 |]}|		]}		1  cursor N times forward to unmatched '}'
-|]<MiddleMouse> ]<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "]p"
+|]<MiddleMouse>| ]<MiddleMouse>	2  same as "]p"
 
 ==============================================================================
 2.4 Commands starting with 'g'						*g*
@@ -719,10 +719,13 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gH|		gH		   start Select line mode
 |gI|		gI		2  like "I", but always start in column 1
 |gJ|		gJ		2  join lines without inserting space
+|gN|		gN	      1,2  find the previous match with the last used
+				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gP|		["x]gP		2  put the text [from register x] before the
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
 |gQ|		gQ		    switch to "Ex" mode with Vim editing
 |gR|		gR		2  enter Virtual Replace mode
+|gT|		gT		   go to the previous tab page
 |gU|		gU{motion}	2  make Nmove text uppercase
 |gV|		gV		   don't reselect the previous Visual area
 				   when executing a mapping or menu in Select
@@ -751,6 +754,8 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 				   lines down
 |gk|		gk		1  like "k", but when 'wrap' on go N screen
 				   lines up
+|gn|		gn	      1,2  find the next match with the last used
+				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gm|		gm		1  go to character at middle of the screenline
 |go|		go		1  cursor to byte N in the buffer
 |gp|		["x]gp		2  put the text [from register x] after the
@@ -758,6 +763,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gq|		gq{motion}	2  format Nmove text
 |gr|		gr{char}	2  virtual replace N chars with {char}
 |gs|		gs		   go to sleep for N seconds (default 1)
+|gt|		gt		   go to the next tab page
 |gu|		gu{motion}	2  make Nmove text lowercase
 |gv|		gv		   reselect the previous Visual area
 |gw|		gw{motion}	2  format Nmove text and keep cursor
@@ -795,6 +801,10 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |zE|		zE		   eliminate all folds
 |zF|		zF		   create a fold for N lines
 |zG|		zG		   mark word as good spelled word
+|zH|		zH		   when 'wrap' off scroll half a screenwidth
+				   to the right
+|zL|		zL		   when 'wrap' off scroll half a screenwidth
+				   to the left
 |zM|		zM		   set 'foldlevel' to zero
 |zN|		zN		   set 'foldenable'
 |zO|		zO		   open folds recursively
@@ -1007,8 +1017,8 @@ tag		command	      action in Command-line editing mode	~
 		CTRL-Z		not used (reserved for suspend)
 |c_<Esc>|	<Esc>		abandon command-line without executing it
 |c_<Esc>|	CTRL-[		same as <Esc>
-|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	 go to Normal mode, abandon command-line
-|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	 go to mode specified with 'insertmode',
+|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-N| CTRL-\ CTRL-N	go to Normal mode, abandon command-line
+|c_CTRL-\_CTRL-G| CTRL-\ CTRL-G	go to mode specified with 'insertmode',
 				abandon command-line
 		CTRL-\ a - d	reserved for extensions
 |c_CTRL-\_e|	CTRL-\ e {expr} replace the command line with the result of
@@ -1130,7 +1140,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:cgetbuffer|	:cgetb[uffer]	get errors from buffer
 |:cgetexpr|	:cgete[xpr]	get errors from expr
 |:cgetfile|	:cg[etfile]	read file with error messages
-|:changes|	:cha[nges]	print the change list
+|:changes|	:changes	print the change list
 |:chdir|	:chd[ir]	change directory
 |:checkpath|	:che[ckpath]	list included files
 |:checktime|	:checkt[ime]	check timestamp of loaded buffers
@@ -1379,7 +1389,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:promptrepl|	:promptr[epl]	open GUI dialog for search/replace
 |:perldo|	:perld[o]	execute Perl command for each line
 |:pop|		:po[p]		jump to older entry in tag stack
-|:popup|	:pop[up]	popup a menu by name
+|:popup|	:popu[p]	popup a menu by name
 |:ppop|		:pp[op]		":pop" in preview window
 |:preserve|	:pre[serve]	write all text to swap file
 |:previous|	:prev[ious]	go to previous file in argument list
@@ -1397,8 +1407,10 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:pwd|		:pw[d]		print current directory
 |:py3|		:py3		execute Python 3 command
 |:python3|	:python3	same as :py3
+|:py3do|	:py3d[o]	execute Python 3 command for each line
 |:py3file|	:py3f[ile]	execute Python 3 script file
 |:python|	:py[thon]	execute Python command
+|:pydo|		:pyd[o]		execute Python command for each line
 |:pyfile|	:pyf[ile]	execute Python script file
 |:quit|		:q[uit]		quit current window (when one window quit Vim)
 |:quitall|	:quita[ll]	quit Vim
@@ -1465,7 +1477,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:slast|	:sla[st]	split window and go to last file in the
 				argument list
 |:smagic|	:sm[agic]	:substitute with 'magic'
-|:smap|		:sma[p]		like ":map" but for Select mode
+|:smap|		:smap		like ":map" but for Select mode
 |:smapclear|	:smapc[lear]	remove all mappings for Select mode
 |:smenu|	:sme[nu]	add menu for Select mode
 |:snext|	:sn[ext]	split window and go to next file in the
@@ -1502,6 +1514,7 @@ tag	      command	      action ~
 |:sview|	:sv[iew]	split window and edit file read-only
 |:swapname|	:sw[apname]	show the name of the current swap file
 |:syntax|	:sy[ntax]	syntax highlighting
+|:syntime|	:synti[me]	measure syntax highlighting speed
 |:syncbind|	:sync[bind]	sync scroll binding
 |:t|		:t		same as ":copy"
 |:tNext|	:tN[ext]	jump to previous matching tag

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -380,7 +380,9 @@ The CTRL-O command sometimes has a side effect: If the cursor was beyond the
 end of the line, it will be put on the last character in the line.  In
 mappings it's often better to use <Esc> (first put an "x" in the text, <Esc>
 will then always put the cursor on it).  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O, but then
-beware of the cursor possibly being beyond the end of the line.
+beware of the cursor possibly being beyond the end of the line.  Note that the
+command following CTRL-\ CTRL-O can still move the cursor, it is not restored
+to its original position.
 
 The CTRL-O command takes you to Normal mode.  If you then use a command enter
 Insert mode again it normally doesn't nest.  Thus when typing "a<C-O>a" and
@@ -491,7 +493,7 @@ option}
 							*ins-smarttab*
 When the 'smarttab' option is on, a <Tab> inserts 'shiftwidth' positions at
 the beginning of a line and 'tabstop' positions in other places.  This means
-that often spaces instead of a <Tab> character are inserted.  When 'smarttab
+that often spaces instead of a <Tab> character are inserted.  When 'smarttab'
 is off, a <Tab> always inserts 'tabstop' positions, and 'shiftwidth' is only
 used for ">>" and the like.  {not in Vi}
 
@@ -1044,6 +1046,8 @@ that contains the List.  The Dict can have these items:
 			leading text is changed.
 Other items are ignored.
 
+For acting upon end of completion, see the |CompleteDone| autocommand event.
+
 For example, the function can contain this: >
 	let matches = ... list of words ...
 	return {'words': matches, 'refresh': 'always'}
@@ -1464,9 +1468,9 @@ knows how to color highlight.  It can be used for any filetype and provides a
 minimal language-sensitive completion.
 
 To enable syntax code completion you can run: >
-	setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
+    setlocal omnifunc=syntaxcomplete#Complete
 
-You can automate this by placing the following in your vimrc (after any
+You can automate this by placing the following in your |.vimrc| (after any
 ":filetype" command): >
     if has("autocmd") && exists("+omnifunc")
 	autocmd Filetype *
@@ -1483,7 +1487,7 @@ customize which syntax groups to include or exclude from the list.  Let's have
 a look at the PHP filetype to see how this works.
 
 If you edit a file called, index.php, run the following command: >
-	:syntax list
+    syntax list
 
 The first thing you will notice is that there are many different syntax groups.
 The PHP language can include elements from different languages like HTML,
@@ -1492,24 +1496,38 @@ that begin with the filetype, "php", in this case.  For example these syntax
 groups are included by default with the PHP: phpEnvVar, phpIntVar,
 phpFunctions.
 
-The PHP language has an enormous number of items which it knows how to syntax
-highlight.  This means these items will be available within the omni
-completion list.  Some people may find this list unwieldy or are only
-interested in certain items.
+If you wish non-filetype syntax items to also be included, you can use a 
+regular expression syntax (added in version 13.0 of autoload\syntaxcomplete.vim)
+to add items.  Looking at the output from ":syntax list" while editing a PHP file 
+I can see some of these entries: >
+    htmlArg,htmlTag,htmlTagName,javaScriptStatement,javaScriptGlobalObjects
 
-There are two ways to prune this list (if necessary).  If you find certain
-syntax groups you do not wish displayed you can add the following to your
-vimrc: >
-	let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_php = 'phpCoreConstant,phpConstant'
+To pick up any JavaScript and HTML keyword syntax groups while editing a PHP
+file, you can use 3 different regexs, one for each language.  Or you can 
+simply restrict the include groups to a particular value, without using 
+a regex string: >
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_php = 'php\w\+,javaScript\w\+,html\w\+'
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_php = 'phpFunctions,phpMethods'
+<
+The basic form of this variable is: >
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_include_{filetype} = 'regex,comma,separated'
+
+The PHP language has an enormous number of items which it knows how to syntax
+highlight.  These these items will be available within the omni completion
+list.  
+
+Some people may find this list unwieldy or are only interested in certain
+items.  There are two ways to prune this list (if necessary).  If you find
+certain syntax groups you do not wish displayed you can use two different 
+methods to identify these groups.  The first specifically lists the syntax 
+groups by name.  The second uses a regular expression to identify both 
+syntax groups.  Simply add one the following to your vimrc: >
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_php = 'phpCoreConstant,phpConstant'
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_php = 'php\w*Constant'
 
 Add as many syntax groups to this list by comma separating them.  The basic
 form of this variable is: >
-	let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 'comma,separated,list'
-
-For completeness the opposite is also true.  Creating this variable in your
-vimrc will only include the items in the phpFunctions and phpMethods syntax
-groups: >
-	let g:omni_syntax_group_include_php = 'phpFunctions,phpMethods'
+    let g:omni_syntax_group_exclude_{filetype} = 'regex,comma,separated'
 
 You can create as many of these variables as you need, varying only the
 filetype at the end of the variable name.
@@ -1550,6 +1568,9 @@ To retrieve only the syntax items for the sqlOperator syntax group: >
 To retrieve all syntax items for both the sqlOperator and sqlType groups: >
     echo OmniSyntaxList( ['sqlOperator', 'sqlType'] )
 
+A regular expression can also be used: >
+    echo OmniSyntaxList( ['sql\w\+'] )
+
 From within a plugin, you would typically assign the output to a List: >
     let myKeywords = []
     let myKeywords = OmniSyntaxList( ['sqlKeyword'] )
@@ -1865,13 +1886,15 @@ NOTE: These commands cannot be used with |:global| or |:vglobal|.
 			See |++opt| for the possible values of [++opt].
 
 							*:r!* *:read!*
-:[range]r[ead] !{cmd}	Execute {cmd} and insert its standard output below
+:[range]r[ead] [++opt] !{cmd}
+			Execute {cmd} and insert its standard output below
 			the cursor or the specified line.  A temporary file is
 			used to store the output of the command which is then
 			read into the buffer.  'shellredir' is used to save
 			the output of the command, which can be set to include
 			stderr or not.  {cmd} is executed like with ":!{cmd}",
 			any '!' is replaced with the previous command |:!|.
+			See |++opt| for the possible values of [++opt].
 
 These commands insert the contents of a file, or the output of a command,
 into the buffer.  They can be undone.  They cannot be repeated with the "."

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 15
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -261,6 +261,7 @@ Vim would never have become what it is now, without the help of these people!
 I wish to thank all the people that sent me bug reports and suggestions.  The
 list is too long to mention them all here.  Vim would not be the same without
 the ideas from all these people: They keep Vim alive!
+*love* *peace* *friendship* *gross-national-happiness*
 
 
 In this documentation there are several references to other versions of Vi:
@@ -394,6 +395,8 @@ CTRL-{char}	{char} typed as a control character; that is, typing {char}
 							*quotecommandquote*
 "command"	A reference to a command that you can type is enclosed in
 		double quotes.
+`command`	New style command, this distinguishes it from other quoted
+		text and strings.
 
 					*key-notation* *key-codes* *keycodes*
 These names for keys are used in the documentation.  They can also be used

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 13
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ modes.
 :nm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-n|		*:nm* *:nmap*
 :vm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-v|		*:vm* *:vmap*
 :xm[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-x|		*:xm* *:xmap*
-:smap	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		      *:smap*
+:smap	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-s|		    *:smap*
 :om[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-o|		*:om* *:omap*
 :map!	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-ic|		*:map!*
 :im[ap]	{lhs} {rhs}		|mapmode-i|		*:im* *:imap*
@@ -159,9 +159,9 @@ type "a", then "bar" will get inserted.
 
 1.2 SPECIAL ARGUMENTS					*:map-arguments*
 
-"<buffer>", "<silent>", "<special>", "<script>", "<expr>" and "<unique>" can
-be used in any order.  They must appear right after the command, before any
-other arguments.
+"<buffer>", "<nowait>", "<silent>", "<special>", "<script>", "<expr>" and
+"<unique>" can be used in any order.  They must appear right after the
+command, before any other arguments.
 
 				*:map-local* *:map-<buffer>* *E224* *E225*
 If the first argument to one of these commands is "<buffer>" the mapping will
@@ -169,12 +169,23 @@ be effective in the current buffer only.  Example: >
 	:map <buffer>  ,w  /[.,;]<CR>
 Then you can map ",w" to something else in another buffer: >
 	:map <buffer>  ,w  /[#&!]<CR>
-The local buffer mappings are used before the global ones.
+The local buffer mappings are used before the global ones.  See <nowait> below
+to make a short local mapping not taking effect when a longer global one
+exists.
 The "<buffer>" argument can also be used to clear mappings: >
 	:unmap <buffer> ,w
 	:mapclear <buffer>
 Local mappings are also cleared when a buffer is deleted, but not when it is
 unloaded.  Just like local option values.
+Also see |map-precedence|.
+
+						*:map-<nowait>* *:map-nowait*
+When defining a buffer-local mapping for "," there may be a global mapping
+that starts with ",".  Then you need to type another character for Vim to know
+whether to use the "," mapping or the longer one.  To avoid this add the
+<nowait> argument.  Then the mapping will be used when it matches, Vim does
+not wait for more characters to be typed.  However, if the characters were
+already type they are used.
 
 						*:map-<silent>* *:map-silent*
 To define a mapping which will not be echoed on the command line, add
@@ -654,6 +665,17 @@ option).  After that it assumes that the 'q' is to be interpreted as such.  If
 you type slowly, or your system is slow, reset the 'timeout' option.  Then you
 might want to set the 'ttimeout' option.
 
+                            				*map-precedence*
+Buffer-local mappings (defined using |:map-<buffer>|) take precedence over
+global mappings.  When a buffer-local mapping is the same as a global mapping,
+Vim will use the buffer-local mapping.  In addition, Vim will use a complete
+mapping immediately if it was defined with <nowait>, even if a longer mapping
+has the same prefix.  For example, given the following two mappings: >
+    :map <buffer> <nowait> \a   :echo "Local \a"<CR>
+    :map                   \abc :echo "Global \abc"<CR>
+When typing \a the buffer-local mapping will be used immediately.  Vim will
+not wait for more characters to see if the user might be typing \abc.
+
 							*map-keys-fails*
 There are situations where key codes might not be recognized:
 - Vim can only read part of the key code.  Mostly this is only the first
@@ -1242,8 +1264,10 @@ completion can be enabled:
 	-complete=shellcmd	Shell command
 	-complete=sign		|:sign| suboptions
 	-complete=syntax	syntax file names |'syntax'|
+	-complete=syntime	|:syntime| suboptions
 	-complete=tag		tags
 	-complete=tag_listfiles	tags, file names are shown when CTRL-D is hit
+	-complete=user		user names
 	-complete=var		user variables
 	-complete=custom,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}
 	-complete=customlist,{func} custom completion, defined via {func}

runtime/doc/mbyte.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 29
+*mbyte.txt*     For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar et al.
@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@ COMPILING
 If you already have a compiled Vim program, check if the |+multi_byte| feature
 is included.  The |:version| command can be used for this.
 
-If +multi_byte is not included, you should compile Vim with "big" features.
-You can further tune what features are included.  See the INSTALL files in the
-source directory.
+If +multi_byte is not included, you should compile Vim with "normal", "big" or
+"huge" features.  You can further tune what features are included.  See the
+INSTALL files in the source directory.
 
 
 LOCALE
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ Useful utilities for converting the charset:
 	|charset| converter.  Supported |charset|: ISO-2022-CN, ISO-2022-JP,
 	ISO-2022-KR, EUC-CN, EUC-JP, EUC-KR, EUC-TW, UTF-7, UTF-8, ISO-8859
 	series, Shift_JIS, Big5 and HZ.  Lv can be found at:
-	http://www.ff.iij4u.or.jp/~nrt/freeware/lv4495.tar.gz
+	http://www.ff.iij4u.or.jp/~nrt/lv/index.html
 
 
 							*mbyte-conversion*
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ Each field means:
 	    charsets, such as JIS X 0208, if this field is 0, code points has
 	    the same value as GL, and GR if 1.
 
-For example, in case of a 14 dots font corresponding to JIS X 0208, it is
+For example, in case of a 16 dots font corresponding to JIS X 0208, it is
 written like:
     -misc-fixed-medium-r-normal--16-110-100-100-c-160-jisx0208.1990-0
 
@@ -1067,7 +1067,7 @@ The actual mappings are in the lines below "loadkeymap".  In the example "a"
 is mapped to "A" and "b" to "B".  Thus the first item is mapped to the second
 item.  This is done for each line, until the end of the file.
 These items are exactly the same as what can be used in a |:lnoremap| command,
-using "<buffer>" to make the mappings local to the buffer..
+using "<buffer>" to make the mappings local to the buffer.
 You can check the result with this command: >
 	:lmap
 The two items must be separated by white space.  You cannot include white
@@ -1085,6 +1085,13 @@ Since the mapping is defined with |:lnoremap| the resulting quote will not be
 used for the start of another character.
 The "accents" keymap uses this.				*keymap-accents*
 
+The first column can also be in |<>| form:
+	<C-c>		Ctrl-C
+	<A-c>		Alt-c
+	<A-C>		Alt-C
+Note that the Alt mappings may not work, depending on your keyboard and
+terminal.
+
 Although it's possible to have more than one character in the second column,
 this is unusual.  But you can use various ways to specify the character: >
 	A	a		literal character

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -730,7 +730,11 @@ Vim cannot create a temporary file.
   Can't open file {filename}
   Can't read file {filename}
 
-Vim cannot read a temporary file.
+Vim cannot read a temporary file.  Especially on Windows, this can be caused
+by wrong escaping of special characters for cmd.exe; the approach was
+changed with patch 7.3.443.  Try using |shellescape()| for all shell arguments
+given to |system()|, or explicitly add escaping with ^.  Also see
+'shellxquote' and 'shellxescape'.
 
 							*E464*  >
   Ambiguous use of user-defined command

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Jul 19
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ or change text.  The following operators are available:
 	|>|	>	shift right
 	|<|	<	shift left
 	|zf|	zf	define a fold
-	|g@|    g@      call function set with the 'operatorfunc' option
+	|g@|	g@	call function set with the 'operatorfunc' option
 
 If the motion includes a count and the operator also had a count before it,
 the two counts are multiplied.  For example: "2d3w" deletes six words.
@@ -104,13 +104,14 @@ strokes and has limited redo functionality.  See the chapter on Visual mode
 |Visual-mode|.
 
 You can use a ":" command for a motion.  For example "d:call FindEnd()".
-But this can't be redone with "." if the command is more than one line.
+But this can't be repeated with "." if the command is more than one line.
 This can be repeated: >
 	d:call search("f")<CR>
 This cannot be repeated: >
 	d:if 1<CR>
 	   call search("f")<CR>
 	endif<CR>
+Note that when using ":" any motion becomes characterwise exclusive.
 
 
 FORCING A MOTION TO BE LINEWISE, CHARACTERWISE OR BLOCKWISE
@@ -326,6 +327,7 @@ gg			Goto line [count], default first line, on the first
 			non-blank character |linewise|.  If 'startofline' not
 			set, keep the same column.
 
+							*:[range]*
 :[range]		Set the cursor on the last line number in [range].
 			[range] can also be just one line number, e.g., ":1"
 			or ":'m".
@@ -513,6 +515,8 @@ always select less text than the "a" commands.
 These commands are {not in Vi}.
 These commands are not available when the |+textobjects| feature has been
 disabled at compile time.
+Also see `gn` and `gN`, operating on the last search pattern.
+
 							*v_aw* *aw*
 aw			"a word", select [count] words (see |word|).
 			Leading or trailing white space is included, but not
@@ -689,6 +693,7 @@ movement commands are used.
 	"daw"	delete a word				*daw*
 	"diW"	delete inner WORD (see |WORD|)		*diW*
 	"daW"	delete a WORD (see |WORD|)		*daW*
+	"dgn"   delete the next search pattern match    *dgn*
 	"dd"	delete one line				|dd|
 	"dis"	delete inner sentence			*dis*
 	"das"	delete a sentence			*das*
@@ -750,6 +755,13 @@ m[  or  m]		Set the |'[| or |']| mark.  Useful when an operator is
 			to be simulated by multiple commands.  (does not move
 			the cursor, this is not a motion command).
 
+						*m<* *m>*
+m<  or  m>		Set the |'<| or |'>| mark.  Useful to change what the
+			`gv` command selects.  (does not move the cursor, this
+			is not a motion command).
+			Note that the Visual mode cannot be set, only the
+			start and end position.
+
 						*:ma* *:mark* *E191*
 :[range]ma[rk] {a-zA-Z'}
 			Set mark {a-zA-Z'} at last line number in [range],

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 16
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -277,8 +277,10 @@ Now the 'list' option is not set, because ":set nolist" resets the global
 value, ":setlocal list" only changes the local value and ":e two" gets the
 global value.  Note that if you do this next: >
 	:e one
-You will not get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited
-"one".  The options local to a window are not remembered for each buffer.
+You will get back the 'list' value as it was the last time you edited "one".
+The options local to a window are remembered for each buffer.  This also
+happens when the buffer is not loaded, but they are lost when the buffer is
+wiped out |:bwipe|.
 
 							*:setl* *:setlocal*
 :setl[ocal] ...		Like ":set" but set only the value local to the
@@ -480,39 +482,42 @@ to set options automatically for one or more files:
 There are two forms of modelines.  The first form:
 	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|ex:}[white]{options}
 
-[text]		any text or empty
-{white}		at least one blank character (<Space> or <Tab>)
-{vi:|vim:|ex:}	the string "vi:", "vim:" or "ex:"
-[white]		optional white space
-{options}	a list of option settings, separated with white space or ':',
-		where each part between ':' is the argument for a ":set"
-		command (can be empty)
+[text]			any text or empty
+{white}			at least one blank character (<Space> or <Tab>)
+{vi:|vim:|ex:}		the string "vi:", "vim:" or "ex:"
+[white]			optional white space
+{options}		a list of option settings, separated with white space
+			or ':', where each part between ':' is the argument
+			for a ":set" command (can be empty)
 
-Example:
+Examples:
    vi:noai:sw=3 ts=6 ~
+   vim: tw=77 ~
 
 The second form (this is compatible with some versions of Vi):
 
-	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|ex:}[white]se[t] {options}:[text]
+	[text]{white}{vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}[white]se[t] {options}:[text]
 
-[text]		any text or empty
-{white}		at least one blank character (<Space> or <Tab>)
-{vi:|vim:|ex:}	the string "vi:", "vim:" or "ex:"
-[white]		optional white space
-se[t]		the string "set " or "se " (note the space)
-{options}	a list of options, separated with white space, which is the
-		argument for a ":set" command
-:		a colon
-[text]		any text or empty
+[text]			any text or empty
+{white}			at least one blank character (<Space> or <Tab>)
+{vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:}	the string "vi:", "vim:", "Vim:" or "ex:"
+[white]			optional white space
+se[t]			the string "set " or "se " (note the space); When
+			"Vim" is used it must be "set".
+{options}		a list of options, separated with white space, which
+			is the argument for a ":set" command
+:			a colon
+[text]			any text or empty
 
-Example:
+Examples:
    /* vim: set ai tw=75: */ ~
+   /* Vim: set ai tw=75: */ ~
 
-The white space before {vi:|vim:|ex:} is required.  This minimizes the chance
-that a normal word like "lex:" is caught.  There is one exception: "vi:" and
-"vim:" can also be at the start of the line (for compatibility with version
-3.0).  Using "ex:" at the start of the line will be ignored (this could be
-short for "example:").
+The white space before {vi:|vim:|Vim:|ex:} is required.  This minimizes the
+chance that a normal word like "lex:" is caught.  There is one exception:
+"vi:" and "vim:" can also be at the start of the line (for compatibility with
+version 3.0).  Using "ex:" at the start of the line will be ignored (this
+could be short for "example:").
 
 							*modeline-local*
 The options are set like with ":setlocal": The new value only applies to the
@@ -528,7 +533,7 @@ in another window.  But window-local options will be set.
 
 							*modeline-version*
 If the modeline is only to be used for some versions of Vim, the version
-number can be specified where "vim:" is used:
+number can be specified where "vim:" or "Vim:" is used:
 	vim{vers}:	version {vers} or later
 	vim<{vers}:	version before {vers}
 	vim={vers}:	version {vers}
@@ -699,6 +704,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	when the system locale is set to one of CJK locales.  See Unicode
 	Standard Annex #11 (http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr11).
 
+	Vim may set this option automatically at startup time when Vim is
+	compiled with the |+termresponse| feature and if |t_u7| is set to the
+	escape sequence to request cursor position report.
+
 			*'antialias'* *'anti'* *'noantialias'* *'noanti'*
 'antialias' 'anti'	boolean (default: off)
 			global
@@ -756,7 +765,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			feature}
 	When on and 'termbidi' is off, the required visual character
 	corrections that need to take place for displaying the Arabic language
-	take affect.  Shaping, in essence, gets enabled; the term is a broad
+	take effect.  Shaping, in essence, gets enabled; the term is a broad
 	one which encompasses:
 	  a) the changing/morphing of characters based on their location
 	     within a word (initial, medial, final and stand-alone).
@@ -986,7 +995,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- The backup file will be created in the first directory in the list
 	  where this is possible.  The directory must exist, Vim will not
 	  create it for you.
-	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ('patchmode' is
+	- Empty means that no backup file will be created ( 'patchmode' is
 	  impossible!).  Writing may fail because of this.
 	- A directory "." means to put the backup file in the same directory
 	  as the edited file.
@@ -1107,8 +1116,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Vim does not try to send a message to an external debugger (Netbeans
 	or Sun Workshop).
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'balloonexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -1452,6 +1461,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option is a list of comma separated names.
 	These names are recognized:
 
+						*clipboard-unnamed*
 	unnamed		When included, Vim will use the clipboard register '*'
 			for all yank, delete, change and put operations which
 			would normally go to the unnamed register.  When a
@@ -1461,15 +1471,20 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			explicitly accessed using the "* notation.  Also see
 			|gui-clipboard|.
 
-	unnamedplus	A variant of "unnamed" flag which uses the clipboard
-			register '+' (|quoteplus|) instead of register '*' for
-			all operations except yank.  Yank shall copy the text
-			into register '+' and also into '*' when "unnamed" is
-			included.
+						*clipboard-unnamedplus*
+	unnamedplus	A variant of the "unnamed" flag which uses the
+			clipboard register '+' (|quoteplus|) instead of
+			register '*' for all yank, delete, change and put
+			operations which would normally go to the unnamed
+			register.  When "unnamed" is also included to the
+			option, yank operations (but not delete, change or
+			put) will additionally copy the text into register
+			'*'.
 			Only available with the |+X11| feature.
 			Availability can be checked with: >
 				if has('unnamedplus')
 <
+						*clipboard-autoselect*
 	autoselect	Works like the 'a' flag in 'guioptions': If present,
 			then whenever Visual mode is started, or the Visual
 			area extended, Vim tries to become the owner of the
@@ -1481,9 +1496,16 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			"autoselect" flag is used.
 			Also applies to the modeless selection.
 
+						*clipboard-autoselectplus*
+	autoselectplus  Like "autoselect" but using the + register instead of
+			the * register.  Compare to the 'P' flag in
+			'guioptions'.
+
+						*clipboard-autoselectml*
 	autoselectml	Like "autoselect", but for the modeless selection
 			only.  Compare to the 'A' flag in 'guioptions'.
 
+						*clipboard-html*
 	html		When the clipboard contains HTML, use this when
 			pasting.  When putting text on the clipboard, mark it
 			as HTML.  This works to copy rendered HTML from
@@ -1494,6 +1516,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			Only supported for GTK version 2 and later.
 			Only available with the |+multi_byte| feature.
 
+						*clipboard-exclude*
 	exclude:{pattern}
 			Defines a pattern that is matched against the name of
 			the terminal 'term'.  If there is a match, no
@@ -1689,7 +1712,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	when CTRL-P or CTRL-N are used.  It is also used for whole-line
 	completion |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|.  It indicates the type of completion
 	and the places to scan.  It is a comma separated list of flags:
-	.	scan the current buffer ('wrapscan' is ignored)
+	.	scan the current buffer ( 'wrapscan' is ignored)
 	w	scan buffers from other windows
 	b	scan other loaded buffers that are in the buffer list
 	u	scan the unloaded buffers that are in the buffer list
@@ -2223,7 +2246,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Specifies whether to use quickfix window to show cscope results.
 	See |cscopequickfix|.
 
-						*'cscoperelative'* *'csre'*
+		*'cscoperelative'* *'csre'* *'nocscoperelative'* *'nocsre'*
 'cscoperelative' 'csre' boolean (default off)
 			global
 			{not available when compiled without the |+cscope|
@@ -2854,7 +2877,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |file-formats| and |file-read|.
 	For the character encoding of the file see 'fileencoding'.
 	When 'binary' is set, the value of 'fileformat' is ignored, file I/O
-	works like it was set to "unix'.
+	works like it was set to "unix".
 	This option is set automatically when starting to edit a file and
 	'fileformats' is not empty and 'binary' is off.
 	When this option is set, after starting to edit a file, the 'modified'
@@ -2923,6 +2946,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
+		*'fileignorecase'* *'fic'* *'nofileignorecase'* *'nofic'*
+'fileignorecase' 'fic'	boolean	(default on for systems where case in file
+				 names is normally ignored)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	When set case is ignored when using file names and directories.
+	See 'wildignorecase' for only ignoring case when doing completion.
+
 					*'filetype'* *'ft'*
 'filetype' 'ft'		string (default: "")
 			local to buffer
@@ -3040,8 +3071,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The expression used for when 'foldmethod' is "expr".  It is evaluated
 	for each line to obtain its fold level.  See |fold-expr|.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 	This option can't be set from a |modeline| when the 'diff' option is
 	on.
 
@@ -3183,8 +3214,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	An expression which is used to specify the text displayed for a closed
 	fold.  See |fold-foldtext|.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'foldtext' |textlock|.
@@ -3229,8 +3260,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	format function will be used |C-indenting|.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.  See |option-backslash|
 	about including spaces and backslashes.
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 						*'formatexpr'* *'fex'*
 'formatexpr' 'fex'	string (default "")
@@ -3263,9 +3294,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	When the expression evaluates to non-zero Vim will fall back to using
 	the internal format mechanism.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working, since changing
-	the buffer text is not allowed.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.  That stops the option from working,
+	since changing the buffer text is not allowed.
 
 						*'fsync'* *'fs'*
 'fsync' 'fs'		boolean	(default on)
@@ -3549,6 +3580,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	to set 'guifontwide' at all unless you want to override the choice
 	made by Pango/Xft.
 
+	Windows +multibyte only:		*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
+
+	If set and valid, 'guifontwide' is used for IME instead of 'guifont'.
+
 						*'guiheadroom'* *'ghr'*
 'guiheadroom' 'ghr'	number	(default 50)
 			global
@@ -3589,6 +3624,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		windowing system's global selection unless explicitly told to
 		by a yank or delete operation for the "* register.
 		The same applies to the modeless selection.
+								*'go-P'*
+	  'P'	Like autoselect but using the "+ register instead of the "*
+	  	register.
 								*'go-A'*
 	  'A'	Autoselect for the modeless selection.  Like 'a', but only
 		applies to the modeless selection.
@@ -3806,7 +3844,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
 	|hl-LineNr|	 n  line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and
 			    when 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set.
-	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' is set.
+	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is
+			    set.
 	|hl-Question|	 r  |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
 	|hl-StatusLine|	 s  status line of current window |status-line|
 	|hl-StatusLineNC| S  status lines of not-current windows
@@ -3957,6 +3996,26 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Can be overruled by using "\c" or "\C" in the pattern, see
 	|/ignorecase|.
 
+						*'imactivatefunc'* *'imaf'*
+'imactivatefunc' 'imaf'	string (default "")
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with |+xim| and
+			|+GUI_GTK|}
+	This option specifies a function that will be called to
+	activate/inactivate Input Method.
+
+	Example: >
+		function ImActivateFunc(active)
+		  if a:active
+		    ... do something
+		  else
+		    ... do something
+		  endif
+		  " return value is not used
+		endfunction
+		set imactivatefunc=ImActivateFunc
+<
 						*'imactivatekey'* *'imak'*
 'imactivatekey' 'imak'	string (default "")
 			global
@@ -4053,6 +4112,24 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The value 0 may not work correctly with Athena and Motif with some XIM
 	methods.  Use 'imdisable' to disable XIM then.
 
+						*'imstatusfunc'* *'imsf'*
+'imstatusfunc' 'imsf'	string (default "")
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+			{only available when compiled with |+xim| and
+			|+GUI_GTK|}
+	This option specifies a function that is called to obtain the status
+	of Input Method.  It must return a positive number when IME is active.
+
+	Example: >
+		function ImStatusFunc()
+		  let is_active = ...do something
+		  return is_active ? 1 : 0
+		endfunction
+		set imstatusfunc=ImStatusFunc
+<
+	NOTE: This function is invoked very often.  Keep it fast.
+
 						*'include'* *'inc'*
 'include' 'inc'		string	(default "^\s*#\s*include")
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
@@ -4086,8 +4163,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	found.  Allows doing "gf" on the name after an 'include' statement.
 	Also used for |<cfile>|.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'includeexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -4151,8 +4228,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |indent-expression|.
 	NOTE: This option is made empty when 'compatible' is set.
 
-	The expression may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The expression will be evaluated in the |sandbox| when set from a
+	modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'indentexpr' |textlock|.
@@ -4581,24 +4658,31 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Strings to use in 'list' mode and for the |:list| command.  It is a
 	comma separated list of string settings.
+	  						*lcs-eol*
 	  eol:c		Character to show at the end of each line.  When
 			omitted, there is no extra character at the end of the
 			line.
+	  						*lcs-tab*
 	  tab:xy	Two characters to be used to show a tab.  The first
 			char is used once.  The second char is repeated to
 			fill the space that the tab normally occupies.
 			"tab:>-" will show a tab that takes four spaces as
 			">---".  When omitted, a tab is show as ^I.
+	  						*lcs-trail*
 	  trail:c	Character to show for trailing spaces.  When omitted,
 			trailing spaces are blank.
+	  						*lcs-extends*
 	  extends:c	Character to show in the last column, when 'wrap' is
 			off and the line continues beyond the right of the
 			screen.
+	  						*lcs-precedes*
 	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first column, when 'wrap'
 			is off and there is text preceding the character
 			visible in the first column.
+	  						*lcs-conceal*
 	  conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
 			'conceallevel' is set to 1.
+	  						*lcs-nbsp*
 	  nbsp:c	Character to show for a non-breakable space (character
 			0xA0, 160).  Left blank when omitted.
 
@@ -4692,8 +4776,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
 	Characters that form pairs.  The |%| command jumps from one to the
-	other.  Currently only single byte character pairs are allowed, and
-	they must be different.  The characters must be separated by a colon.
+	other.
+	Only character pairs are allowed that are different, thus you cannot
+	jump between two double quotes.
+	The characters must be separated by a colon.
 	The pairs must be separated by a comma.  Example for including '<' and
 	'>' (HTML): >
 		:set mps+=<:>
@@ -5087,7 +5173,18 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	characters are put before the number.
 	See |hl-LineNr|  and |hl-CursorLineNr| for the highlighting used for
 	the number.
-	When setting this option, 'relativenumber' is reset.
+						*number_relativenumber*
+	The 'relativenumber' option changes the displayed number to be
+	relative to the cursor.  Together with 'number' there are these
+	four combinations (cursor in line 3):
+
+              	'nonu'          'nu'            'nonu'          'nu'
+		'nornu'         'nornu'         'rnu'           'rnu'
+
+	    |apple          |  1 apple      |  2 apple      |  2 apple
+	    |pear           |  2 pear       |  1 pear       |  1 pear
+	    |nobody         |  3 nobody     |  0 nobody     |3   nobody
+	    |there          |  4 there      |  1 there      |  1 there
 
 						*'numberwidth'* *'nuw'*
 'numberwidth' 'nuw'	number	(Vim default: 4  Vi default: 8)
@@ -5119,6 +5216,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	invoked and what it should return.
 	This option is usually set by a filetype plugin:
 	|:filetype-plugin-on|
+	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
+	security reasons.
 
 
 			    *'opendevice'* *'odev'* *'noopendevice'* *'noodev'*
@@ -5469,6 +5568,19 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	matches will be highlighted.  This is used to avoid that Vim hangs
 	when using a very complicated pattern.
 
+						*'regexpengine'* *'re'*
+'regexpengine' 're'	number	(default 0)
+			global
+			{not in Vi}
+	This selects the default regexp engine. |two-engines|
+	The possible values are:
+		0	automatic selection
+		1	old engine
+		2	NFA engine
+	Note that when using the NFA engine and the pattern contains something
+	that is not supported the pattern will not match.  This is only useful
+	for debugging the regexp engine.
+
 		*'relativenumber'* *'rnu'* *'norelativenumber'* *'nornu'*
 'relativenumber' 'rnu'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to window
@@ -5487,7 +5599,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	characters are put before the number.
 	See |hl-LineNr|  and |hl-CursorLineNr| for the highlighting used for
 	the number.
-	When setting this option, 'number' is reset.
+	
+	The number in front of the cursor line also depends on the value of
+	'number', see |number_relativenumber| for all combinations of the two
+	options.
 
 						*'remap'* *'noremap'*
 'remap'			boolean	(default on)
@@ -6096,6 +6211,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to buffer
 	Number of spaces to use for each step of (auto)indent.  Used for
 	|'cindent'|, |>>|, |<<|, etc.
+	When zero the 'ts' value will be used.  Use the |shiftwidth()|
+	function to get the effective shiftwidth value.
 
 						*'shortmess'* *'shm'*
 'shortmess' 'shm'	string	(Vim default "filnxtToO", Vi default: "",
@@ -6359,6 +6476,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	of 8, while being able to edit like it is set to 'sts'.  However,
 	commands like "x" still work on the actual characters.
 	When 'sts' is zero, this feature is off.
+	When 'sts' is negative, the value of 'shiftwidth' is used.
 	'softtabstop' is set to 0 when the 'paste' option is set.
 	See also |ins-expandtab|.  When 'expandtab' is not set, the number of
 	spaces is minimized by using <Tab>s.
@@ -6636,7 +6754,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	V N   Virtual column number as -{num}.  Not displayed if equal to 'c'.
 	p N   Percentage through file in lines as in |CTRL-G|.
 	P S   Percentage through file of displayed window.  This is like the
-	      percentage described for 'ruler'.  Always 3 in length.
+	      percentage described for 'ruler'.  Always 3 in length, unless
+	      translated.
 	a S   Argument list status as in default title.  ({current} of {max})
 	      Empty if the argument file count is zero or one.
 	{ NF  Evaluate expression between '%{' and '}' and substitute result.
@@ -6680,8 +6799,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The variable "actual_curbuf" is set to the 'bufnr()' number of the
 	real current buffer.
 
-	The 'statusline' option may be evaluated in the |sandbox|, see
-	|sandbox-option|.
+	The 'statusline' option will be evaluated in the |sandbox| if set from
+	a modeline, see |sandbox-option|.
 
 	It is not allowed to change text or jump to another window while
 	evaluating 'statusline' |textlock|.
@@ -7049,7 +7168,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not in Vi}
 	Encoding used for the terminal.  This specifies what character
 	encoding the keyboard produces and the display will understand.  For
-	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ('encoding' is used for the
+	the GUI it only applies to the keyboard ( 'encoding' is used for the
 	display).  Except for the Mac when 'macatsui' is off, then
 	'termencoding' should be "macroman".
 	In the Win32 console version the default value is the console codepage
@@ -7402,6 +7521,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	   pterm	QNX pterm mouse handling.
 							*urxvt-mouse*
 	   urxvt	Mouse handling for the urxvt (rxvt-unicode) terminal.
+							*sgr-mouse*
+	   sgr		Mouse handling for the terminal that emits SGR-styled
+			mouse reporting. Works with xterm version 277 or
+			later.
 
 	The mouse handling must be enabled at compile time |+mouse_xterm|
 	|+mouse_dec| |+mouse_netterm|.
@@ -7414,6 +7537,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	or "xterm2" already.  The main use of this option is to set it to
 	"xterm", when the terminal name doesn't start with "xterm", but it can
 	handle xterm mouse codes.
+	The "sgr" value will be set if the xterm version is 277 or later.
 	The "xterm2" value will be set if the xterm version is reported to be
 	95 or higher.  This only works when compiled with the |+termresponse|
 	feature and if |t_RV| is set to the escape sequence to request the
@@ -7453,7 +7577,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	given, no further entry is used.
 	See |undo-persistence|.
 
-						*'undofile'* *'udf'*
+				*'undofile'* *'noundofile'* *'udf'* *'noudf'*
 'undofile' 'udf'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to buffer
 			{not in Vi}
@@ -7465,7 +7589,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For more information about this feature see |undo-persistence|.
 	The undo file is not read when 'undoreload' causes the buffer from
 	before a reload to be saved for undo.
-	WARNING: this is a very new feature.  Use at your own risk!
+	When 'undofile' is turned off the undo file is NOT deleted.
 
 						*'undolevels'* *'ul'*
 'undolevels' 'ul'	number	(default 100, 1000 for Unix, VMS,
@@ -7841,9 +7965,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			{not available when compiled without the |+wildignore|
 			feature}
 	A list of file patterns.  A file that matches with one of these
-	patterns is ignored when completing file or directory names, and
-	influences the result of |expand()|, |glob()| and |globpath()| unless
-	a flag is passed to disable this.
+	patterns is ignored when expanding |wildcards|, completing file or
+	directory names, and influences the result of |expand()|, |glob()| and
+	|globpath()| unless a flag is passed to disable this.
 	The pattern is used like with |:autocmd|, see |autocmd-patterns|.
 	Also see 'suffixes'.
 	Example: >
@@ -7858,7 +7982,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			global
 			{not in Vi}
 	When set case is ignored when completing file names and directories.
-	Has no effect on systems where file name case is generally ignored.
+	Has no effect when 'fileignorecase' is set.
 	Does not apply when the shell is used to expand wildcards, which
 	happens when there are special characters.
 
@@ -7877,6 +8001,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	CTRL-P/CTRL-N, cause the highlight to move to the appropriate match.
 	When 'wildmode' is used, "wildmenu" mode is used where "full" is
 	specified.  "longest" and "list" do not start "wildmenu" mode.
+	You can check the current mode with |wildmenumode()|.
 	If there are more matches than can fit in the line, a ">" is shown on
 	the right and/or a "<" is shown on the left.  The status line scrolls
 	as needed.

runtime/doc/pattern.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 18
+*pattern.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -350,6 +350,27 @@ For starters, read chapter 27 of the user manual |usr_27.txt|.
 		or  \z( pattern \)		|/\z(|
 
 
+				*/\%#=* *two-engines*
+Vim includes two regexp engines:
+1. An old, backtracking engine that supports everything.
+2. A new, NFA engine that works much faster on some patterns, but does not
+   support everything.
+
+Vim will automatically select the right engine for you.  However, if you run
+into a problem or want to specifically select one engine or the other, you can
+prepend one of the following to the pattern:
+
+	\%#=0	Force automatic selection.  Only has an effect when
+	        'regexpengine' has been set to a non-zero value.
+	\%#=1	Force using the old engine.
+	\%#=2	Force using the NFA engine.
+
+You can also use the 'regexpengine' option to change the default.
+
+			 *E864* *E868* *E874* *E875* *E876* *E877* *E878*
+If selecting the NFA engine and it runs into something that is not implemented
+the pattern will not match.  This is only useful when debugging Vim.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Magic							*/magic*
 
@@ -396,9 +417,10 @@ pattern.
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. Overview of pattern items				*pattern-overview*
+						*E865* *E866* *E867* *E869*
 
 Overview of multi items.				*/multi* *E61* *E62*
-More explanation and examples below, follow the links.			*E64*
+More explanation and examples below, follow the links.		*E64* *E871*
 
 	  multi ~
      'magic' 'nomagic'	matches of the preceding atom ~
@@ -504,16 +526,18 @@ Character classes {not in Vi}:				*/character-classes*
 	x	x	a character with no special meaning matches itself
 
 |/[]|	[]	\[]	any character specified inside the []
-|/\%[]| \%[]	\%[]	a sequence of optionally matched atoms
+|/\%[]|	\%[]	\%[]	a sequence of optionally matched atoms
 
 |/\c|	\c	\c	ignore case, do not use the 'ignorecase' option
 |/\C|	\C	\C	match case, do not use the 'ignorecase' option
+|/\Z|	\Z	\Z	ignore differences in Unicode "combining characters".
+			Useful when searching voweled Hebrew or Arabic text.
+
 |/\m|	\m	\m	'magic' on for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\M|	\M	\M	'magic' off for the following chars in the pattern
 |/\v|	\v	\v	the following chars in the pattern are "very magic"
 |/\V|	\V	\V	the following chars in the pattern are "very nomagic"
-|/\Z|	\Z	\Z	ignore differences in Unicode "combining characters".
-			Useful when searching voweled Hebrew or Arabic text.
+|/\%#=|   \%#=1   \%#=1   select regexp engine |/zero-width|
 
 |/\%d|	\%d	\%d	match specified decimal character (eg \%d123)
 |/\%x|	\%x	\%x	match specified hex character (eg \%x2a)
@@ -581,7 +605,7 @@ overview.
 \?	Just like \=.  Cannot be used when searching backwards with the "?"
 	command. {not in Vi}
 
-						*/\{* *E58* *E60* *E554*
+					*/\{* *E58* *E60* *E554* *E870*
 \{n,m}	Matches n to m of the preceding atom, as many as possible
 \{n}	Matches n of the preceding atom
 \{n,}	Matches at least n of the preceding atom, as many as possible
@@ -674,6 +698,7 @@ overview.
 	For speed it's often much better to avoid this multi.  Try using "\zs"
 	instead |/\zs|.  To match the same as the above example:
 		an\_s\+\zsfile
+	At least set a limit for the look-behind, see below.
 
 	"\@<=" and "\@<!" check for matches just before what follows.
 	Theoretically these matches could start anywhere before this position.
@@ -686,6 +711,18 @@ overview.
 	Example			matches ~
 	\1\@<=,\([a-z]\+\)	",abc" in "abc,abc"
 
+\@123<=
+	Like "\@<=" but only look back 123 bytes. This avoids trying lots
+	of matches that are known to fail and make executing the pattern very
+	slow.  Example, check if there is a "<" just before "span":
+		/<\@1<=span
+	This will try matching "<" only one byte before "span", which is the
+	only place that works anyway.
+	After crossing a line boundary, the limit is relative to the end of
+	the line.  Thus the characters at the start of the line with the match
+	are not counted (this is just to keep it simple).
+	The number zero is the same as no limit.
+
 							*/\@<!*
 \@<!	Matches with zero width if the preceding atom does NOT match just
 	before what follows.  Thus this matches if there is no position in the
@@ -695,11 +732,16 @@ overview.
 	The match with the preceding atom is made to end just before the match
 	with what follows, thus an atom that ends in ".*" will work.
 	Warning: This can be slow (because many positions need to be checked
-	for a match).
+	for a match).  Use a limit if you can, see below.
 	Example			matches ~
 	\(foo\)\@<!bar		any "bar" that's not in "foobar"
 	\(\/\/.*\)\@<!in	"in" which is not after "//"
 
+\@123<!
+	Like "\@<!" but only look back 123 bytes. This avoids trying lots of
+	matches that are known to fail and make executing the pattern very
+	slow.
+
 							*/\@>*
 \@>	Matches the preceding atom like matching a whole pattern. {not in Vi}
 	Like "(?>pattern)" in Perl.
@@ -962,7 +1004,8 @@ match ASCII characters, as indicated by the range.
 ~	matches the last given substitute string	*/~* */\~*
 
 \(\)	A pattern enclosed by escaped parentheses.	*/\(* */\(\)* */\)*
-	E.g., "\(^a\)" matches 'a' at the start of a line.  *E51* *E54* *E55*
+	E.g., "\(^a\)" matches 'a' at the start of a line.
+	*E51* *E54* *E55* *E872* *E873*
 
 \1      Matches the same string that was matched by	*/\1* *E65*
 	the first sub-expression in \( and \). {not in Vi}
@@ -993,6 +1036,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	[xyz]		any 'x', 'y' or 'z'
 	[a-zA-Z]$	any alphabetic character at the end of a line
 	\c[a-z]$	same
+	[А-яЁё]		Russian alphabet (with utf-8 and cp1251)
+
 								*/[\n]*
 	With "\_" prepended the collection also includes the end-of-line.
 	The same can be done by including "\n" in the collection.  The
@@ -1059,6 +1104,8 @@ x	A single character, with no special meaning, matches itself
 	  any character that's not in "^]-\bdertnoUux".  "[\xyz]" matches '\',
 	  'x', 'y' and 'z'.  It's better to use "\\" though, future expansions
 	  may use other characters after '\'.
+	- Omitting the trailing ] is not considered an error. "[]" works like
+	  "[]]", it matches the ']' character.
 	- The following translations are accepted when the 'l' flag is not
 	  included in 'cpoptions' {not in Vi}:
 		\e	<Esc>
@@ -1164,6 +1211,8 @@ When "\Z" appears anywhere in the pattern, composing characters are ignored.
 Thus only the base characters need to match, the composing characters may be
 different and the number of composing characters may differ.  Only relevant
 when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
+Exception: If the pattern starts with one or more composing characters, these
+must match.
 
 When a composing character appears at the start of the pattern of after an
 item that doesn't include the composing character, a match is found at any
@@ -1173,8 +1222,20 @@ When using a dot and a composing character, this works the same as the
 composing character by itself, except that it doesn't matter what comes before
 this.
 
-The order of composing characters matters, even though changing the order
-doesn't change what a character looks like.  This may change in the future.
+The order of composing characters does not matter.  Also, the text may have
+more composing characters than the pattern, it still matches.  But all
+composing characters in the pattern must be found in the text.
+
+Suppose B is a base character and x and y are composing characters:
+	pattern		text		match ~
+	Bxy		Bxy		yes (perfect match)
+	Bxy		Byx		yes (order ignored)
+	Bxy		By		no (x missing)
+	Bxy		Bx		no (y missing)
+	Bx		Bx		yes (perfect match)
+	Bx		By		no (x missing)
+	Bx		Bxy		yes (extra y ignored)
+	Bx		Byx		yes (extra y ignored)
 
 ==============================================================================
 9. Compare with Perl patterns				*perl-patterns*

runtime/doc/pi_getscript.txt

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2011 Jun 23
+*pi_getscript.txt*  For Vim version 7.0.  Last change: 2012 Apr 07
 >
-		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.
+		GETSCRIPT REFERENCE MANUAL  by Charles E. Campbell
 <
-Authors:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
+Authors:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamilyA.Mbiz>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from the email address)
 						*GetLatestVimScripts-copyright*
-Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell, Jr.	*glvs-copyright*
+Copyright: (c) 2004-2012 by Charles E. Campbell	*glvs-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including getscriptPlugin.vim, getscript.vim,
 	GetLatestVimScripts.dist, and pi_getscript.txt, except use "getscript"
@@ -343,6 +343,11 @@ after/syntax/c.vim contained in it to overwrite a user's c.vim.
 	default= $HOME/vimfiles (windows)
 		Override where :AutoInstall: scripts will be installed.
 		Doesn't override vimball installation.
+>
+	g:GetLatestVimScripts_scriptaddr
+<       default='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script.php?script_id='
+		Override this if your system needs
+	  ...  ='http://vim.sourceforge.net/script/script.php?script_id='
 
 ==============================================================================
 8. GetLatestVimScripts Algorithm		*glvs-algorithm* *glvs-alg*
@@ -380,7 +385,11 @@ The AutoInstall process will:
 ==============================================================================
 9. GetLatestVimScripts History		*getscript-history* *glvs-hist* {{{1
 
-v44 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
+v35 Apr 07, 2012 : * (MengHuan Yu) pointed out that the script url has
+		     changed (somewhat).  However, it doesn't work, and
+		     the original one does (under Linux). I'll make it
+		     yet-another-option.
+v34 Jun 23, 2011 : * handles additional decompression options for tarballs
                      (tgz taz tbz txz)
 v33 May 31, 2011 : * using fnameescape() instead of escape()
 		   * *.xz support

runtime/doc/pi_gzip.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_gzip.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2002 Oct 29
+*pi_gzip.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jul 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ with these extensions:
 	*.Z		compress (Lempel-Ziv)
 	*.gz		gzip
 	*.bz2		bzip2
+	*.lzma		lzma
+	*.xz		xz
 
 That's actually the only thing you need to know.  There are no options.
 

runtime/doc/pi_paren.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_paren.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Jun 16
+*pi_paren.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -46,7 +46,10 @@ are:
   closed folds.
 - 'synmaxcol' times 2 bytes before or after the cursor to avoid a delay
   in a long line with syntax highlighting.
-
+- A timeout of 300 msec (60 msec in Insert mode). This can be changed with the
+  g:matchparen_timeout and g:matchparen_insert_timeout variables and their
+  buffer-local equivalents b:matchparen_timeout and
+  b:matchparen_insert_timeout.
 
 If you would like the |%| command to work better, the matchit plugin can be
 used, see |matchit-install|.  This plugin also helps to skip matches in

runtime/doc/pi_tar.txt

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
+*pi_tar.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 17
 
 		       +====================+
 		       | Tar File Interface |
 		       +====================+
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
 Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
@@ -50,6 +50,21 @@ Copyright 2005-2012:					*tar-copyright*
 	*g:tar_extractcmd* , which by default is >
 		"tar -xf"
 <
+						*:TarDiff*
+   DIFFERENCING SUPPORT~
+
+   :TarDiff [filename]
+
+	This command will attempt to show the differences between the tarball
+	version of a file and the associated file on the system.  In order to
+	find that file on the system, the script uses the path associated with
+	the file mentioned in the tarball.  If the current directory is not
+	correct for that path, :TarDiff will fail to find the associated file.
+
+	If the [filename] is given, that that filename (and path) will be used
+	to specify the associated file.
+
+
    PREVENTING LOADING~
 
    If for some reason you do not wish to use vim to examine tar'd files,

runtime/doc/pi_zip.txt

@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
-*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 17
+*pi_zip.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Apr 17
 
 				+====================+
 				| Zip File Interface |
 				+====================+
 
-Author:  Charles E. Campbell, Jr.  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
+Author:  Charles E. Campbell  <NdrOchip@ScampbellPfamily.AbizM>
 	  (remove NOSPAM from Campbell's email first)
-Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
+Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2012 Charles E Campbell	 *zip-copyright*
 	The VIM LICENSE (see |copyright|) applies to the files in this
 	package, including zipPlugin.vim, zip.vim, and pi_zip.vim.  except use
 	"zip.vim" instead of "VIM".  Like anything else that's free, zip.vim
@@ -85,8 +85,13 @@ Copyright: Copyright (C) 2005-2011 Charles E Campbell, Jr *zip-copyright*
 
 ==============================================================================
 4. History							*zip-history* {{{1
+   v26 Nov 15, 2012 * (Jason Spiro) provided a lot of new extensions that
+		      are synonyms for .zip
    v25 Jun 27, 2011 * using keepj with unzip -Z
 		      (consistent with the -p variant)
+		    * (Ben Staniford) now uses
+			has("win32unix") && executable("cygpath")
+		      before converting to cygwin-style paths
    v24 Jun 21, 2010 * (Cédric Bosdonnat) unzip seems to need its filenames
 		      fnameescape'd as well as shellquote'd
 		    * (Motoya Kurotsu) inserted keepj before 0d to protect

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 10
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 07
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -561,7 +561,9 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 					*:vim* *:vimgrep* *E682* *E683*
 :vim[grep][!] /{pattern}/[g][j] {file} ...
 			Search for {pattern} in the files {file} ... and set
-			the error list to the matches.
+			the error list to the matches.  Files matching
+			'wildignore' are ignored; files in 'suffixes' are
+			searched last.
 			Without the 'g' flag each line is added only once.
 			With 'g' every match is added.
 
@@ -572,6 +574,8 @@ commands can be combined to create a NewGrep command: >
 			'ignorecase' applies.  To overrule it put |/\c| in the
 			pattern to ignore case or |/\C| to match case.
 			'smartcase' is not used.
+			If {pattern} is empty (e.g. // is specified), the last
+			used search pattern is used. |last-pattern|
 
 			When a number is put before the command this is used
 			as the maximum number of matches to find.  Use

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Feb 22
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 
 							 *quickref* *Contents*
  tag	  subject			 tag	  subject	~
-|Q_ct|  list of help files		|Q_re|	Repeating commands
+|Q_ct|	list of help files		|Q_re|	Repeating commands
 |Q_lr|	motion: Left-right		|Q_km|	Key mapping
 |Q_ud|	motion: Up-down			|Q_ab|	Abbreviations
 |Q_tm|	motion: Text object		|Q_op|	Options
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 |Q_co|	change: Complex			|Q_bu|	Buffer list commands
 |Q_vi|	Visual mode			|Q_sy|	Syntax highlighting
 |Q_to|	Text objects			|Q_gu|	GUI commands
-					|Q_fo|  Folding
+					|Q_fo|	Folding
 
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 |:marks|  :marks	print the active marks
 |CTRL-O|  N  CTRL-O	go to Nth older position in jump list
 |CTRL-I|  N  CTRL-I	go to Nth newer position in jump list
-|:ju|	  :ju[mps]	print the jump list
+|:ju|     :ju[mps]	print the jump list
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_vm*		Various motions
 
@@ -204,30 +204,30 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ta*		Using tags
 
-|:ta|	   :ta[g][!] {tag}	jump to tag {tag}
-|:ta|	   :[count]ta[g][!]	jump to [count]'th newer tag in tag list
+|:ta|      :ta[g][!] {tag}	jump to tag {tag}
+|:ta|      :[count]ta[g][!]	jump to [count]'th newer tag in tag list
 |CTRL-]|      CTRL-]		jump to the tag under cursor, unless changes
 				   have been made
-|:ts|	   :ts[elect][!] [tag]	list matching tags and select one to jump to
+|:ts|      :ts[elect][!] [tag]	list matching tags and select one to jump to
 |:tjump|   :tj[ump][!] [tag]	jump to tag [tag] or select from list when
 				   there are multiple matches
-|:ltag|	   :lt[ag][!] [tag]	jump to tag [tag] and add matching tags to the
+|:ltag|    :lt[ag][!] [tag]	jump to tag [tag] and add matching tags to the
 				   location list
 
-|:tags|	   :tags		print tag list
+|:tags|    :tags		print tag list
 |CTRL-T|   N  CTRL-T		jump back from Nth older tag in tag list
-|:po|	   :[count]po[p][!]	jump back from [count]'th older tag in tag list
+|:po|      :[count]po[p][!]	jump back from [count]'th older tag in tag list
 |:tnext|   :[count]tn[ext][!]	jump to [count]'th next matching tag
 |:tp|      :[count]tp[revious][!] jump to [count]'th previous matching tag
-|:tr|	   :[count]tr[ewind][!] jump to [count]'th matching tag
-|:tl|	   :tl[ast][!]		jump to last matching tag
+|:tr|      :[count]tr[ewind][!]	jump to [count]'th matching tag
+|:tl|      :tl[ast][!]		jump to last matching tag
 
-|:ptag|	   :pt[ag] {tag}	open a preview window to show tag {tag}
-|CTRL-W_}|     CTRL-W }		like CTRL-] but show tag in preview window
+|:ptag|    :pt[ag] {tag}	open a preview window to show tag {tag}
+|CTRL-W_}|    CTRL-W }		like CTRL-] but show tag in preview window
 |:pts|     :pts[elect]		like ":tselect" but show tag in preview window
 |:ptjump|  :ptj[ump]		like ":tjump" but show tag in preview window
 |:pclose|  :pc[lose]		close tag preview window
-|CTRL-W_z|     CTRL-W z		close tag preview window
+|CTRL-W_z|    CTRL-W z		close tag preview window
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_sc*		Scrolling
 
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ These only work when 'wrap' is off:
 |:startreplace| :startr[eplace][!]  start Replace mode, at EOL when [!] used
 
 in Visual block mode:
-|v_b_I|    I	insert the same text in front of all the selected lines
+|v_b_I|	   I	insert the same text in front of all the selected lines
 |v_b_A|	   A	append the same text after all the selected lines
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ai*		Insert mode keys
@@ -334,16 +334,16 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 *Q_de*		Deleting text
 
 |x|	N  x		delete N characters under and after the cursor
-|<Del>| N  <Del>	delete N characters under and after the cursor
+|<Del>|	N  <Del>	delete N characters under and after the cursor
 |X|	N  X		delete N characters before the cursor
 |d|	N  d{motion}	delete the text that is moved over with {motion}
-|v_d|	{visual}d	delete the highlighted text
+|v_d|	   {visual}d	delete the highlighted text
 |dd|	N  dd		delete N lines
 |D|	N  D		delete to the end of the line (and N-1 more lines)
 |J|	N  J		join N-1 lines (delete <EOL>s)
-|v_J|	{visual}J	join the highlighted lines
+|v_J|	   {visual}J	join the highlighted lines
 |gJ|	N  gJ		like "J", but without inserting spaces
-|v_gJ|	{visual}gJ	like "{visual}J", but without inserting spaces
+|v_gJ|	   {visual}gJ	like "{visual}J", but without inserting spaces
 |:d|	:[range]d [x]	delete [range] lines [into register x]
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_cm*		Copying and moving text
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 |R|	  N  R		enter Replace mode (repeat the entered text N times)
 |gR|	  N  gR		enter virtual Replace mode: Like Replace mode but
 			   without affecting layout
-|v_b_r|	  {visual}r{char}
+|v_b_r|	     {visual}r{char}
 			in Visual block mode: Replace each char of the
 			   selected text with {char}
 
@@ -447,13 +447,13 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 
 |visual-index|	list of Visual mode commands.
 
-|v|	   v		start highlighting characters  }  move cursor and use
-|V|	   V		start highlighting linewise    }  operator to affect
+|v|        v		start highlighting characters  }  move cursor and use
+|V|        V		start highlighting linewise    }  operator to affect
 |CTRL-V|   CTRL-V	start highlighting blockwise   }  highlighted text
-|v_o|	   o		exchange cursor position with start of highlighting
-|gv|	   gv		start highlighting on previous visual area
-|v_v|	   v		highlight characters or stop highlighting
-|v_V|	   V		highlight linewise or stop highlighting
+|v_o|      o		exchange cursor position with start of highlighting
+|gv|       gv		start highlighting on previous visual area
+|v_v|      v		highlight characters or stop highlighting
+|v_V|      V		highlight linewise or stop highlighting
 |v_CTRL-V| CTRL-V	highlight blockwise or stop highlighting
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_to*		Text objects (only in Visual mode or after an operator)
@@ -509,8 +509,8 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_km*		Key mapping
 
-|:map|	     :ma[p] {lhs} {rhs}	  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Normal and Visual mode
-|:map!|	     :ma[p]! {lhs} {rhs}  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Insert and Command-line
+|:map|       :ma[p] {lhs} {rhs}	  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Normal and Visual mode
+|:map!|      :ma[p]! {lhs} {rhs}  map {lhs} to {rhs} in Insert and Command-line
 				     mode
 |:noremap|   :no[remap][!] {lhs} {rhs}
 				  same as ":map", no remapping for this {rhs}
@@ -522,19 +522,19 @@ In Insert or Command-line mode:
 				     Normal and Visual mode
 |:map_l!|    :ma[p]! [lhs]	  list mappings (starting with [lhs]) for
 				     Insert and Command-line mode
-|:cmap|	     :cmap/:cunmap/:cnoremap
+|:cmap|      :cmap/:cunmap/:cnoremap
 				  like ":map!"/":unmap!"/":noremap!" but for
 				     Command-line mode only
-|:imap|	     :imap/:iunmap/:inoremap
+|:imap|      :imap/:iunmap/:inoremap
 				  like ":map!"/":unmap!"/":noremap!" but for
 				     Insert mode only
-|:nmap|	     :nmap/:nunmap/:nnoremap
+|:nmap|      :nmap/:nunmap/:nnoremap
 				  like ":map"/":unmap"/":noremap" but for
 				     Normal mode only
-|:vmap|	     :vmap/:vunmap/:vnoremap
+|:vmap|      :vmap/:vunmap/:vnoremap
 				  like ":map"/":unmap"/":noremap" but for
 				     Visual mode only
-|:omap|	     :omap/:ounmap/:onoremap
+|:omap|      :omap/:ounmap/:onoremap
 				  like ":map"/":unmap"/":noremap" but only for
 				     when an operator is pending
 |:mapc|      :mapc[lear]	  remove mappings for Normal and Visual mode
@@ -691,6 +691,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'fileencodings'   'fencs'   automatically detected character encodings
 'fileformat'	  'ff'	    file format used for file I/O
 'fileformats'	  'ffs'     automatically detected values for 'fileformat'
+'fileignorecase'  'fic'     ignore case when using file names
 'filetype'	  'ft'	    type of file, used for autocommands
 'fillchars'	  'fcs'     characters to use for displaying special items
 'fkmap'		  'fk'	    Farsi keyboard mapping
@@ -737,10 +738,12 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'iconstring'		    string to use for the Vim icon text
 'ignorecase'	  'ic'	    ignore case in search patterns
 'imactivatekey'   'imak'    key that activates the X input method
+'imactivatefunc'  'imaf'    function to enable/disable the X input method
 'imcmdline'	  'imc'     use IM when starting to edit a command line
 'imdisable'	  'imd'     do not use the IM in any mode
 'iminsert'	  'imi'     use :lmap or IM in Insert mode
 'imsearch'	  'ims'     use :lmap or IM when typing a search pattern
+'imstatusfunc'    'imsf'    function to obtain X input method status
 'include'	  'inc'     pattern to be used to find an include file
 'includeexpr'	  'inex'    expression used to process an include line
 'incsearch'	  'is'	    highlight match while typing search pattern
@@ -823,6 +826,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'quoteescape'	  'qe'	    escape characters used in a string
 'readonly'	  'ro'	    disallow writing the buffer
 'redrawtime'	  'rdt'     timeout for 'hlsearch' and |:match| highlighting
+'regexpengine'	  're'	    default regexp engine to use
 'relativenumber'  'rnu'	    show relative line number in front of each line
 'remap'			    allow mappings to work recursively
 'report'		    threshold for reporting nr. of lines changed
@@ -958,9 +962,9 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ur*		Undo/Redo commands
 
-|u|	  N  u		undo last N changes
+|u|       N  u		undo last N changes
 |CTRL-R|  N  CTRL-R	redo last N undone changes
-|U|	     U		restore last changed line
+|U|          U		restore last changed line
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_et*		External commands
 
@@ -1011,7 +1015,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 				   C4350, etc.)
 |:normal|	:norm[al][!] {commands}
 				execute Normal mode commands
-|Q|		Q		switch to "Ex" mode
+|Q|		   Q		switch to "Ex" mode
 
 |:redir|	:redir >{file}		redirect messages to {file}
 |:silent|	:silent[!] {command}	execute {command} silently
@@ -1087,11 +1091,11 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_ex*		Special Ex characters
 
-|:bar|	    |		separates two commands (not for ":global" and ":!")
+|:bar|      |		separates two commands (not for ":global" and ":!")
 |:quote|    "		begins comment
 
-|:_%|	    %		current file name (only where a file name is expected)
-|:_#|	    #[num]	alternate file name [num] (only where a file name is
+|:_%|       %		current file name (only where a file name is expected)
+|:_#|       #[num]	alternate file name [num] (only where a file name is
 			   expected)
 	Note: The next seven are typed literally; these are not special keys!
 |:<abuf>|   <abuf>	buffer number, for use in an autocommand (only where a
@@ -1171,18 +1175,18 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 	   Without !: Fail if changes have been made to the current buffer.
 	      With !: Discard any changes to the current buffer.
 |:edit_f|  :e[dit][!] {file}	edit {file}
-|:edit|	   :e[dit][!]		reload the current file
-|:enew|	   :ene[w][!]		edit a new, unnamed buffer
+|:edit|    :e[dit][!]		reload the current file
+|:enew|    :ene[w][!]		edit a new, unnamed buffer
 |:find|    :fin[d][!] {file}	find {file} in 'path' and edit it
 
-|CTRL-^|   N   CTRL-^		edit alternate file N (equivalent to ":e #N")
-|gf|	       gf  or ]f	edit the file whose name is under the cursor
-|:pwd|	   :pwd			print the current directory name
-|:cd|	   :cd [path]		change the current directory to [path]
-|:cd-|	   :cd -		back to previous current directory
-|:file|	   :f[ile]		print the current file name and the cursor
+|CTRL-^|   N  CTRL-^		edit alternate file N (equivalent to ":e #N")
+|gf|          gf  or ]f		edit the file whose name is under the cursor
+|:pwd|     :pwd			print the current directory name
+|:cd|      :cd [path]		change the current directory to [path]
+|:cd-|     :cd -		back to previous current directory
+|:file|    :f[ile]		print the current file name and the cursor
 				   position
-|:file|	   :f[ile] {name}	set the current file name to {name}
+|:file|    :f[ile] {name}	set the current file name to {name}
 |:files|   :files		show alternate file names
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_fl*		Using the argument list			|argument-list|
@@ -1198,12 +1202,12 @@ Context-sensitive completion on the command-line:
 
 	     in current window    in new window	~
 |:argument|  :argu[ment] N	  :sar[gument] N	edit file N
-|:next|	     :n[ext]		  :sn[ext]		edit next file
+|:next|      :n[ext]		  :sn[ext]		edit next file
 |:next_f|    :n[ext] {arglist}	  :sn[ext] {arglist}	define new arg list
 							   and edit first file
-|:Next|	     :N[ext]		  :sN[ext]		edit previous file
+|:Next|      :N[ext]		  :sN[ext]		edit previous file
 |:first|     :fir[st]		  :sfir[st]		edit first file
-|:last|	     :la[st]		  :sla[st]		edit last file
+|:last|      :la[st]		  :sla[st]		edit last file
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 *Q_wq*		Writing and quitting
 

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 04
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jul 10
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -153,8 +153,14 @@ REMOVING SIGNS						*:sign-unplace* *E159*
 		Remove the previously placed sign {id} from file {fname}.
 		See remark above about {fname} |:sign-fname|.
 
+:sign unplace * file={fname}
+		Remove all placed signs in file {fname}.
+
 :sign unplace {id} buffer={nr}
-		Same, but use buffer {nr}.
+		Remove the previously placed sign {id} from buffer {nr}.
+
+:sign unplace * buffer={nr}
+		Remove all placed signs in buffer {nr}.
 
 :sign unplace {id}
 		Remove the previously placed sign {id} from all files it

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 May 25
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 26
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -928,9 +928,13 @@ When the encoding is UTF-8 no word characters need to be specified.
 Vim allows you to use spell checking for several languages in the same file.
 You can list them in the 'spelllang' option.  As a consequence all spell files
 for the same encoding must use the same word characters, otherwise they can't
-be combined without errors.  If you get a warning that the word tables differ
-you may need to generate the .spl file again with |:mkspell|.  Check the FOL,
-LOW and UPP lines in the used .aff file.
+be combined without errors.
+
+If you get an E763 warning that the word tables differ you need to update your
+".spl" spell files.  If you downloaded the files, get the latest version of
+all spell files you use.  Otherwise generate the .spl file again with
+|:mkspell|.  If you still get errors check the FOL, LOW and UPP lines in the
+used .aff files.
 
 The XX.ascii.spl spell file generated with the "-ascii" argument will not
 contain the table with characters, so that it can be combine with spell files

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 16
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -438,6 +438,10 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		option should be used when Vim is started by a program that
 		will wait for the edit session to finish (e.g., mail or
 		readnews).  See |amiga-window|.
+
+		MS-Windows: This option is not supported.  However, when
+		running Vim with an installed vim.bat or gvim.bat file it
+		works.
 		{not in Vi}
 
 
@@ -753,11 +757,21 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	file, but "exrc" is what Vi always used, "vimrc" is a Vim specific
 	name.  Also see |vimrc-intro|.
 
-	Recommended place for your personal initializations:
-		Unix		    $HOME/.vimrc
-		OS/2		    $HOME/.vimrc or $VIM/.vimrc (or _vimrc)
-		MS-DOS and Win32    $HOME/_vimrc or $VIM/_vimrc
-		Amiga		    s:.vimrc or $VIM/.vimrc
+	Places for your personal initializations:
+		Unix		$HOME/.vimrc or $HOME/.vim/vimrc
+		OS/2		$HOME/.vimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/vimrc
+				or $VIM/.vimrc (or _vimrc)
+		MS-Windows	$HOME/_vimrc, $HOME/vimfiles/vimrc
+				or $VIM/_vimrc
+		Amiga		s:.vimrc, home:.vimrc, home:vimfiles:vimrc
+				or $VIM/.vimrc
+
+	The files are searched in the order specified above and only the first
+	one that is found is read.
+
+	RECOMMENDATION: Put all your Vim configuration stuff in the
+	$HOME/.vim/ directory ($HOME/vimfiles/ for MS-Windows). That makes it
+	easy to copy it to another system.
 
 	If Vim was started with "-u filename", the file "filename" is used.
 	All following initializations until 4. are skipped.
@@ -787,12 +801,15 @@ accordingly.  Vim proceeds in this order:
 	-  The environment variable VIMINIT (see also |compatible-default|) (*)
 	   The value of $VIMINIT is used as an Ex command line.
 	-  The user vimrc file(s):
-		    "$HOME/.vimrc"	(for Unix and OS/2) (*)
-		    "s:.vimrc"		(for Amiga) (*)
-		    "home:.vimrc"	(for Amiga) (*)
-		    "$VIM/.vimrc"	(for OS/2 and Amiga) (*)
-		    "$HOME/_vimrc"	(for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
-		    "$VIM/_vimrc"	(for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "$HOME/.vimrc"	   (for Unix and OS/2) (*)
+		    "$HOME/.vim/vimrc"	   (for Unix and OS/2) (*)
+		    "s:.vimrc"		   (for Amiga) (*)
+		    "home:.vimrc"	   (for Amiga) (*)
+		    "home:vimfiles:vimrc"  (for Amiga) (*)
+		    "$VIM/.vimrc"	   (for OS/2 and Amiga) (*)
+		    "$HOME/_vimrc"	   (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "$HOME/vimfiles/vimrc" (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
+		    "$VIM/_vimrc"	   (for MS-DOS and Win32) (*)
 		Note: For Unix, OS/2 and Amiga, when ".vimrc" does not exist,
 		"_vimrc" is also tried, in case an MS-DOS compatible file
 		system is used.  For MS-DOS and Win32 ".vimrc" is checked

runtime/doc/tabpage.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Jul 31
+*tabpage.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ something else.
 		this is a "safe" command.
 
 :tabc[lose][!] {count}
-		Close tab page {count}.  Fails in the same way as ':tabclose"
+		Close tab page {count}.  Fails in the same way as `:tabclose`
 		above.
 
 							*:tabo* *:tabonly*
@@ -173,10 +173,20 @@ Other commands:
 REORDERING TAB PAGES:
 
 :tabm[ove] [N]						*:tabm* *:tabmove*
+:[N]tabm[ove]
 		Move the current tab page to after tab page N.  Use zero to
 		make the current tab page the first one.  Without N the tab
 		page is made the last one.
 
+:tabm[ove] +[N]
+:tabm[ove] -[N]
+		Move the current tab page N places to the right (with +) or to
+		the left (with -).
+
+Note that although it is possible to move a tab behind the N-th one by using
+:Ntabmove, it is impossible to move it by N places by using :+Ntabmove. For
+clarification what +N means in this context see |[range]|.
+
 
 LOOPING OVER TAB PAGES:
 

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -233,10 +233,12 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'fex'	options.txt	/*'fex'*
 'ff'	options.txt	/*'ff'*
 'ffs'	options.txt	/*'ffs'*
+'fic'	options.txt	/*'fic'*
 'fileencoding'	options.txt	/*'fileencoding'*
 'fileencodings'	options.txt	/*'fileencodings'*
 'fileformat'	options.txt	/*'fileformat'*
 'fileformats'	options.txt	/*'fileformats'*
+'fileignorecase'	options.txt	/*'fileignorecase'*
 'filetype'	options.txt	/*'filetype'*
 'fillchars'	options.txt	/*'fillchars'*
 'fk'	options.txt	/*'fk'*
@@ -281,6 +283,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'go-F'	options.txt	/*'go-F'*
 'go-L'	options.txt	/*'go-L'*
 'go-M'	options.txt	/*'go-M'*
+'go-P'	options.txt	/*'go-P'*
 'go-R'	options.txt	/*'go-R'*
 'go-T'	options.txt	/*'go-T'*
 'go-a'	options.txt	/*'go-a'*
@@ -338,7 +341,9 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'iconstring'	options.txt	/*'iconstring'*
 'ignorecase'	options.txt	/*'ignorecase'*
 'im'	options.txt	/*'im'*
+'imactivatefunc'	options.txt	/*'imactivatefunc'*
 'imactivatekey'	options.txt	/*'imactivatekey'*
+'imaf'	options.txt	/*'imaf'*
 'imak'	options.txt	/*'imak'*
 'imc'	options.txt	/*'imc'*
 'imcmdline'	options.txt	/*'imcmdline'*
@@ -348,6 +353,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'iminsert'	options.txt	/*'iminsert'*
 'ims'	options.txt	/*'ims'*
 'imsearch'	options.txt	/*'imsearch'*
+'imsf'	options.txt	/*'imsf'*
+'imstatusfunc'	options.txt	/*'imstatusfunc'*
 'inc'	options.txt	/*'inc'*
 'include'	options.txt	/*'include'*
 'includeexpr'	options.txt	/*'includeexpr'*
@@ -493,8 +500,10 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'nocopyindent'	options.txt	/*'nocopyindent'*
 'nocp'	options.txt	/*'nocp'*
 'nocrb'	options.txt	/*'nocrb'*
+'nocscoperelative'	options.txt	/*'nocscoperelative'*
 'nocscopetag'	options.txt	/*'nocscopetag'*
 'nocscopeverbose'	options.txt	/*'nocscopeverbose'*
+'nocsre'	options.txt	/*'nocsre'*
 'nocst'	options.txt	/*'nocst'*
 'nocsverb'	options.txt	/*'nocsverb'*
 'nocuc'	options.txt	/*'nocuc'*
@@ -522,6 +531,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'noexpandtab'	options.txt	/*'noexpandtab'*
 'noexrc'	options.txt	/*'noexrc'*
 'nofen'	options.txt	/*'nofen'*
+'nofic'	options.txt	/*'nofic'*
+'nofileignorecase'	options.txt	/*'nofileignorecase'*
 'nofk'	options.txt	/*'nofk'*
 'nofkmap'	options.txt	/*'nofkmap'*
 'nofoldenable'	options.txt	/*'nofoldenable'*
@@ -652,6 +663,8 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'nottybuiltin'	options.txt	/*'nottybuiltin'*
 'nottyfast'	options.txt	/*'nottyfast'*
 'notx'	options.txt	/*'notx'*
+'noudf'	options.txt	/*'noudf'*
+'noundofile'	options.txt	/*'noundofile'*
 'novb'	options.txt	/*'novb'*
 'novice'	vi_diff.txt	/*'novice'*
 'novisualbell'	options.txt	/*'novisualbell'*
@@ -731,9 +744,11 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 'quote	motion.txt	/*'quote*
 'quoteescape'	options.txt	/*'quoteescape'*
 'rdt'	options.txt	/*'rdt'*
+'re'	options.txt	/*'re'*
 'readonly'	options.txt	/*'readonly'*
 'redraw'	vi_diff.txt	/*'redraw'*
 'redrawtime'	options.txt	/*'redrawtime'*
+'regexpengine'	options.txt	/*'regexpengine'*
 'relativenumber'	options.txt	/*'relativenumber'*
 'remap'	options.txt	/*'remap'*
 'report'	options.txt	/*'report'*
@@ -963,6 +978,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 't_te'	term.txt	/*'t_te'*
 't_ti'	term.txt	/*'t_ti'*
 't_ts'	term.txt	/*'t_ts'*
+'t_u7'	term.txt	/*'t_u7'*
 't_ue'	term.txt	/*'t_ue'*
 't_us'	term.txt	/*'t_us'*
 't_ut'	term.txt	/*'t_ut'*
@@ -1185,6 +1201,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 +mouse_gpm	various.txt	/*+mouse_gpm*
 +mouse_netterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_netterm*
 +mouse_pterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_pterm*
++mouse_sgr	various.txt	/*+mouse_sgr*
 +mouse_sysmouse	various.txt	/*+mouse_sysmouse*
 +mouse_urxvt	various.txt	/*+mouse_urxvt*
 +mouse_xterm	various.txt	/*+mouse_xterm*
@@ -1382,6 +1399,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 /\	pattern.txt	/*\/\\*
 /\$	pattern.txt	/*\/\\$*
 /\%#	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%#*
+/\%#=	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%#=*
 /\%$	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%$*
 /\%'m	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%'m*
 /\%(	pattern.txt	/*\/\\%(*
@@ -1827,6 +1845,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :RmVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:RmVimball*
 :Sexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Sexplore*
 :TOhtml	syntax.txt	/*:TOhtml*
+:TarDiff	pi_tar.txt	/*:TarDiff*
 :Texplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Texplore*
 :UseVimball	pi_vimball.txt	/*:UseVimball*
 :Vexplore	pi_netrw.txt	/*:Vexplore*
@@ -1835,6 +1854,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :X	editing.txt	/*:X*
 :XMLent	insert.txt	/*:XMLent*
 :XMLns	insert.txt	/*:XMLns*
+:[range]	motion.txt	/*:[range]*
 :\bar	cmdline.txt	/*:\\bar*
 :_!	cmdline.txt	/*:_!*
 :_#	cmdline.txt	/*:_#*
@@ -2400,6 +2420,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :map!	map.txt	/*:map!*
 :map-<buffer>	map.txt	/*:map-<buffer>*
 :map-<expr>	map.txt	/*:map-<expr>*
+:map-<nowait>	map.txt	/*:map-<nowait>*
 :map-<script>	map.txt	/*:map-<script>*
 :map-<silent>	map.txt	/*:map-<silent>*
 :map-<special>	map.txt	/*:map-<special>*
@@ -2410,6 +2431,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :map-expression	map.txt	/*:map-expression*
 :map-local	map.txt	/*:map-local*
 :map-modes	map.txt	/*:map-modes*
+:map-nowait	map.txt	/*:map-nowait*
 :map-operator	map.txt	/*:map-operator*
 :map-script	map.txt	/*:map-script*
 :map-silent	map.txt	/*:map-silent*
@@ -2581,7 +2603,9 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :pwd	editing.txt	/*:pwd*
 :py	if_pyth.txt	/*:py*
 :py3	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3*
+:py3do	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3do*
 :py3file	if_pyth.txt	/*:py3file*
+:pydo	if_pyth.txt	/*:pydo*
 :pyf	if_pyth.txt	/*:pyf*
 :pyfile	if_pyth.txt	/*:pyfile*
 :python	if_pyth.txt	/*:python*
@@ -2860,6 +2884,7 @@ $VIMRUNTIME	starting.txt	/*$VIMRUNTIME*
 :syntax-enable	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-enable*
 :syntax-on	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-on*
 :syntax-reset	syntax.txt	/*:syntax-reset*
+:syntime	syntax.txt	/*:syntime*
 :t	change.txt	/*:t*
 :tN	tagsrch.txt	/*:tN*
 :tNext	tagsrch.txt	/*:tNext*
@@ -3408,6 +3433,7 @@ CmdwinLeave	autocmd.txt	/*CmdwinLeave*
 ColorScheme	autocmd.txt	/*ColorScheme*
 Command-line	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line*
 Command-line-mode	cmdline.txt	/*Command-line-mode*
+CompleteDone	autocmd.txt	/*CompleteDone*
 Contents	quickref.txt	/*Contents*
 Cscope	if_cscop.txt	/*Cscope*
 CursorHold	autocmd.txt	/*CursorHold*
@@ -4242,8 +4268,29 @@ E852	gui_x11.txt	/*E852*
 E853	eval.txt	/*E853*
 E854	options.txt	/*E854*
 E855	autocmd.txt	/*E855*
+E858	eval.txt	/*E858*
+E859	eval.txt	/*E859*
 E86	windows.txt	/*E86*
+E860	eval.txt	/*E860*
+E862	eval.txt	/*E862*
+E863	if_pyth.txt	/*E863*
+E864	pattern.txt	/*E864*
+E865	pattern.txt	/*E865*
+E866	pattern.txt	/*E866*
+E867	pattern.txt	/*E867*
+E868	pattern.txt	/*E868*
+E869	pattern.txt	/*E869*
 E87	windows.txt	/*E87*
+E870	pattern.txt	/*E870*
+E871	pattern.txt	/*E871*
+E872	pattern.txt	/*E872*
+E873	pattern.txt	/*E873*
+E874	pattern.txt	/*E874*
+E875	pattern.txt	/*E875*
+E876	pattern.txt	/*E876*
+E877	pattern.txt	/*E877*
+E878	pattern.txt	/*E878*
+E879	syntax.txt	/*E879*
 E88	windows.txt	/*E88*
 E89	message.txt	/*E89*
 E90	message.txt	/*E90*
@@ -4425,6 +4472,7 @@ QuickFixCmdPost	autocmd.txt	/*QuickFixCmdPost*
 QuickFixCmdPost-example	quickfix.txt	/*QuickFixCmdPost-example*
 QuickFixCmdPre	autocmd.txt	/*QuickFixCmdPre*
 Quickfix	quickfix.txt	/*Quickfix*
+QuitPre	autocmd.txt	/*QuitPre*
 R	change.txt	/*R*
 RISC-OS	os_risc.txt	/*RISC-OS*
 RISCOS	os_risc.txt	/*RISCOS*
@@ -4456,6 +4504,11 @@ Syntax	autocmd.txt	/*Syntax*
 T	motion.txt	/*T*
 TCL	if_tcl.txt	/*TCL*
 TERM	starting.txt	/*TERM*
+TOhtml-encoding	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding*
+TOhtml-encoding-detect	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-encoding-detect*
+TOhtml-performance	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-performance*
+TOhtml-uncopyable-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-uncopyable-text*
+TOhtml-wrap-text	syntax.txt	/*TOhtml-wrap-text*
 TSQL	ft_sql.txt	/*TSQL*
 TTpro-telnet	syntax.txt	/*TTpro-telnet*
 Tab	intro.txt	/*Tab*
@@ -4464,6 +4517,8 @@ TabLeave	autocmd.txt	/*TabLeave*
 Tcl	if_tcl.txt	/*Tcl*
 TermChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TermChanged*
 TermResponse	autocmd.txt	/*TermResponse*
+TextChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TextChanged*
+TextChangedI	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedI*
 Transact-SQL	ft_sql.txt	/*Transact-SQL*
 U	undo.txt	/*U*
 UTF-8	mbyte.txt	/*UTF-8*
@@ -4754,10 +4809,12 @@ aw	motion.txt	/*aw*
 a{	motion.txt	/*a{*
 a}	motion.txt	/*a}*
 b	motion.txt	/*b*
-b:changedtick-variable	eval.txt	/*b:changedtick-variable*
+b:	eval.txt	/*b:*
+b:changedtick	eval.txt	/*b:changedtick*
 b:changelog_name	filetype.txt	/*b:changelog_name*
 b:current_syntax-variable	syntax.txt	/*b:current_syntax-variable*
 b:netrw_lastfile	pi_netrw.txt	/*b:netrw_lastfile*
+b:tex_stylish	syntax.txt	/*b:tex_stylish*
 b:var	eval.txt	/*b:var*
 baan-folding	syntax.txt	/*baan-folding*
 baan-syntax	syntax.txt	/*baan-syntax*
@@ -5011,6 +5068,14 @@ clearmatches()	eval.txt	/*clearmatches()*
 client-server	remote.txt	/*client-server*
 clientserver	remote.txt	/*clientserver*
 clipboard	gui.txt	/*clipboard*
+clipboard-autoselect	options.txt	/*clipboard-autoselect*
+clipboard-autoselectml	options.txt	/*clipboard-autoselectml*
+clipboard-autoselectplus	options.txt	/*clipboard-autoselectplus*
+clipboard-exclude	options.txt	/*clipboard-exclude*
+clipboard-html	options.txt	/*clipboard-html*
+clipboard-unnamed	options.txt	/*clipboard-unnamed*
+clipboard-unnamedplus	options.txt	/*clipboard-unnamedplus*
+clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*clojure-indent*
 cmdarg-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdarg-variable*
 cmdbang-variable	eval.txt	/*cmdbang-variable*
 cmdline-arguments	vi_diff.txt	/*cmdline-arguments*
@@ -5159,6 +5224,7 @@ cpo-w	options.txt	/*cpo-w*
 cpo-x	options.txt	/*cpo-x*
 cpo-y	options.txt	/*cpo-y*
 cpo-{	options.txt	/*cpo-{*
+cpp.vim	syntax.txt	/*cpp.vim*
 crash-recovery	recover.txt	/*crash-recovery*
 creating-menus	gui.txt	/*creating-menus*
 credits	intro.txt	/*credits*
@@ -5271,6 +5337,7 @@ develop-spell	develop.txt	/*develop-spell*
 develop-spell-suggestions	develop.txt	/*develop-spell-suggestions*
 develop.txt	develop.txt	/*develop.txt*
 development	develop.txt	/*development*
+dgn	motion.txt	/*dgn*
 dh	change.txt	/*dh*
 diB	motion.txt	/*diB*
 diW	motion.txt	/*diW*
@@ -5605,6 +5672,7 @@ format-comments	change.txt	/*format-comments*
 formatting	change.txt	/*formatting*
 formfeed	intro.txt	/*formfeed*
 fortran.vim	syntax.txt	/*fortran.vim*
+friendship	intro.txt	/*friendship*
 frombook	usr_01.txt	/*frombook*
 ft-abel-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-abel-syntax*
 ft-ada-commands	ft_ada.txt	/*ft-ada-commands*
@@ -5631,8 +5699,10 @@ ft-ch-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ch-syntax*
 ft-changelog-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-changelog-plugin*
 ft-changelog-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-changelog-syntax*
 ft-chill-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-chill-syntax*
+ft-clojure-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-clojure-indent*
 ft-cobol-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cobol-syntax*
 ft-coldfusion-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-coldfusion-syntax*
+ft-cpp-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cpp-syntax*
 ft-csh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-csh-syntax*
 ft-css-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-css-omni*
 ft-cweb-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cweb-syntax*
@@ -5656,6 +5726,7 @@ ft-gitcommit-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-gitcommit-plugin*
 ft-groff-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-groff-syntax*
 ft-gsp-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-gsp-syntax*
 ft-haskell-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-haskell-syntax*
+ft-html-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-html-indent*
 ft-html-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-html-omni*
 ft-html-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-html-syntax*
 ft-htmlos-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-htmlos-syntax*
@@ -5706,6 +5777,7 @@ ft-quake-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-quake-syntax*
 ft-r-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-r-indent*
 ft-readline-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-readline-syntax*
 ft-rexx-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rexx-syntax*
+ft-rst-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-rst-syntax*
 ft-ruby-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-ruby-omni*
 ft-ruby-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ruby-syntax*
 ft-scheme-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-scheme-syntax*
@@ -5769,6 +5841,7 @@ g,	motion.txt	/*g,*
 g-	undo.txt	/*g-*
 g0	motion.txt	/*g0*
 g8	various.txt	/*g8*
+g:	eval.txt	/*g:*
 g:NetrwTopLvlMenu	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:NetrwTopLvlMenu*
 g:Netrw_corehandler	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_corehandler*
 g:Netrw_funcref	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:Netrw_funcref*
@@ -5794,6 +5867,12 @@ g:ada_space_errors	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_space_errors*
 g:ada_standard_types	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_standard_types*
 g:ada_with_gnat_project_files	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_with_gnat_project_files*
 g:ada_withuse_ordinary	ft_ada.txt	/*g:ada_withuse_ordinary*
+g:clojure_align_multiline_strings	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_align_multiline_strings*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_blacklist*
+g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_fuzzy_indent_patterns*
+g:clojure_maxlines	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_maxlines*
+g:clojure_special_indent_words	indent.txt	/*g:clojure_special_indent_words*
 g:colors_name	options.txt	/*g:colors_name*
 g:decada	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada*
 g:decada.Error_Format	ft_ada.txt	/*g:decada.Error_Format*
@@ -5814,9 +5893,33 @@ g:gnat.Project_File	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Project_File*
 g:gnat.Set_Project_File()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Set_Project_File()*
 g:gnat.Tags()	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Tags()*
 g:gnat.Tags_Command	ft_ada.txt	/*g:gnat.Tags_Command*
+g:html_charset_override	syntax.txt	/*g:html_charset_override*
+g:html_diff_one_file	syntax.txt	/*g:html_diff_one_file*
+g:html_dynamic_folds	syntax.txt	/*g:html_dynamic_folds*
+g:html_encoding_override	syntax.txt	/*g:html_encoding_override*
+g:html_end_line	syntax.txt	/*g:html_end_line*
+g:html_expand_tabs	syntax.txt	/*g:html_expand_tabs*
+g:html_hover_unfold	syntax.txt	/*g:html_hover_unfold*
+g:html_id_expr	syntax.txt	/*g:html_id_expr*
+g:html_ignore_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_conceal*
+g:html_ignore_folding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_ignore_folding*
+g:html_line_ids	syntax.txt	/*g:html_line_ids*
+g:html_no_foldcolumn	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_foldcolumn*
+g:html_no_invalid	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_invalid*
+g:html_no_pre	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_pre*
+g:html_no_progress	syntax.txt	/*g:html_no_progress*
+g:html_number_lines	syntax.txt	/*g:html_number_lines*
+g:html_pre_wrap	syntax.txt	/*g:html_pre_wrap*
+g:html_prevent_copy	syntax.txt	/*g:html_prevent_copy*
+g:html_start_line	syntax.txt	/*g:html_start_line*
+g:html_use_css	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_css*
+g:html_use_encoding	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_encoding*
+g:html_use_xhtml	syntax.txt	/*g:html_use_xhtml*
+g:html_whole_filler	syntax.txt	/*g:html_whole_filler*
 g:netrw_alto	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_alto*
 g:netrw_altv	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_altv*
 g:netrw_banner	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_banner*
+g:netrw_bannerbackslash	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_bannerbackslash*
 g:netrw_browse_split	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_browse_split*
 g:netrw_browsex_viewer	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_browsex_viewer*
 g:netrw_bufsettings	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_bufsettings*
@@ -5829,6 +5932,7 @@ g:netrw_cygwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_cygwin*
 g:netrw_dav_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dav_cmd*
 g:netrw_decompress	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_decompress*
 g:netrw_dirhistmax	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dirhistmax*
+g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_dynamic_maxfilenamelen*
 g:netrw_errorlvl	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_errorlvl*
 g:netrw_fastbrowse	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fastbrowse*
 g:netrw_fetch_cmd	pi_netrw.txt	/*g:netrw_fetch_cmd*
@@ -5903,8 +6007,16 @@ g:tar_nomax	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_nomax*
 g:tar_readoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_readoptions*
 g:tar_secure	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_secure*
 g:tar_writeoptions	pi_tar.txt	/*g:tar_writeoptions*
+g:tex_comment_nospell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_comment_nospell*
 g:tex_conceal	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_conceal*
+g:tex_fast	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_fast*
+g:tex_flavor	filetype.txt	/*g:tex_flavor*
+g:tex_fold_enabled	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_fold_enabled*
 g:tex_isk	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_isk*
+g:tex_no_error	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_no_error*
+g:tex_nospell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_nospell*
+g:tex_stylish	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_stylish*
+g:tex_verbspell	syntax.txt	/*g:tex_verbspell*
 g:var	eval.txt	/*g:var*
 g:vimball_home	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_home*
 g:vimball_mkdir	pi_vimball.txt	/*g:vimball_mkdir*
@@ -5935,6 +6047,7 @@ gF	editing.txt	/*gF*
 gH	visual.txt	/*gH*
 gI	insert.txt	/*gI*
 gJ	change.txt	/*gJ*
+gN	visual.txt	/*gN*
 gP	change.txt	/*gP*
 gQ	intro.txt	/*gQ*
 gR	change.txt	/*gR*
@@ -6019,6 +6132,7 @@ glvs-options	pi_getscript.txt	/*glvs-options*
 glvs-plugins	pi_getscript.txt	/*glvs-plugins*
 glvs-usage	pi_getscript.txt	/*glvs-usage*
 gm	motion.txt	/*gm*
+gn	visual.txt	/*gn*
 gnat#Insert_Tags_Header()	ft_ada.txt	/*gnat#Insert_Tags_Header()*
 gnat#New()	ft_ada.txt	/*gnat#New()*
 gnat-xref	ft_ada.txt	/*gnat-xref*
@@ -6036,6 +6150,7 @@ graphic-option-gone	version4.txt	/*graphic-option-gone*
 greek	options.txt	/*greek*
 grep	quickfix.txt	/*grep*
 groff.vim	syntax.txt	/*groff.vim*
+gross-national-happiness	intro.txt	/*gross-national-happiness*
 group-name	syntax.txt	/*group-name*
 gs	various.txt	/*gs*
 gsp.vim	syntax.txt	/*gsp.vim*
@@ -6103,6 +6218,7 @@ gui_w16.txt	gui_w16.txt	/*gui_w16.txt*
 gui_w32.txt	gui_w32.txt	/*gui_w32.txt*
 gui_x11.txt	gui_x11.txt	/*gui_x11.txt*
 guifontwide_gtk2	options.txt	/*guifontwide_gtk2*
+guifontwide_win_mbyte	options.txt	/*guifontwide_win_mbyte*
 guioptions_a	options.txt	/*guioptions_a*
 guu	change.txt	/*guu*
 gv	visual.txt	/*gv*
@@ -6246,6 +6362,8 @@ howto.txt	howto.txt	/*howto.txt*
 hpterm	term.txt	/*hpterm*
 hpterm-color	syntax.txt	/*hpterm-color*
 html-flavor	insert.txt	/*html-flavor*
+html-indent	indent.txt	/*html-indent*
+html-indenting	indent.txt	/*html-indenting*
 html.vim	syntax.txt	/*html.vim*
 htmlos.vim	syntax.txt	/*htmlos.vim*
 http	pi_netrw.txt	/*http*
@@ -6504,6 +6622,7 @@ keypad-point	intro.txt	/*keypad-point*
 keys()	eval.txt	/*keys()*
 known-bugs	todo.txt	/*known-bugs*
 l	motion.txt	/*l*
+l:	eval.txt	/*l:*
 l:var	eval.txt	/*l:var*
 lCursor	mbyte.txt	/*lCursor*
 lace.vim	syntax.txt	/*lace.vim*
@@ -6512,7 +6631,15 @@ language-mapping	map.txt	/*language-mapping*
 last-pattern	pattern.txt	/*last-pattern*
 last-position-jump	eval.txt	/*last-position-jump*
 last_buffer_nr()	eval.txt	/*last_buffer_nr()*
+latex-syntax	syntax.txt	/*latex-syntax*
 lc_time-variable	eval.txt	/*lc_time-variable*
+lcs-conceal	options.txt	/*lcs-conceal*
+lcs-eol	options.txt	/*lcs-eol*
+lcs-extends	options.txt	/*lcs-extends*
+lcs-nbsp	options.txt	/*lcs-nbsp*
+lcs-precedes	options.txt	/*lcs-precedes*
+lcs-tab	options.txt	/*lcs-tab*
+lcs-trail	options.txt	/*lcs-trail*
 left-right-motions	motion.txt	/*left-right-motions*
 len()	eval.txt	/*len()*
 less	various.txt	/*less*
@@ -6558,12 +6685,15 @@ location-list-window	quickfix.txt	/*location-list-window*
 log()	eval.txt	/*log()*
 log10()	eval.txt	/*log10()*
 long-lines	version5.txt	/*long-lines*
+love	intro.txt	/*love*
 lowercase	change.txt	/*lowercase*
 lpc.vim	syntax.txt	/*lpc.vim*
 lua	if_lua.txt	/*lua*
 lua-buffer	if_lua.txt	/*lua-buffer*
 lua-commands	if_lua.txt	/*lua-commands*
 lua-dict	if_lua.txt	/*lua-dict*
+lua-eval	if_lua.txt	/*lua-eval*
+lua-funcref	if_lua.txt	/*lua-funcref*
 lua-list	if_lua.txt	/*lua-list*
 lua-luaeval	if_lua.txt	/*lua-luaeval*
 lua-vim	if_lua.txt	/*lua-vim*
@@ -6572,6 +6702,8 @@ lua.vim	syntax.txt	/*lua.vim*
 luaeval()	eval.txt	/*luaeval()*
 m	motion.txt	/*m*
 m'	motion.txt	/*m'*
+m<	motion.txt	/*m<*
+m>	motion.txt	/*m>*
 m[	motion.txt	/*m[*
 m]	motion.txt	/*m]*
 m`	motion.txt	/*m`*
@@ -6601,6 +6733,7 @@ map-listing	map.txt	/*map-listing*
 map-modes	map.txt	/*map-modes*
 map-multibyte	map.txt	/*map-multibyte*
 map-overview	map.txt	/*map-overview*
+map-precedence	map.txt	/*map-precedence*
 map-self-destroy	tips.txt	/*map-self-destroy*
 map-typing	map.txt	/*map-typing*
 map-which-keys	map.txt	/*map-which-keys*
@@ -6628,6 +6761,7 @@ mapmode-s	map.txt	/*mapmode-s*
 mapmode-v	map.txt	/*mapmode-v*
 mapmode-x	map.txt	/*mapmode-x*
 mapping	map.txt	/*mapping*
+mapping-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mapping-functions*
 mark	motion.txt	/*mark*
 mark-functions	usr_41.txt	/*mark-functions*
 mark-motions	motion.txt	/*mark-motions*
@@ -6739,6 +6873,7 @@ mzscheme-buffer	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-buffer*
 mzscheme-commands	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-commands*
 mzscheme-dynamic	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-dynamic*
 mzscheme-examples	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-examples*
+mzscheme-funcref	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-funcref*
 mzscheme-mzeval	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-mzeval*
 mzscheme-sandbox	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-sandbox*
 mzscheme-threads	if_mzsch.txt	/*mzscheme-threads*
@@ -6783,8 +6918,10 @@ netrw-O	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-O*
 netrw-P	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-P*
 netrw-R	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-R*
 netrw-S	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-S*
-netrw-T	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-T*
+netrw-Tb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-Tb*
+netrw-Th	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-Th*
 netrw-U	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-U*
+netrw-X	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-X*
 netrw-a	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-a*
 netrw-activate	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-activate*
 netrw-bookmark	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-bookmark*
@@ -6851,6 +6988,7 @@ netrw-listbookmark	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listbookmark*
 netrw-listhack	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-listhack*
 netrw-login	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-login*
 netrw-mB	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mB*
+netrw-mF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mF*
 netrw-mT	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mT*
 netrw-mb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mb*
 netrw-mc	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-mc*
@@ -6905,6 +7043,7 @@ netrw-prvwin	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-prvwin*
 netrw-pscp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-pscp*
 netrw-psftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-psftp*
 netrw-putty	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-putty*
+netrw-qF	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-qF*
 netrw-qb	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-qb*
 netrw-qf	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-qf*
 netrw-quickcom	pi_netrw.txt	/*netrw-quickcom*
@@ -7048,6 +7187,7 @@ notation	intro.txt	/*notation*
 notepad	gui_w32.txt	/*notepad*
 nr2char()	eval.txt	/*nr2char()*
 nroff.vim	syntax.txt	/*nroff.vim*
+number_relativenumber	options.txt	/*number_relativenumber*
 numbered-function	eval.txt	/*numbered-function*
 o	insert.txt	/*o*
 o_CTRL-V	motion.txt	/*o_CTRL-V*
@@ -7123,6 +7263,7 @@ pattern-searches	pattern.txt	/*pattern-searches*
 pattern.txt	pattern.txt	/*pattern.txt*
 patterns-composing	pattern.txt	/*patterns-composing*
 pdev-option	print.txt	/*pdev-option*
+peace	intro.txt	/*peace*
 penc-option	print.txt	/*penc-option*
 perl	if_perl.txt	/*perl*
 perl-Append	if_perl.txt	/*perl-Append*
@@ -7231,9 +7372,20 @@ pterm-mouse	options.txt	/*pterm-mouse*
 pumvisible()	eval.txt	/*pumvisible()*
 put	change.txt	/*put*
 put-Visual-mode	change.txt	/*put-Visual-mode*
+py3eval()	eval.txt	/*py3eval()*
+pyeval()	eval.txt	/*pyeval()*
 python	if_pyth.txt	/*python*
+python-.locked	if_pyth.txt	/*python-.locked*
+python-Dictionary	if_pyth.txt	/*python-Dictionary*
+python-Function	if_pyth.txt	/*python-Function*
+python-List	if_pyth.txt	/*python-List*
+python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH	if_pyth.txt	/*python-VIM_SPECIAL_PATH*
+python-_get_paths	if_pyth.txt	/*python-_get_paths*
+python-bindeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-bindeval*
+python-bindeval-objects	if_pyth.txt	/*python-bindeval-objects*
 python-buffer	if_pyth.txt	/*python-buffer*
 python-buffers	if_pyth.txt	/*python-buffers*
+python-chdir	if_pyth.txt	/*python-chdir*
 python-command	if_pyth.txt	/*python-command*
 python-commands	if_pyth.txt	/*python-commands*
 python-current	if_pyth.txt	/*python-current*
@@ -7241,14 +7393,29 @@ python-dynamic	if_pyth.txt	/*python-dynamic*
 python-error	if_pyth.txt	/*python-error*
 python-eval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-eval*
 python-examples	if_pyth.txt	/*python-examples*
+python-fchdir	if_pyth.txt	/*python-fchdir*
+python-find_module	if_pyth.txt	/*python-find_module*
+python-foreach_rtp	if_pyth.txt	/*python-foreach_rtp*
 python-input	if_pyth.txt	/*python-input*
+python-options	if_pyth.txt	/*python-options*
 python-output	if_pyth.txt	/*python-output*
+python-path_hook	if_pyth.txt	/*python-path_hook*
+python-pyeval	if_pyth.txt	/*python-pyeval*
 python-range	if_pyth.txt	/*python-range*
+python-special-path	if_pyth.txt	/*python-special-path*
+python-strwidth	if_pyth.txt	/*python-strwidth*
+python-tabpage	if_pyth.txt	/*python-tabpage*
+python-tabpages	if_pyth.txt	/*python-tabpages*
+python-vars	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vars*
 python-vim	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vim*
+python-vvars	if_pyth.txt	/*python-vvars*
 python-window	if_pyth.txt	/*python-window*
 python-windows	if_pyth.txt	/*python-windows*
 python.vim	syntax.txt	/*python.vim*
+python2-directory	if_pyth.txt	/*python2-directory*
 python3	if_pyth.txt	/*python3*
+python3-directory	if_pyth.txt	/*python3-directory*
+pythonx-directory	if_pyth.txt	/*pythonx-directory*
 q	repeat.txt	/*q*
 q/	cmdline.txt	/*q\/*
 q:	cmdline.txt	/*q:*
@@ -7367,6 +7534,7 @@ rileft.txt	rileft.txt	/*rileft.txt*
 riscos	os_risc.txt	/*riscos*
 rot13	change.txt	/*rot13*
 round()	eval.txt	/*round()*
+rst.vim	syntax.txt	/*rst.vim*
 rsync	pi_netrw.txt	/*rsync*
 ruby	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby*
 ruby-buffer	if_ruby.txt	/*ruby-buffer*
@@ -7418,6 +7586,10 @@ save-file	editing.txt	/*save-file*
 save-settings	starting.txt	/*save-settings*
 scheme.vim	syntax.txt	/*scheme.vim*
 scp	pi_netrw.txt	/*scp*
+screenattr()	eval.txt	/*screenattr()*
+screenchar()	eval.txt	/*screenchar()*
+screencol()	eval.txt	/*screencol()*
+screenrow()	eval.txt	/*screenrow()*
 script	usr_41.txt	/*script*
 script-here	if_perl.txt	/*script-here*
 script-local	map.txt	/*script-local*
@@ -7482,14 +7654,17 @@ setuid	change.txt	/*setuid*
 setwinvar()	eval.txt	/*setwinvar()*
 sftp	pi_netrw.txt	/*sftp*
 sgml.vim	syntax.txt	/*sgml.vim*
+sgr-mouse	options.txt	/*sgr-mouse*
 sh-awk	syntax.txt	/*sh-awk*
 sh-embed	syntax.txt	/*sh-embed*
 sh.vim	syntax.txt	/*sh.vim*
+sha256()	eval.txt	/*sha256()*
 shell-window	tips.txt	/*shell-window*
 shell_error-variable	eval.txt	/*shell_error-variable*
 shellescape()	eval.txt	/*shellescape()*
 shift	intro.txt	/*shift*
 shift-left-right	change.txt	/*shift-left-right*
+shiftwidth()	eval.txt	/*shiftwidth()*
 short-name-changed	version4.txt	/*short-name-changed*
 showing-menus	gui.txt	/*showing-menus*
 sign-commands	sign.txt	/*sign-commands*
@@ -7751,6 +7926,7 @@ system-functions	usr_41.txt	/*system-functions*
 system-vimrc	starting.txt	/*system-vimrc*
 s~	change.txt	/*s~*
 t	motion.txt	/*t*
+t:	eval.txt	/*t:*
 t:var	eval.txt	/*t:var*
 t_#2	term.txt	/*t_#2*
 t_#4	term.txt	/*t_#4*
@@ -7895,6 +8071,7 @@ t_ti	term.txt	/*t_ti*
 t_tp	version4.txt	/*t_tp*
 t_ts	term.txt	/*t_ts*
 t_ts_old	version4.txt	/*t_ts_old*
+t_u7	term.txt	/*t_u7*
 t_ue	term.txt	/*t_ue*
 t_undo	version4.txt	/*t_undo*
 t_us	term.txt	/*t_us*
@@ -8029,7 +8206,9 @@ tex-nospell	syntax.txt	/*tex-nospell*
 tex-package	syntax.txt	/*tex-package*
 tex-runon	syntax.txt	/*tex-runon*
 tex-slow	syntax.txt	/*tex-slow*
+tex-stopzone	syntax.txt	/*tex-stopzone*
 tex-style	syntax.txt	/*tex-style*
+tex-sync	syntax.txt	/*tex-sync*
 tex-verb	syntax.txt	/*tex-verb*
 tex.vim	syntax.txt	/*tex.vim*
 text-functions	usr_41.txt	/*text-functions*
@@ -8065,6 +8244,7 @@ try-nested	eval.txt	/*try-nested*
 try-nesting	eval.txt	/*try-nesting*
 tutor	usr_01.txt	/*tutor*
 twice	if_cscop.txt	/*twice*
+two-engines	pattern.txt	/*two-engines*
 type()	eval.txt	/*type()*
 type-mistakes	tips.txt	/*type-mistakes*
 typecorr-settings	usr_41.txt	/*typecorr-settings*
@@ -8145,6 +8325,7 @@ utf-8-in-xwindows	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8-in-xwindows*
 utf-8-typing	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8-typing*
 utf8	mbyte.txt	/*utf8*
 v	visual.txt	/*v*
+v:	eval.txt	/*v:*
 v:beval_bufnr	eval.txt	/*v:beval_bufnr*
 v:beval_col	eval.txt	/*v:beval_col*
 v:beval_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:beval_lnum*
@@ -8268,11 +8449,13 @@ v_d	change.txt	/*v_d*
 v_g?	change.txt	/*v_g?*
 v_gF	editing.txt	/*v_gF*
 v_gJ	change.txt	/*v_gJ*
+v_gN	visual.txt	/*v_gN*
 v_gV	visual.txt	/*v_gV*
 v_g]	tagsrch.txt	/*v_g]*
 v_g_CTRL-G	editing.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-G*
 v_g_CTRL-]	tagsrch.txt	/*v_g_CTRL-]*
 v_gf	editing.txt	/*v_gf*
+v_gn	visual.txt	/*v_gn*
 v_gq	change.txt	/*v_gq*
 v_gv	visual.txt	/*v_gv*
 v_gw	change.txt	/*v_gw*
@@ -8435,6 +8618,8 @@ vt100-cursor-keys	term.txt	/*vt100-cursor-keys*
 vt100-function-keys	term.txt	/*vt100-function-keys*
 w	motion.txt	/*w*
 w32-clientserver	remote.txt	/*w32-clientserver*
+w32-xpm-support	gui_w32.txt	/*w32-xpm-support*
+w:	eval.txt	/*w:*
 w:current_syntax	syntax.txt	/*w:current_syntax*
 w:quickfix_title	quickfix.txt	/*w:quickfix_title*
 w:var	eval.txt	/*w:var*
@@ -8443,6 +8628,7 @@ white-space	pattern.txt	/*white-space*
 whitespace	pattern.txt	/*whitespace*
 wildcard	editing.txt	/*wildcard*
 wildcards	editing.txt	/*wildcards*
+wildmenumode()	eval.txt	/*wildmenumode()*
 win16-!start	gui_w16.txt	/*win16-!start*
 win16-clipboard	gui_w16.txt	/*win16-clipboard*
 win16-colors	gui_w16.txt	/*win16-colors*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Feb 16
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Mar 13
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -294,6 +294,8 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 		|termcap-cursor-shape|
 	t_RV	request terminal version string (for xterm)	*t_RV* *'t_RV'*
 		|xterm-8bit| |v:termresponse| |'ttymouse'| |xterm-codes|
+	t_u7	request cursor position (for xterm)		*t_u7* *'t_u7'*
+		see |'ambiwidth'|
 
 KEY CODES
 Note: Use the <> form if possible
@@ -326,7 +328,7 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_k8	<F8>		function key 8		*<F8>*	*t_k8* *'t_k8'*
 	t_k9	<F9>		function key 9		*<F9>*	*t_k9* *'t_k9'*
 	t_k;	<F10>		function key 10		*<F10>*	*t_k;* *'t_k;'*
-	t_F1	<F11>		function key 11		*<F11>* *t_F1* *'t_F1'*
+	t_F1	<F11>		function key 11		*<F11>*	*t_F1* *'t_F1'*
 	t_F2	<F12>		function key 12		*<F12>*	*t_F2* *'t_F2'*
 	t_F3	<F13>		function key 13		*<F13>*	*t_F3* *'t_F3'*
 	t_F4	<F14>		function key 14		*<F14>*	*t_F4* *'t_F4'*
@@ -356,9 +358,9 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_kI	<Insert>	insert key			*t_kI* *'t_kI'*
 	t_kD	<Del>		delete key			*t_kD* *'t_kD'*
 	t_kb	<BS>		backspace key			*t_kb* *'t_kb'*
-	t_kB	<S-Tab>		back-tab (shift-tab)  *<S-Tab>* *t_kB* *'t_kB'*
+	t_kB	<S-Tab>		back-tab (shift-tab)  *<S-Tab>*	*t_kB* *'t_kB'*
 	t_kh	<Home>		home key			*t_kh* *'t_kh'*
-	t_#2	<S-Home>	shifted home key     *<S-Home>* *t_#2* *'t_#2'*
+	t_#2	<S-Home>	shifted home key     *<S-Home>*	*t_#2* *'t_#2'*
 		<xHome>		alternate home key		*<xHome>*
 	t_@7	<End>		end key				*t_@7* *'t_@7'*
 	t_*7	<S-End>		shifted end key	*<S-End>* *t_star7* *'t_star7'*
@@ -371,8 +373,8 @@ Note: Use the <> form if possible
 	t_K5	<kPageDown>	keypad page-down key		*t_K5* *'t_K5'*
 	t_K6	<kPlus>		keypad plus key	      *<kPlus>*	*t_K6* *'t_K6'*
 	t_K7	<kMinus>	keypad minus key     *<kMinus>*	*t_K7* *'t_K7'*
-	t_K8	<kDivide>	keypad divide	    *<kDivide>* *t_K8* *'t_K8'*
-	t_K9	<kMultiply>	keypad multiply   *<kMultiply>* *t_K9* *'t_K9'*
+	t_K8	<kDivide>	keypad divide	    *<kDivide>*	*t_K8* *'t_K8'*
+	t_K9	<kMultiply>	keypad multiply   *<kMultiply>*	*t_K9* *'t_K9'*
 	t_KA	<kEnter>	keypad enter key     *<kEnter>*	*t_KA* *'t_KA'*
 	t_KB	<kPoint>	keypad decimal point *<kPoint>*	*t_KB* *'t_KB'*
 	t_KC	<k0>		keypad 0		 *<k0>*	*t_KC* *'t_KC'*

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jun 01
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Jun 29
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -34,96 +34,264 @@ not be repeated below, unless there is extra information.
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
+--- Python interface ---
+
+    Breaks the tests
+Problem:    Python SystemExit exception is not handled properly.
+Solution:   Catch the exception and give an error. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
+Files:	    runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt, src/if_py_both.h, src/if_python.c,
+	    src/if_python3.c
+
+Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
+
+--- bug fixes ---
+
+9. Patch to fix "gn" on single character matches. (Christian Brabandt, 2013
+Jun 2)
+
+8. Patch for cscope connection (Narendran, 2013 Jun 10)
+
+7. 'cursorline' is drawn incorrectly in diff mode. Patch by Christian Brabandt,
+2012 Apr 2.
+
+6. When someone does a silly thing such as setting rows and columns to 65535,
+handle the out-of-memory and set them to sane values? (jimmywang, 2013 May 17)
+
+5. InsertEnter doesn't prevent the cursor from moving when it goes to another
+line.
+
+4. ":diffoff" does not restore options from before starting diff mode.
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 26.
+
+3. Can't use multi-byte fill character in custom status line.
+Patch by Christian Wellenbrock, 2013 Jun 2.  Update Jun 3 (second one).
+
+2. Patch to fix glob() and globpath() with escaped special characters.
+(Adnan Zafar, 2013 Jun 2, tests Jun 3)
+
+1. Bug in findfile() directory matching. (Markus Braun Ben Fritz, 2013 Jun 20)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt (2013 Jun 22)
+
+---- Fixes to be included before 7.4 above, less important stuff below ----
+
+Patch to make has() check for Vim version and patch at the same time.
+(Marc Weber, 2013 Jun 7)
+
+Several syntax file match "^\s*" which may get underlined if that's in the
+highlight group.  Add a "\zs" after it?
+
 Go through more coverity reports.
 
 Discussion about canonicalization of Hebrew. (Ron Aaron, 2011 April 10)
 
+Checking runtime scripts: Thilo Six, 2012 Jun 6.
+
+Fold can't be opened after ":move". (Ein Brown)
+Patch from Christian Brabandt doesn't fix it completely.
+
 GTK: problem with 'L' in 'guioptions' changing the window width.
 (Aaron Cornelius, 2012 Feb 6)
 
-Patch: home_replace() does not work whtn 8.3 filename. (Yasuhiro
-Matsumoto, 2012 Apr 18)  Asked for another version of the patch.
-Again May 18.  Update May 29 on github.  Does not handle multi-byte chars.
-
 Javascript file where indent gets stuck on: GalaxyMaster, 2012 May 3.
 
+The CompleteDone autocommand needs some info passed to it:
+- The word that was selected (empty if abandoned complete)
+- Type of completion: tag, omnifunc, user func.
+
+Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file.
+That is, calling a dictionary function on an autoloaded dict.
+Works OK for echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar
+17)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Mar 23.
+Not 100% sure this is the right solution.
+
 Win32: When a directory name contains an exclamation mark, completion doesn't
 complete the contents of the directory.  No escaping for the "!"? (Jan
 Stocker, 2012 Jan 5)
 
-Patch for this request: (Lech Lorens, 2012 May 26)
-7   Add 'j' flag to 'formatoptions': Remove comment leader when joining lines.
+Patch to support expression argument to sort() instead of a function name.
+Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2013 May 31.
+Or should we add a more general mechanism, like lambda functions?
+
+Problem caused by patch 7.3.638: window->open does not update window
+correctly. Issue 91.
+
+Patch to fix that 'cedit' is recognized after :normal. (Christian Brabandt,
+2013 Mar 19, later message)
+
+Patch to view coverage of the tests. (Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Feb 15)
+
+Patch to invert characters differently in GTK. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2013 May
+5)
+
+Patch to add "Q" and "A" responses to interactive :substitute. They are
+carried over when using :global. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 19)
+
+Bug with 'cursorline' in diff mode.  Line being scrolled into view gets
+highlighted as the cursor line.  (Alessandro Ivaldi, 2013 Jun 4)
+
+Patch to add the bufferlist() function. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2013 May 5)
+May 17: with winlist() and tabpagelist().
+May 19: with local variables.
+May 28: with options
+
+Patch to support 'u' in interactive substitute. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Sep
+28)  With tests: Oct 9.
+
+Patch to allow setting w:quickfix_title via setqflist() and setloclist()
+functions. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 8, update May 21)
+Patch to add getlocstack() / setlocstack(). (Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 14)
+Second one. Update May 22.
+
+Patch to make fold updates much faster. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Dec)
 
 Issue 54: document behavior of -complete, also expands arg.
 
-Cursor on wrong line after ":copen". (John Beckett, 2012 Apr 30)
-Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2012 May 2.  But calling changed_window_setting()
-would be a simpler solution.
+-   Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'.  Combine
+    the two into a regex for searching. (Ned Konz)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Apr 20, unfinished.
+
+Bug: findfile("any", "http://;") returns http://any. (Andrew Pimlott, 2013 May
+7)  Not sure if that can be fixed, but when using "file://" it should be
+possible to check if the file exists.
+
+v:register is not directly reset to " after a delete command that specifies a
+register.  It is reset after the next command. (Steve Vermeulen, 2013 Mar 16)
+
+'ff' is wrong for one-line file without EOL. (Issue 77)
+
+Patch to set antialiasing style on Windows. (Ondrej Balaz, 2013 Mar 14)
+Needs a different check for CLEARTYPE_QUALITY.
+
+Issue 72: 'autochdir' causes problems for :vimgrep.
+
+In the ATTENTION message about an existing swap file, mention the name of the
+process that is running.  It might actually be some other program, e.g. after
+a reboot.
+
+MS-Windows: Crash opening very long file name starting with "\\".
+(Christian Brock, 2012 Jun 29)
+
+patch to add "combine" flag to  syntax commands. (so8res, 2012 Dec 6)
 
 Syntax update problem in one buffer opened in two windows, bottom window is
 not correctly updated. (Paul Harris, 2012 Feb 27)
 
+Patch to add assignments in cscope. (Uli Meis, Estabrooks, 2012 Sep 1)
+Alternate patch by Gary Johnson, Sep 4.
+
 Patch to add getsid(). (Tyru, 2011 Oct 2)  Do we want this?  Update Oct 4.
 Or use expand('<sid>')?
 
-Win32: When the taskbar is at the top of the screen creating the tabbar causes
-the window to move unnecessarily. (William E. Skeith III, 2012 Jan 12)
-Patch: 2012 Jan 13  Needs more work (2012 Feb 2)
+Patch to make confirm() display colors. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Nov 9)
 
-ml_get error when using syntastic plugin. (Alex Efros, 2012 May 24)
-Probably caused by recursive use of :lclose.
-May also crash Vim (May 25)
-Patch by Christian Brabandt, May 26.  Is this right?
+Patch to add functions for signs. (Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 27)
 
-Help for b:undo_indent'. (Thilo Six, 2012 May 28)
+Patch to use directX to draw text on Windows.  Adds the 'renderoptions'
+option.  (Taro Muraoka, 2013 Jan 25, update 2013 Apr 3, May 14)
+
+Patch to add 'completeselect' option.  Specifies how to select a candidate in
+insert completion. (Shougo, 2013 May 29)
+Update to add to existing 'completeopt'. 2013 May 30
+
+Problem with refresh:always in completion. (Tyler Wade, 2013 Mar 17)
+
+b:undo_ftplugin cannot call a script-local function. (Boris Danilov, 2013 Jan
+7)
+
+Win32: The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at
+compile time.  Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2 dynamically?
+
+Python: Be able to define a Python function that can be called directly from
+Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value, like with
+vim.bindeval().
+
+Patch for :tabcloseleft, after closing a tab go to left tab. (William Bowers,
+2012 Aug 4)
+
+Patch to improve equivalence classes in regexp patterns.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jan 16, update Jan 17)
+
+Patch with suggestions for starting.txt. (Tony Mechelynck, 2012 Oct 24)
+But use Gnome instead of GTK?
+
+Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
+Saito, 2013 Apr 24)
+
+Should be possible to enable/disable matchparen per window or buffer.
+Add a check for b:no_match_paren in Highlight_matching_Pair() (Marcin
+Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 8)
+
+Crash in autocmd that unloads buffers in a BufUnload event. (Andrew Pimlott,
+2012 Aug 11)  Disallow :new when BufUnload is being handled?
+
+Patch to add ":ldo" and ":cdo", execute commands over quickfix list and
+location list. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2013 Jun 2)
+
+MS-Windows resizing problems:
+- Windows window on screen positioning: Patch by Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jun
+  20.  Uses getWindowRect() instead of GetWindowPlacement()
+- Win32: When the taskbar is at the top of the screen creating the tabbar
+  causes the window to move unnecessarily. (William E. Skeith III, 2012 Jan
+  12) Patch: 2012 Jan 13  Needs more work (2012 Feb 2)
+
+'iminsert' global value set when using ":setlocal iminsert"? (Wu, 2012 Jun 23)
+
+Patch to append regexp to tag commands to make it possible to select one out
+of many matches. (Cody Cutler, 2013 Mar 28)
+
+Patch to add tagfunc().  Cleaned up by Christian Brabandt, 2013 Jun 22.
+
+Help for 'b:undo_indent'. (Thilo Six, 2012 May 28)
 Also question if examples are correct.
 
-Docs patch for BufRead/BufReadPost. (Gary Johnson, 2012 May 28)
+It should be possible to make globpath() return a list instead of a string,
+like with glob(). (Greg Novack, 2012 Nov 2)
+
+The input map for CTRL-O in mswin.vim causes problems after CTRL-X CTRL-O.
+Suggestion for another map. (Philip Mat, 2012 Jun 18)
+But use "gi" instead of "a".  Or use CTRL-\ CTRL-O.
+
+Patch to support user name completion on MS-Windows. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2012
+Aug 16)
+
+Have an option for spell checking to not mark any Chinese, Japanese or other
+double-width characters as error.  Or perhaps all characters above 256.
+(Bill Sun)  Helps a lot for mixed Asian and latin text.
+
+When there are no command line arguments ":next" and ":argu" give E163, which
+is confusing.  Should say "the argument list is empty".
 
 URXVT:
-- will get stuck if byte sequence does not containe expected semicolon.
+- will get stuck if byte sequence does not contain the expected semicolon.
 - Use urxvt mouse support also in xterm.  Explanations:
   http://www.midnight-commander.org/ticket/2662
 
-Patch for IBM z/OS makefile. (Stephen Bovy, 2012 Apr 26)
-Patch for configure (Stephen Bovy, 2012 Apr 28)
-Updates later. Context diff May 7.
+MS-Windows: test 17 fails.  Analysis by Michael Soyka, 2012 Nov 5.
 
-Patch to support browserfilter for GTK. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 May 22)
+Patch to add tests for if_xcmdsrv.c., Jul 8, need some more work. (Brian Burns)
+New tests Jul 13.   Update Jul 17.  Discussion Jul 18.
 
 When running Vim in silent ex mode, an existing swapfile causes Vim to wait
 for a user action without a prompt. (Maarten Billemont, 2012 Feb 3)
 Do give the prompt? Quit with an error?
 
-Patch for: (Christian Brabandt, 2011 Aug 24, updated patch)
-8   ":sign unplace * file={filename}" should work.  Also: ":sign unplace *
-    buffer={bufnr}".  So one can remove all signs for one file/buffer.
-
-Patch for auto copy selecting to + register. (by Christian Brabant, in email
-from Sergey Vakulenko, 2012 Apr 27)
-
-Patch to add "onselected" callback for completion. (Taro Muraoka, 2011 Sep 24)
-Another for CompleteFuncOk. (Florian Klein, 2012 Jan 31)
-Name it "CompleteFuncDone".
-
-Patch for Make_mvc.mak and Make_ming.mak for Ruby support. (Yasuhiro
-Matsumoto, 2012 Jan 30)
-
-Patch for 'backupcopy' default behavior for symlinks on Windows. (David Pope,
-2012 Mar 21, update Mar 31)
-
 Patch to list user digraphs. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 14)
 
 Patch for input method status. (Hirohito Higashi, 2012 Apr 18)
 
-Problem with winfixheight and resizing. (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Sep 17)
-Patch Sep 18.
+Patch to use .png icons for the toolbar on MS-Windows. (Martin Gieseking, 2013
+Apr 18)
 
 Patch for has('unnamedplus') docs. (Tony Mechelynck, 2011 Sep 27)
 And one for gui_x11.txt.
 
-Patch for Python: add pyeval() and vim.bindeval() (zyx, 2012 Apr 15, update
-Apr 16) Also changes for Lua.  Update Apr 19.  Update Apr 22.
+-   Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav
+    Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30)
+    Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
+    More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
+    Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
+    Update by Taylor Hedberg, 2013 May 30.
 
 ":cd" doesn't work when current directory path contains "**".
 finddir() has the same problem.  (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2012 Jan 10)
@@ -131,6 +299,10 @@ Requires a rewrite of the file_file_in_path code.
 
 Problem with l: dictionary being locked in a function. (ZyX, 2011 Jul 21)
 
+Should use has("browsefilter") in ftplugins.  Requires patch 7.3.593.
+
+Update for vim2html.pl. (Tyru, 2013 Feb 22)
+
 Issue 48: foldopen error can't be caught by try/catch
 
 Patch to sort functions starting with '<' after others.  Omit dict functions,
@@ -142,20 +314,13 @@ Patch to improve "it" and "at" text object matching. (Christian Brabandt, 2011
 Nov 20)
 
 Patch to improve GUI find/replace dialog. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 May 26)
+Update Jun 2.
 
-Patch to add ":py3do". (Lilydjwg, 2012 Apr 7)
-
-`[ moves to character after insert, instead of the last inserted character.
+`] moves to character after insert, instead of the last inserted character.
 (Yukihiro Nakadaira, 2011 Dec 9)
 
 Plugin for Modeleasy. (Massimiliano Tripoli, 2011 Nov 29)
 
-When using remote-silent the -R flag is not passed on. (Axel Bender, 2012 May
-31)
-
-Updated syntax file for ssh_config, maintainer doesn't respond.
-(Leonard Ehrenfried, 2011 Sep 26)
-
 BufWinLeave triggers too late when quitting last window in a tab page. (Lech
 Lorens, 2012 Feb 21)
 
@@ -169,16 +334,13 @@ Needs more work.  Pinged 2012 Jan 4.
 
 Issue 64: when 'incsearch' is on can't paste LF on command line.
 
+On MS-Windows a temp dir with a & init causes system() to fail. (Ben Fritz,
+2012 Jun 19)
+
 'cursorline' is displayed too short when there are concealed characters and
 'list' is set.  (Dennis Preiser)
 Patch 7.3.116 was the wrong solution.
 Christian Brabandt has another incomplete patch. (2011 Jul 13)
-Also: Alignment in help with tabs gets messed up, esp. at ":help index".
-Probably need to make a tab work like there was no concealing.  Possibly with
-an option.  Like line wrapping works as if there is no concealing.
-Patch by Dominique Pelle, Also fixes "fC" problem.
-    "fC" doesn't position the cursor correctly when there are concealed
-    characters.  Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Oct 11)
 
 With concealed text mouse click doesn't put the cursor in the right position.
 (Herb Sitz)  Fix by Christian Brabandt, 2011 Jun 16.  Doesn't work properly,
@@ -188,15 +350,9 @@ Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
 
-'cursorline' is drawn incorrectly in diff mode. Patch by Christian Brabandt,
-2012 Apr 2.
-
 'cursorline' works on a text line only.  Add 'cursorscreenline' for
 highlighting the screen line. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Mar 31)
 
-Win32: Does building a 64 bit version with VC9 give warnings for int
-conversions? (Mike Williams)
-
 Win32: Patch to use task dialogs when available. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
 New feature, requires testing.  Made some remarks.
 
@@ -216,6 +372,9 @@ Oct 26)
 
 Bug in repeating Visual "u". (Lawrence Kesteloot, 2010 Dec 20)
 
+Using "p" in Visual mode while specifying the small delete register "-
+overwrites the register before it is put. (Marcin Szamotulski, 2012 Nov 23)
+
 With "unamedplus" in 'clipboard' pasting in Visual mode causes error for empty
 register. (Michael Seiwald, 2011 Jun 28)  I can't reproduce it.
 
@@ -234,14 +393,8 @@ The error was 'RenderBadPicture (invalid Picture parameter)'.
    backtrace from your debugger if you break on the gdk_x_error() function.)
 Check that number of pixels doesn't go above 65535?
 
-popup completion menu closes quickly when there is a fold in the buffer. (Jan
-Christoph Ebersbach, 2011 Jul 3)
-
 Windows keys not set properly on Windows 7?  (cncyber, 2010 Aug 26)
 
-This line hangs Vim, because of syntax HL:
-call append(line, "INFO  ....12....18....24....30....36....42....48....54....60....66....72....78%$")
-
 When using a Vim server, a # in the path causes an error message.
 (Jeff Lanzarotta, 2011 Feb 17)
 
@@ -264,8 +417,17 @@ Using ":break" or something else that stops executing commands inside a
 
 Vim using lots of memory when joining lines. (John Little, 2010 Dec 3)
 
+BT regexp engine: After trying a \@> match and failing, submatches are not
+cleared.  See test64.
+
 Changes to manpage plugin. (Elias Toivanen, 2011 Jul 25)
 
+Patch to make "z=" work when 'spell' is off.  Does this have nasty side
+effects?  (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Aug 5)
+Would also need to do this for spellbadword() and spellsuggest().
+
+Patch for variable tabstops.
+
 On 64 bit MS-Windows "long" is only 32 bits, but we sometimes need to store a
 64 bits value.  Change all number options to use nropt_T and define it to the
 right type.
@@ -290,9 +452,6 @@ mapping, how to restore the script ID?
 Bug in try/catch: return with invalid compare throws error that isn't caught.
 (ZyX, 2011 Jan 26)
 
-Highlighting stops working after changing it many times.  Script to reproduce
-it: Pablo Contreras, 2010 Oct 12  Windows XP and 7.  Font is never freed?
-
 When setting a local option value from the global value, add a script ID that
 indicates this, so that ":verbose set" can give a hint.  Check with options in
 the help file.
@@ -371,7 +530,7 @@ Searching mixed with Visual mode doesn't redraw properly. (James Vega, 2010 Nov
 
 New esperanto spell file can't be processed. (Dominique Pelle, 2011 Jan 30)
 - move compflags to separate growarray?
-- instead of a regexp use a hashtable.  Expand '?', '*", '+'.  What would be
+- instead of a regexp use a hashtable.  Expand '?', '*', '+'.  What would be
   the maximum repeat for * and +?
 
 "L'Italie" noted as a spell error at start of the sentence. (Dominique Pelle,
@@ -388,6 +547,9 @@ Experimental patch by Christian Brabandt, 2012 Apr 19.
 Editing a file with a ^M with 'ff' set to "mac", opening a help file, then the
 ^M is displayed as ^J sometimes.  Getting 'ff' value from wrong window/buffer?
 
+'colorcolumn' has higher priority than hlsearch.  Should probably be the other
+way around. (Nazri Ramliy, 2013 Feb 19)
+
 When Vim is put in the background (SIGTSTP) and then gets a SIGHUP it doesn't
 exit.  It exists as soon as back in the foreground. (Stephen Liang, 2011 Jan
 9)  Caused by vim_handle_signal(SIGNAL_BLOCK); in ui.c.
@@ -398,14 +560,40 @@ the command line. (Ingo Karkat, 2011 Jan 25)
 Since patch 7.2.46 Yankring plugin has become very slow, eventually make Vim
 crash? (Raiwil, 2010 Nov 17)
 
-Python: Adding line to buffer other than the current one doesn't work
-correctly. (Rozbujnik, 2010 Dec 19)
+Does not work with NFA regexp engine:
+- \%u, \%x, \%o, \%d followed by a composing character
+
+Regexp engine performance:
+- Profiling:
+	./vim -u NONE -s ~/vim/test/ruby.vim
+	./vim -u NONE -s ~/vim/test/loop.vim
+	./vim -u NONE -s ~/vim/test/alsa.vim
+	./vim -s ~/vim/test/todo.vim
+	./vim -s ~/vim/test/xml.vim
+    Dominique Pelle:  xmlSyncDT is particularly slow (Jun 7)
+- More test files from the src/pkg/regexp/testdata directory in the Go repo.
+- Performance tests:
+  - Using asciidoc syntax. (Marek Schimara, 2013 Jun 6)
+  - ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune)
+  - ~/vim/text/edl.svg  (also XML)
+  - glts has five tests. (May 25)
+  - ~/vim/test/slowsearch
+  - ~/vim/test/rgb.vim
+  - search for  a.*e*exn  in the vim executable.  Go to last line to use
+    'hlsearch'.
+  - Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting.  Script to
+    reproduce it.  Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch
+    7.2.274.  (Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27) Generally, folding with
+    'foldmethod' set to "syntax" is slow.  Do profiling to find out why.
 
 Patch to add 'systemencoding', convert between 'encoding' and this for file
 names, shell commands and the like.  (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 14)
 Assume the system converts between the actual encoding of the filesystem to
 the system encoding (usually utf-8).
 
+Patch to add GUI colors to the terminal, when it supports it. (ZyX, 2013 Jan
+26)
+
 Problem producing tags file when hebrew.frx is present.  It has a BOM.
 Results in E670. (Tony Mechelynck, 2010 May 2)
 
@@ -519,12 +707,17 @@ Add local time at start of --startuptime output.
 Requires configure check for localtime().
 Use format year-month-day hr:min:sec.
 
+Patch to add "combine" to :syntax, combines highlight attributes. (Nate
+Soares, 2012 Dec 3)
+
+Patch to make ":hi link" also take arguments. (Nate Soares, 2012 Dec 4)
+
 Shell not recognized properly if it ends in "csh -f". (James Vega, 2009 Nov 3)
 Find tail?  Might have a / in argument.  Find space?  Might have space in
 path.
 
 Test 51 fails when language set to German. (Marco, 2011 Jan 9)
-Dominique can't reproduc it.
+Dominique can't reproduce it.
 
 'ambiwidth' should be global-local.
 
@@ -557,31 +750,15 @@ Problem with stop directory in findfile(). (Adam Simpkins, 2009 Aug 26)
 Using ']' as the end of a range in a pattern requires double escaping:
      /[@-\\]]  (Andy Wokula, 2011 Jun 28)
 
-Undo problem: line not removed as expected when using setline() from Insert
-mode. (Israel Chauca, 2010 May 13, more in second msg)
-Break undo when CTRL-R = changes the text?  Or save more lines?
-
-Slow combination of folding and PHP syntax highlighting.  Script to reproduce
-it.  Caused by "syntax sync fromstart" in combination with patch 7.2.274.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2010 May 27)
-Generally, folding with 'foldmethod' set to "syntax" is slow.  Do profiling to
-find out why.
-
 Syntax priority problem. (Charles Campbell, 2011 Sep 15)
 
 When completion inserts the first match, it may trigger the line to be folded.
 Disable updating folds while completion is active? (Peter Odding, 2010 Jun 9)
 
-Using ":call foo#d.f()" doesn't autoload the "foo.vim" file.  Works OK for
-echo, just not for  ":call" and ":call call()". (Ted, 2011 Mar 17)
-
 When a:base in 'completefunc' starts with a number it's passed as a number,
 not a string. (Sean Ma)  Need to add flag to call_func_retlist() to force a
 string value.
 
-":e ~br<Tab>" does not complete to ":e /home/bram/".  Would need to use
-getpwent() to find all the matches.
-
 Invalid read error in Farsi mode. (Dominique Pelle, 2009 Aug 2)
 
 For running gvim on an USB stick: avoid the OLE registration.  Use a command
@@ -606,7 +783,7 @@ to avoid changing 'eventignore'?
 Patch for displaying 0x200c and 0x200d. (Ali Gholami Rudi, 2009 May 6)
 Probably needs a bit of work.
 
-List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiware, 2009 Jul 18)
+List of encoding aliases. (Takao Fujiwara, 2009 Jul 18)
 Are they all OK?  Update Jul 22.
 
 Win32: Improved Makefile for MSVC. (Leonardo Valeri Manera, 2010 Aug 18)
@@ -636,7 +813,7 @@ Problem with <script> mappings (Andy Wokula, 2009 Mar 8)
 When starting Vim with "gvim -f -u non_existent_file > foo.txt" there are a
 few control characters in the output. (Dale Wiles, 2009 May 28)
 
-'cmdwinheight is only used in last window when 'winheight' is a large value.
+'cmdwinheight' is only used in last window when 'winheight' is a large value.
 (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Apr 15)
 
 Status line containing winnr() isn't updated when splitting the window (Clark
@@ -666,10 +843,6 @@ Now that colnr_T is int instead of unsigned, more type casts can be removed.
 'delcombine' does not work for the command line. (Tony Mechelynck, 2009 Jul
 20)
 
-Unwanted file name escaping: ":echo input('file:' , '', 'file')"
-And use file name completion on a file with spaces. (Frederic Hardy, 2009 Mar
-23)
-
 Don't load macmap.vim on startup, turn it into a plugin. (Ron Aaron,
 2009 Apr 7)  Reminder Apr 14.
 
@@ -709,10 +882,6 @@ Support a 'systemencoding' option (for Unix).  It specifies the encoding of
 file names. (Kikuchan, 2010 Oct 5).  Useful on a latin1 or double-byte Asian
 system when 'encoding' is "utf-8".
 
-Win32: A --remote command that has a directory name starting with a ( doesn't
-work, the backslash is removed, assuming that it escapes the (. (Valery
-Kondakoff, 2009 May 13)
-
 Win32 GUI: Changing manifest helps for dpi changes (Joe Castro, 2009 Mar 27)
 
 Win32 GUI: last message from startup doesn't show up when there is an echoerr
@@ -730,7 +899,7 @@ very high. (Yegappan Lakshmanan, 2010 Jul 22, Michael Peeters, 2010 Jul 22)
 Directory wrong in session file, caused by ":lcd" in BufEnter autocommand.
 (Felix Kater, 2009 Mar 3)
 
-Session file generates error upon loading, cause bu --remote-silent-tab.
+Session file generates error upon loading, cause by --remote-silent-tab.
 (7tommm (ytommm) 2010 Nov 24)
 
 Using ~ works OK on 'a' with composing char, but not on 0x0418  with composing
@@ -770,9 +939,6 @@ shellescape() depends on 'shellshash' for quoting.  That doesn't work when
 Use a different option or let it depend on whether 'shell' looks like a
 unix-like shell?
 
-Allow patches to add something to version.c, like with an official patch, so
-that :version output shows which patches have been applied.
-
 Bug: in Ex mode (after "Q") backslash before line break, when yanked into a
 register and executed, results in <Nul>: instead of line break.
 (Konrad Schwarz, 2010 Apr 16)
@@ -799,6 +965,7 @@ ATTENTION message?  (Tony Mechelynck, 2008 Dec 1)
 Also: swap files are in ~/tmp/  One has relative file name ".mozilla/...".
 
 Add v:motion_force. (Kana Natsuno, 2008 Dec 6)
+Maybe call it v:motiontype.
 
 Runtime files for Clojure. (Toralf Wittner, 2008 Jun 25)
 
@@ -851,8 +1018,6 @@ error message?  Or is this easy to implement?  (Nathan Stratton Treadway, 2008
 Aug 20)  This is in ucs2bytes(), search for 0xBF.  Using the ++bad argument is
 at the other match for 0xBF.
 
-Fix for matchparen HL doesn't work.  beep.
-
 When adding "-complete=file" to a user command this also changes how the
 argument is processed for <f-args>. (Ivan Tishchenko, 2008 Aug 19)
 
@@ -898,6 +1063,15 @@ escaping characters where the backslash is not removed later.  Asked Chris for
 an alternate solution, also for src/ex_getln.c.
 This also fails when the file or directory name contains "%". (Thoml, 2008
 July 7)
+Using --remote-silent while the current directory has a # in the name does not
+work, the # needs to be escaped. (Tramblay Bruno, 2012 Sep 15)
+
+When using remote-silent the -R flag is not passed on. (Axel Bender, 2012 May
+31)
+
+Win32: A --remote command that has a directory name starting with a ( doesn't
+work, the backslash is removed, assuming that it escapes the (. (Valery
+Kondakoff, 2009 May 13)
 
 Problem with 'langmap' being used on the rhs of a mapping. (Nikolai Weibull,
 2008 May 14)
@@ -912,6 +1086,14 @@ Oct 19)  Check for "col" being "MAXCOL" separately?
 Unexpectedly inserting a double quote. (Anton Woellert, 2008 Mar 23)
 Works OK when 'cmdheight' is 2.
 
+8   Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab
+    for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are
+    several).
+    Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses
+    taglist() to find the right location.  With indication of using CTRL-] so
+    that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb)
+Patch by Christian Brabandt, 2013 May 31.
+
 Test54 should not use shell commands.  Make it portable.
 
 The utf class table is missing some entries:
@@ -979,18 +1161,6 @@ Would be more consistent when an existing tab is re-used. (Tony Mechelynck)
 
 Add ":nofold".  Range will apply without expanding to closed fold.
 
-Including NFA regexp code:
-Use "\%#= to set the engine: 0 = automatic, 1 = backtracking, 2 = new.
-Useful in tests.
-Performance tests:
-- ~/vim/test/veryslow.js (file from Daniel Fetchinson)
-- ~/vim/test/slowsearch
-- ~/vim/test/rgb.vim
-- ~/vim/text/FeiqCfg.xml (file from Netjune)
-- ~/vim/text/edl.svg  (also XML)
-- search for  a.*e*exn  in the vim executable.  Go to last line to use
-  'hlsearch'.
-
 Using Aap to build Vim: add remarks about how to set personal preferences.
 Example on http://www.calmar.ws/tmp/aap.html
 
@@ -1138,11 +1308,6 @@ makes his own wrapper).  Add a magic string with the version number to the
 Changes for Win32 makefile. (Mike Williams, 2007 Jan 22, Alexei Alexandrov,
 2007 Feb 8)
 
-Patch for Win32 clipboard under Cygwin. (Frodak Baksik, Feb 15)
-    Sutcliffe says it works well.
-    Update 2007 May 22 for Vim 7.1
-    Update 2008 Dec 2008 for Vim 7.2.xx (Sharonov)
-
 Win32: Can't complete shell command names.  Why is setting xp_context in
 set_one_cmd_context() inside #ifndef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME?
 
@@ -1180,10 +1345,6 @@ pointer in long and seek offset in 64 bit var.
 
 Win32: patch for fullscreen mode. (Liushaolin, 2008 April 17)
 
-Win32: When there is 4 Gbyte of memory mch_avail_mem() doesn't work properly.
-Unfinished patch by Jelle Geerts, 2008 Aug 24.
-Let mch_avail_mem() return Kbyte instead?
-
 Win32: When 'shell' is bash shellescape() doesn't always do the right thing.
 Depends on 'shellslash', 'shellquote' and 'shellxquote', but shellescape()
 only takes 'shellslash' into account.
@@ -1232,9 +1393,6 @@ if_ruby.c.
 
 ":helpgrep" should use the directory from 'helpfile'.
 
-Patch to dynamically load Python on Solaris. (Danek Duvall, 2009 Feb 16)
-Needs more work.
-
 The need_fileinfo flag is messy.  Instead make the message right away and put
 it in keep_msg?
 
@@ -1276,9 +1434,6 @@ When doing ":quit" the Netbeans "killed" event isn't sent.  (Xavier de Gaye,
 2008 Nov 10)  call netbeans_file_closed() at the end of buf_freeall(), or in
 all places where buf_freeall() is called?
 
-":python os.chdir('/tmp')" makes short buffer names invalid. (Xavier de Gaye)
-Check directory and call shorten_fnames()?
-
 aucmd_prepbuf() should also use a window in another tab page.
 
 When unloading a buffer in a BufHidden autocommand the hidden flag is reset?
@@ -1314,9 +1469,6 @@ somehow?  Or use a new function.
 
 Mac: Using gvim: netrw window disappears. (Nick Lo, 2006 Jun 21)
 
-Mac: OS/X 10.4 with Python 2.5 installed: configure finds an extra argument
-that breaks the build. (Brian Victor, 2008 Sep 1)
-
 Add an option to specify the character to use when a double-width character is
 moved to the next line.  Default '>', set to a space to blank it out.  Check
 that char is single width when it's set (compare with 'listchars').
@@ -1453,9 +1605,6 @@ resulting in highlighted "{" in that window, not in the other.
 In mswin.vim: Instead of mapping <C-V> for Insert mode in a complicated way,
 can it be done like ":imap <C-V> <MiddleMouse>" without negative side effects?
 
-Completion menu disappears when using 'cursorcolumn'. (Sven-Hendrik Haase,
-2011 May 23)
-
 GTK: when the Tab pages bar appears or disappears while the window is
 maximized the window is no longer maximized.  Patch that has some idea but
 doesn't work from Geoffrey Antos, 2008 May 5.
@@ -1493,6 +1642,9 @@ Win32, NTFS: When editing a specific infostream directly and 'backupcopy' is
 name is something like "c:\path\foo.txt:bar", includes a colon.  (Alex
 Jakushev, 2008 Feb 1)
 
+printf() uses the field width in bytes. Can it be made character width,
+perhaps with a modifier?  What does Posix say?
+
 Small problem displaying diff filler line when opening windows with a script.
 (David Luyer, 2007 Mar 1 ~/Mail/oldmail/mool/in.15872 )
 
@@ -1559,8 +1711,7 @@ Patch to support horizontal scroll wheel in GTK. Untested. (Bjorn Winckler,
 
 
 At next release:
--   Rename src/Makefile and create a new one like toplevel Makefile that
-    creates auto/config.mk when it's not there? (Ben Schmidt, 2011 Feb 11)
+-   Build a huge version by default.
 -   Improve plugin handling: Automatic updates, handle dependencies?
     E.g. Vundle: https://github.com/gmarik/vundle
 
@@ -1602,7 +1753,6 @@ More patches:
     more friendly for the Vim distribution.
     New version received 2008 Jan 6.
     No maintenance in two years...
--   Patch to access screen under Python. (Marko Mahni, 2010 Jul 18)
 -   Patch to open dropped files in new tabs. (Michael Trim, 2010 Aug 3)
 
 Awaiting updated patches:
@@ -1625,11 +1775,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
 7   Completion of network shares, patch by Yasuhiro Matsumoto.
     Update 2004 Sep 6.
     How does this work?  Missing comments.
--   Patch for 'breakindent' option: repeat indent for wrapped line. (Vaclav
-    Smilauer, 2004 Sep 13, fix Oct 31, update 2007 May 30)
-    Version for latest MacVim: Tobia Conforto, 2009 Nov 23
-    More recent version: https://retracile.net/wiki/VimBreakIndent
-    Posted to vim-dev by Taylor Hedberg, 2011 Nov 25
 8   Add a few more command names to the menus.  Patch from Jiri Brezina
     (28 feb 2002).  Will mess the translations...
 7   ATTENTION dialog choices are more logical when "Delete it' appears
@@ -2159,8 +2304,6 @@ Macintosh:
     the :catch commands are always executed, also when the file is edited
     normally.  Should reset did_emsg and undo side effects.  Also make sure
     the ATTENTION message shows up.  Servatius Brandt works on this.
-8   ":g//" gives "Pattern not found error" with E486.  Should not use the
-    error number, it's not a regular error message.
 7   Vimtutor leaves escape sequence in terminal. This is the xterm response to
     requesting the version number.  (Yasuhiro Matsumoto)
 8   When redirecting and using ":silent" the current column for displaying and
@@ -2188,7 +2331,6 @@ Macintosh:
 8   When doing Insert mode completion a mapping cannot recursively call
     edit(), because the completion information is global.  Put everything in
     an allocated structure?
-6   Python: ":py raw_input('prompt')" doesn't work. (Manu Hack)
 8   Command line completion: buffers "foo.txt" and "../b/foo.txt", completing
     ":buf foo<Tab>" doesn't find the second one. (George V. Reilly)
 7   mb_off2cells() doesn't work correctly on the tail byte of a double-byte
@@ -2647,8 +2789,6 @@ Tab pages:
     font, etc.)
 8   Make GUI menu in tab pages line configurable.  Like the popup menu.
 8   balloons for the tab page labels that are shortened to show the full path.
-8   :tabmove +N	 move tab page N pages forward
-8   :tabmove -N	 move tab page N pages backward
 7   :tabdup	 duplicate the tab with all its windows.
 7   Option to put tab line at the left or right?  Need an option to specify
     its width.  It's like a separate window with ":tabs" output.
@@ -2950,6 +3090,8 @@ Syntax highlighting:
     this isn't reset.  Add a special keyword definition for the syntax rules?
     When this is done, use vim.vim syntax highlighting for help file examples,
     but without ":" in 'iskeyword' for syntax.
+    Also need a separate 'iskeyword' for the command line, e.g., in a help
+    window ":e /asdf/asdf/" CTRL-W works different.
 8   Add specific syntax item to match with parens/braces that don't have a
     "%" match.  :syntax nomatch cMatchError (,{,[,),},] [contained]
 8   Highlight the text between two matching parens (e.g., with a grey
@@ -3437,12 +3579,6 @@ Tags:
     make the filename or the whole option use |wildcards| globing, better
     would be to merge the 2 kinds of globing. originally (Erik Falor, 2008
     April 18), updated (Ian Kelling, 2008 July 4)
-8   Use a mechanism similar to omni completion to figure out the kind of tab
-    for CTRL-] and jump to the appropriate matching tag (if there are
-    several).
-    Alternative: be able to define a function that takes the tag name and uses
-    taglist() to find the right location.  With indication of using CTRL-] so
-    that the context can be taken into account. (Robert Webb)
 7   Can CTRL-] (jump to tag) include a following "." and "->" to restrict the
     number of possible matches? Check tags file for an item that has members.
     (Flemming Madsen)
@@ -3485,9 +3621,6 @@ Tags:
 Win32 GUI:
 8   Make debug mode work while starting up (vim -D).  Open console window for
     the message and input?
-7   The Python interface only works with one version of Python, selected at
-    compile time.  Can this be made to work with version 2.1 and 2.2
-    dynamically?
 7   GvimExt: when there are several existing Vims, move the list to a submenu.
     (Mike McCollister)
 8   When using "Edit with Vim" for one file it changes directory, when several
@@ -3849,9 +3982,6 @@ Command line completion:
 
 
 Command line history:
-9   Remember which command lines were actually typed and were not loaded from
-    viminfo.  When writing viminfo append only these lines, so that lines from
-    other Vim's are not overwritten.
 -   Add "KeyWasTyped" flag: It's reset before each command and set when a
     character from the keyboard is consumed. Value is used to decide to put a
     command line in history or not. Put line in history if it didn't
@@ -4040,7 +4170,7 @@ Select mode:
 8   In blockwise mode, typed characters are inserted in front of the block,
     backspace deletes a column before the block. (Steve Hall)
 7   Alt-leftmouse starts block mode selection in MS Word.
-    See http://www.vim.org/tips/tip.php?tip_id=743
+    See http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Use_Alt-Mouse_to_select_blockwise.
 7   Add Cmdline-select mode.  Like Select mode, but used on the command line.
     - Change gui_send_mouse_event() to pass on mouse events when 'mouse'
       contains 'C' or 'A'.
@@ -4108,7 +4238,7 @@ More advanced repeating commands:
 -   Add "." command for visual mode: redo last visual command (e.g. ":fmt").
 7   Repeating "d:{cmd}" with "." doesn't work. (Benji Fisher)  Somehow remember
     the command line so that it can be repeated?
--   Add "gn": repeat last movement command.  Including count.
+-   Add command to repeat last movement.  Including count.
 -   Add "." command after operator: repeat last command of same operator.  E.g.
     "c." will repeat last change, also when "x" used since then (Webb).
     "y." will repeat last yank.
@@ -4196,6 +4326,7 @@ Incsearch:
 
 
 Searching:
+9   Should have an option for :vimgrep to find lines without a match.
 8   Add "g/" and "gb" to search for a pattern in the Visually selected text?
     "g?" is already used for rot13.
     The vis.vim script has a ":S" command that does something like this.
@@ -4327,6 +4458,9 @@ Searching:
 
 
 Undo:
+9   ":gundo" command: global undo.  Undoes changes spread over multiple files
+    in the order they were made.  Also ":gredo".  Both with a count.  Useful
+    when tests fail after making changes and you forgot in which files.
 9   After undo/redo, in the message show whether the buffer is modified or
     not.
 8   Use timestamps for undo, so that a version a certain time ago can be found
@@ -4511,6 +4645,7 @@ Options:
 7   There is 'titleold', why is there no 'iconold'? (Chazelas)
 7   Make 'scrolloff' a global-local option, so that it can be different in the
     quickfix window, for example. (Gary Holloway)
+    Also do 'sidescrolloff'.
 
 
 External commands:
@@ -4700,8 +4835,6 @@ Debug mode:
 
 
 Various improvements:
-9   Python: be able to define a Python function that can be called directly
-    from Vim script.  Requires converting the arguments and return value.
 7   Add plugins for formatting?  Should be able to make a choice depending on
     the language of a file (English/Korean/Japanese/etc.).
     Setting the 'langformat' option to "chinese" would load the
@@ -4726,7 +4859,6 @@ Various improvements:
 7   Allow a window not to have a statusline.  Makes it possible to use a
     window as a buffer-tab selection.
 8   Allow non-active windows to have a different statusline. (Yakov Lerner)
-6   Python interface: add vim.message() function. (Michal Vitecek, 2002 Nov 5)
 7   Support using ":vert" with User commands.  Add expandable items <vert>.
     Do the same for ":browse" and ":confirm"?
     For ":silent" and ":debug" apply to the whole user command.
@@ -4906,6 +5038,7 @@ Various improvements:
 -   Make it possible for the 'showbreak' to be displayed at the end of the
     line.  Use a comma to separate the part at the end and the start of the
     line?  Highlight the linebreak characters, add flag in 'highlight'.
+    Make 'showbreak' local to a window.
 -   Some string options should be expanded if they have wildcards, e.g.
     'dictionary' when it is "*.h".
 -   Use a specific type for number and boolean options, making it possible to
@@ -4956,8 +5089,6 @@ Various improvements:
 -   Add a variant of CTRL-V that stops interpretation of more than one
     character.	For entering mappings on the command line where a key contains
     several special characters, e.g. a trailing newline.
--   Add regex for 'paragraphs' and 'sections': 'parare' and 'sectre'.  Combine
-    the two into a regex for searching. (Ned Konz)
 -   Make '2' option in 'formatoptions' also work inside comments.
 -   Add 's' flag to 'formatoptions': Do not break when inside a string. (Dodt)
 -   When window size changed (with the mouse) and made too small, set it back

runtime/doc/uganda.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 28
+*uganda.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Dec 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -238,6 +238,7 @@ Canada:		Contact Kibaale Children's Fund (KCF) in Surrey, Canada.  They
 Holland:	Transfer to the account of "Stichting ICCF Holland" in Lisse.
 		This will allow for tax deduction if you live in Holland.
 			Postbank, nr. 4548774
+			IBAN: NL95 INGB 0004 5487 74
 
 Germany:	It is possible to make donations that allow for a tax return.
 		Check the ICCF web site for the latest information:

runtime/doc/usr_05.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2009 Jun 04
+*usr_05.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 20
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -49,8 +49,7 @@ For MS-DOS and MS-Windows you can use one of these:
 
 The vimrc file can contain all the commands that you type after a colon.  The
 most simple ones are for setting options.  For example, if you want Vim to
-always start with the 'incsearch' option on, add this line you your vimrc
-file: >
+always start with the 'incsearch' option on, add this line your vimrc file: >
 
 	set incsearch
 

runtime/doc/usr_08.txt

@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ side by side.  All this is possible with split windows.
 |08.6|	Commands for all windows
 |08.7|	Viewing differences with vimdiff
 |08.8|	Various
-|08.9|  Tab pages
+|08.9|	Tab pages
 
      Next chapter: |usr_09.txt|  Using the GUI
  Previous chapter: |usr_07.txt|  Editing more than one file

runtime/doc/usr_21.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_21.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Nov 09
+*usr_21.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 02
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -282,7 +282,7 @@ example, use: >
 SESSION HERE, SESSION THERE
 
 The obvious way to use sessions is when working on different projects.
-Suppose you store you session files in the directory "~/.vim".  You are
+Suppose you store your session files in the directory "~/.vim".  You are
 currently working on the "secret" project and have to switch to the "boring"
 project: >
 
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ is saved, using ":mksession!".  This overwrites the previous session.  The
 next time you load the secret session you can continue where you were at this
 point.  And finally you load the new "boring" session.
 
-If you open help windows, split and close various window, and generally mess
+If you open help windows, split and close various windows, and generally mess
 up the window layout, you can go back to the last saved session: >
 
 	:source ~/.vim/boring.vim
@@ -423,10 +423,10 @@ and nine numbered 1 to 9.
 A VIEW WITH A NAME
 
 The second basic way to use views is by storing the view in a file with a name
-you chose.  This view can be loaded while editing another file.  Vim will then
-switch to editing the file specified in the view.  Thus you can use this to
-quickly switch to editing another file, with all its options set as you saved
-them.
+you choose.  This view can be loaded while editing another file.  Vim will
+then switch to editing the file specified in the view.  Thus you can use this
+to quickly switch to editing another file, with all its options set as you
+saved them.
    For example, to save the view of the current file: >
 
 	:mkview ~/.vim/main.vim

runtime/doc/usr_22.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Feb 21
+*usr_22.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 15
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -326,9 +326,9 @@ shorter to type: >
 
 The output could look like this:
 
-  1 #h	"help.txt"			line 62 ~
-  2 %a+	"usr_21.txt"			line 1 ~
-  3	"usr_toc.txt"			line 1 ~
+  1 #h   "help.txt"			line 62 ~
+  2 %a + "usr_21.txt"			line 1 ~
+  3      "usr_toc.txt"			line 1 ~
 
 The first column contains the buffer number.  You can use this to edit the
 buffer without having to type the name, see below.

runtime/doc/usr_28.txt

@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ This chapter explains the different ways this can be done.
 |28.7|	Folding by syntax
 |28.8|	Folding by expression
 |28.9|	Folding unchanged lines
-|28.10| Which fold method to use?
+|28.10|	Which fold method to use?
 
      Next chapter: |usr_29.txt|  Moving through programs
  Previous chapter: |usr_27.txt|  Search commands and patterns

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Mar 16
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 Feb 20
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -863,12 +863,15 @@ Window size and position:			*window-size-functions*
 	winsaveview()		get view of current window
 	winrestview()		restore saved view of current window
 
-Various:					*various-functions*
-	mode()			get current editing mode
-	visualmode()		last visual mode used
+Mappings:				    *mapping-functions*
 	hasmapto()		check if a mapping exists
 	mapcheck()		check if a matching mapping exists
 	maparg()		get rhs of a mapping
+	wildmenumode()		check if the wildmode is active
+
+Various:					*various-functions*
+	mode()			get current editing mode
+	visualmode()		last visual mode used
 	exists()		check if a variable, function, etc. exists
 	has()			check if a feature is supported in Vim
 	changenr()		return number of most recent change
@@ -1581,7 +1584,7 @@ Here the comment part will be ignored.  However, Vim will try to unmap
 
 RESTORING THE VIEW
 
-Sometimes you want to make a change and go back to where cursor was.
+Sometimes you want to make a change and go back to where the cursor was.
 Restoring the relative position would also be nice, so that the same line
 appears at the top of the window.
    This example yanks the current line, puts it above the first line in the
@@ -1681,7 +1684,7 @@ in your plugin file!
 HEADER
 
 You will probably add new corrections to the plugin and soon have several
-versions laying around.  And when distributing this file, people will want to
+versions lying around.  And when distributing this file, people will want to
 know who wrote this wonderful plugin and where they can send remarks.
 Therefore, put a header at the top of your plugin: >
 

runtime/doc/usr_toc.txt

@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ Subjects that can be read independently.
 		|28.7|	Folding by syntax
 		|28.8|	Folding by expression
 		|28.9|	Folding unchanged lines
-		|28.10| Which fold method to use?
+		|28.10|	Which fold method to use?
 
 |usr_29.txt|  Moving through programs
 		|29.1|	Using tags

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Jan 15
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2013 May 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -174,27 +174,37 @@ g8			Print the hex values of the bytes used in the
 			the command-line.  {commands} are executed like they
 			are typed.  For undo all commands are undone together.
 			Execution stops when an error is encountered.
+
 			If the [!] is given, mappings will not be used.
+			Without it, when this command is called from a
+			non-remappable mapping (|:noremap|), the argument can
+			be mapped anyway.
+
 			{commands} should be a complete command.  If
 			{commands} does not finish a command, the last one
 			will be aborted as if <Esc> or <C-C> was typed.
-			The display isn't updated while ":normal" is busy.
 			This implies that an insert command must be completed
 			(to start Insert mode, see |:startinsert|).  A ":"
 			command must be completed as well.  And you can't use
 			"Q" or "gQ" to start Ex mode.
+
+			The display is not updated while ":normal" is busy.
+
 			{commands} cannot start with a space.  Put a count of
 			1 (one) before it, "1 " is one space.
+
 			The 'insertmode' option is ignored for {commands}.
+
 			This command cannot be followed by another command,
 			since any '|' is considered part of the command.
+
 			This command can be used recursively, but the depth is
 			limited by 'maxmapdepth'.
-			When this command is called from a non-remappable
-			mapping |:noremap|, the argument can be mapped anyway.
+
 			An alternative is to use |:execute|, which uses an
 			expression as argument.  This allows the use of
 			printable characters to represent special characters.
+
 			Example: >
 				:exe "normal \<c-w>\<c-w>"
 <			{not in Vi, of course}
@@ -353,74 +363,75 @@ N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
 B  *+mouse_netterm*	Unix only: netterm mouse handling |netterm-mouse|
-N  *+mouse_pterm*		QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
+N  *+mouse_pterm*	QNX only: pterm mouse handling |qnx-terminal|
 N  *+mouse_sysmouse*	Unix only: *BSD console mouse handling |sysmouse|
-N  *+mouse_urxvt*		Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
-N  *+mouse_xterm*		Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
-B  *+multi_byte*		16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
+B  *+mouse_sgr*		Unix only: sgr mouse handling |sgr-mouse|
+B  *+mouse_urxvt*	Unix only: urxvt mouse handling |urxvt-mouse|
+N  *+mouse_xterm*	Unix only: xterm mouse handling |xterm-mouse|
+N  *+multi_byte*	16 and 32 bit characters |multibyte|
    *+multi_byte_ime*	Win32 input method for multibyte chars |multibyte-ime|
-N  *+multi_lang*		non-English language support |multi-lang|
+N  *+multi_lang*	non-English language support |multi-lang|
 m  *+mzscheme*		Mzscheme interface |mzscheme|
 m  *+mzscheme/dyn*	Mzscheme interface |mzscheme-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+netbeans_intg*	|netbeans|
-m  *+ole*			Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
-N  *+path_extra*		Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
+m  *+ole*		Win32 GUI only: |ole-interface|
+N  *+path_extra*	Up/downwards search in 'path' and 'tags'
 m  *+perl*		Perl interface |perl|
 m  *+perl/dyn*		Perl interface |perl-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+persistent_undo*	Persistent undo |undo-persistence|
-   *+postscript*		|:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
+   *+postscript*	|:hardcopy| writes a PostScript file
 N  *+printer*		|:hardcopy| command
 H  *+profile*		|:profile| command
 m  *+python*		Python 2 interface |python|
-m  *+python/dyn*		Python 2 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
+m  *+python/dyn*	Python 2 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
 m  *+python3*		Python 3 interface |python|
-m  *+python3/dyn*		Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
+m  *+python3/dyn*	Python 3 interface |python-dynamic| |/dyn|
 N  *+quickfix*		|:make| and |quickfix| commands
 N  *+reltime*		|reltime()| function, 'hlsearch'/'incsearch' timeout,
 			'redrawtime' option
 B  *+rightleft*		Right to left typing |'rightleft'|
 m  *+ruby*		Ruby interface |ruby|
 m  *+ruby/dyn*		Ruby interface |ruby-dynamic| |/dyn|
-N  *+scrollbind*		|'scrollbind'|
+N  *+scrollbind*	|'scrollbind'|
 B  *+signs*		|:sign|
-N  *+smartindent*		|'smartindent'|
+N  *+smartindent*	|'smartindent'|
 m  *+sniff*		SniFF interface |sniff|
-N  *+startuptime*		|--startuptime| argument
-N  *+statusline*		Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
+N  *+startuptime*	|--startuptime| argument
+N  *+statusline*	Options 'statusline', 'rulerformat' and special
 			formats of 'titlestring' and 'iconstring'
 m  *+sun_workshop*	|workshop|
 N  *+syntax*		Syntax highlighting |syntax|
    *+system()*		Unix only: opposite of |+fork|
-N  *+tag_binary*		binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
+N  *+tag_binary*	binary searching in tags file |tag-binary-search|
 N  *+tag_old_static*	old method for static tags |tag-old-static|
 m  *+tag_any_white*	any white space allowed in tags file |tag-any-white|
-m  *+tcl*			Tcl interface |tcl|
+m  *+tcl*		Tcl interface |tcl|
 m  *+tcl/dyn*		Tcl interface |tcl-dynamic| |/dyn|
    *+terminfo*		uses |terminfo| instead of termcap
 N  *+termresponse*	support for |t_RV| and |v:termresponse|
-N  *+textobjects*		|text-objects| selection
+N  *+textobjects*	|text-objects| selection
    *+tgetent*		non-Unix only: able to use external termcap
 N  *+title*		Setting the window 'title' and 'icon'
 N  *+toolbar*		|gui-toolbar|
 N  *+user_commands*	User-defined commands. |user-commands|
 N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
 N  *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|
-N  *+virtualedit*		|'virtualedit'|
+N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
 S  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode|
-N  *+visualextra*		extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
+N  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
 N  *+vreplace*		|gR| and |gr|
-N  *+wildignore*		|'wildignore'|
+N  *+wildignore*	|'wildignore'|
 N  *+wildmenu*		|'wildmenu'|
 S  *+windows*		more than one window
-m  *+writebackup*		|'writebackup'| is default on
-m  *+xim*			X input method |xim|
+m  *+writebackup*	|'writebackup'| is default on
+m  *+xim*		X input method |xim|
    *+xfontset*		X fontset support |xfontset|
-m  *+xpm_w32*		Win32 GUI only: pixmap support |:sign-define|
+m  *+xpm_w32*		Win32 GUI only: pixmap support |w32-xpm-support|
    *+xsmp*		XSMP (X session management) support
    *+xsmp_interact*	interactive XSMP (X session management) support
 N  *+xterm_clipboard*	Unix only: xterm clipboard handling
-m  *+xterm_save*		save and restore xterm screen |xterm-screens|
-N  *+X11*			Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
+m  *+xterm_save*	save and restore xterm screen |xterm-screens|
+N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 
 							*/dyn* *E370* *E448*
 			To some of the features "/dyn" is added when the

runtime/doc/version5.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version5.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2008 Dec 17
+*version5.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 Welcome to Vim Version 5.0!
 
 This document lists the differences between Vim 4.x and Vim 5.0.
-Although 5.0 is mentioned here, this is also for version 5.1, 5.2, etc..
+Although 5.0 is mentioned here, this is also for version 5.1, 5.2, etc.
 See |vi_diff.txt| for an overview of differences between Vi and Vim 5.0.
 See |version4.txt| for differences between Vim 3.0 and Vim 4.0.
 
@@ -3888,7 +3888,7 @@ character is typed.  Helps to close a /* */ comment in C. (Webb)
 When expand() has a second argument which is non-zero, don't use 'suffixes'
 and 'wildignore', return all matches.
 
-'O' flag in 'cpoptions: When not included, Vim will not overwrite a file, if
+'O' flag in 'cpoptions' When not included, Vim will not overwrite a file, if
 it didn't exist when editing started but it does exist when the buffer is
 written to the file.  The file must have been created outside of Vim, possibly
 without the user knowing it.  When this is detected after a shell command,
@@ -4499,7 +4499,7 @@ Could not get all windows back when using a smaller terminal screen.  Didn't
 restore all windows when "winsize" was not in 'sessionoptions'. (Webb)
 
 Command line completion for ":buffer" depended on 'ignorecase' for Unix, but
-not for DOS et al..  Now don't use 'ignorecase', but let it depend on whether
+not for DOS et al.  Now don't use 'ignorecase', but let it depend on whether
 file names are case sensitive or not (like when expanding file names).
 
 Win32 GUI: (Negri)

runtime/doc/version7.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2010 Nov 03
+*version7.txt*  For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -3587,7 +3587,7 @@ Files:	    src/eval.c, src/getchar.c, src/globals.h, src/main.c
 
 Patch 7.0.085
 Problem:    When doing "make test" the viminfo file is modified.
-Solution:   Use another viminfo file after setting 'compatible.
+Solution:   Use another viminfo file after setting 'compatible'.
 Files:	    src/testdir/test56.in
 
 Patch 7.0.086
@@ -7314,8 +7314,6 @@ Command line completion for :lmap and :lunmap.
 
 Support syntax and filetype completion for user commands. (Christian Brabandt)
 
-Add completion for ":ownsyntax" and improve completion for ":filetype".
-
 Avoid use of the GTK main_loop() so that the GtkFileChooser can be used.
 (James Vega)
 

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2011 Aug 29
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 08
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ Syntax highlighting.					|:syntax|
 
 Spell checking.						|spell|
 	When the 'spell' option is set Vim will highlight spelling mistakes.
-	About 40 languages are currently supported, selected with the
+	About 50 languages are currently supported, selected with the
 	'spelllang' option.  In source code only comments and strings are
 	checked for spelling.
 
@@ -653,7 +653,7 @@ You can backspace, CTRL-U and CTRL-W over line breaks if the 'backspace' (bs)
 option includes "eol".  You can backspace over the start of insert if the
 'backspace' option includes "start".
 
-When the 'paste' option is set, a few option are reset and mapping in insert
+When the 'paste' option is set, a few options are reset and mapping in insert
 mode and abbreviation are disabled.  This allows for pasting text in windowing
 systems without unexpected results.  When the 'paste' option is reset, the old
 option values are restored.

runtime/doc/vim-de.1

@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+.\"*******************************************************************
+.\"
+.\" This file was generated with po4a. Translate the source file.
+.\"
+.\"*******************************************************************
+.\" Translated by bw1 (2008) and Florian Rehnisch <fm-r@gmx.de> (2012)
+.\" Kudos to the folks on vim-dev and debian-l10n-german
+.TH VIM 1 "2006 Apr 11"  
+.SH BEZEICHNUNG
+vim \- Vi IMproved, ein Text\-Editor f<>r Programmierer
+.SH <EFBFBD>BERSICHT
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] [Datei ...]
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] \-
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] \-t Tag
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] \-q [Fehlerdatei]
+.PP
+.br
+\fBex\fP
+.br
+\fBview\fP
+.br
+\fBgvim\fP \fBgview\fP \fBevim\fP \fBeview\fP
+.br
+\fBrvim\fP \fBrview\fP \fBrgvim\fP \fBrgview\fP
+.SH BESCHREIBUNG
+\fBVim\fP ist ein Text\-Editor, der aufw<66>rtskompatibel zu Vi ist. Er kann
+verwendet werden, um alle Arten von Klartext zu bearbeiten. Er ist besonders
+n<EFBFBD>tzlich, um Programme zu bearbeiten.
+.PP
+Vim hat einige Erweiterungen gegen<65>ber Vi, z.B.: R<>ckg<6B>ngigmachen in
+mehreren Schritten, mehrere Fenster und Puffer, Syntax\-Hervorhebung,
+Bearbeiten der Befehlszeile, Dateinamenerg<72>nzung, eingebaute Hilfe, visuelle
+Auswahl, usw. ... Siehe <20>:help vi_diff.txt<78> f<>r eine <20>bersicht der
+Unterschiede zwischen \fBVim\fP und Vi.
+.PP
+Im laufenden \fBVim\fP kann mit dem Befehl <20>:help<6C> viel Hilfe durch das
+eingebaute Hilfesystem erlangt werden. Siehe den Abschnitt EINGEBAUTE HILFE
+weiter unten.
+.PP
+Meistens wird \fBVim\fP zum Editieren einer einzigen Datei mit dem folgende
+Befehl gestartet:
+.PP
+  vim Datei
+.PP
+Allgemeiner betrachtet, wird \fBVim\fP folgenderma<6D>en gestartet:
+.PP
+  vim [Optionen] [Dateiliste]
+.PP
+Bei einer fehlenden Dateiliste startet der Editor mit einem leeren
+Puffer. Andernfalls werden nach den folgenden vier M<>glichkeiten eine oder
+mehrere Dateien bearbeitet:
+.TP  12
+Datei ...
+Eine Liste von Dateinamen. Die erste Datei wird in den Puffer geladen und
+zur aktuellen. Der Cursor wird auf der ersten Zeile des Puffers
+platziert. Zu den anderen Dateien kann mit dem Befehl <20>:next<78> gelangt
+werden. Falls einer der Dateinamen mit einem Bindestrich beginnt, stellen
+Sie der Dateiliste <20>\-\-<EFBFBD> voran.
+.TP 
+\-
+Die zu bearbeitende Datei wird von der Standardeingabe gelesen. Befehle
+werden von der Standardfehlerausgabe gelesen, die ein Text\-Terminal sein
+sollte.
+.TP 
+\-t {Tag}
+Die zu editierende Datei und die anf<6E>ngliche Cursor\-Position h<>ngen von
+einem <20>Tag<61> ab, einer Art Sprungmarke. {Tag} wird in der Tag\-Datei
+nachgeschlagen, die zugeh<65>rige Datei wird zur aktuellen und der zugeh<65>rige
+Befehl wird ausgef<65>hrt. Dies wird meistens f<>r Programme in der Sprache <20>C<EFBFBD>
+benutzt, wobei {Tag} ein Funktionsname sein k<>nnte. Die Wirkung dieses
+Befehls ist, dass die Datei, die die Funktion enth<74>lt, als aktuelle im
+Editor ge<67>ffnet und angezeigt wird und der Cursor auf dem Beginn der
+Funktion positioniert wird. Siehe <20>:help tag\-commands<EFBFBD>.
+.TP 
+\-q [Fehlerdatei]
+Startet im QuickFix\-Modus. Die Datei [Fehlerdatei] wird gelesen und der
+erste Fehler wird angezeigt. Falls [Fehlerdatei] ausgelassen wird, wird der
+Dateiname aus der Option 'errorfile' verwendet (bei AmigaOS ist dies
+vorgabem<EFBFBD><EFBFBD>ig <20>AztecC.Err<72>, sowie "errors.err<72> bei anderen). Weitere Fehler
+k<EFBFBD>nnen mit dem <20>:cn<63>\-Befehl angesprungen werden. Siehe ":help quickfix<69>.
+.PP
+\fBVim\fP reagiert unterschiedlich auf den Namen, der verwendet wird, um Vim zu
+starten (die ausf<73>hrbare Datei kann dieselbe sein).
+.TP  10
+vim
+der <20>normale<6C> Weg, alles ist standardm<64><6D>ig
+.TP 
+ex
+Startet im Ex\-Modus. Mit dem Befehl <20>:vi<76> gelangt man in den normalen
+Modus. Funktioniert auch mit dem Argument <20>\-e<EFBFBD>.
+.TP 
+view
+Startet im Nur\-Lesen\-Modus. Die Datei wird vor dem <20>berschreiben
+gesch<EFBFBD>tzt. Dasselbe wird mit dem Parameter <20>\-R<EFBFBD> erreicht.
+.TP 
+gvim gview
+Die grafische Version: <20>ffnet ein neues Fenster. Dasselbe wird mit dem
+Parameter <20>\-g<EFBFBD> erreicht.
+.TP 
+evim eview
+Die grafische Version im einfachen Modus: <20>ffnet ein neues Fenster. Dasselbe
+wird mit dem Parameter <20>\-y<EFBFBD> erreicht.
+.TP 
+rvim rview rgvim rgview
+Wie die obigen, aber mit Beschr<68>nkungen: Es ist nicht m<>glich, Shell\-Befehle
+aufzurufen oder mit Unterbrechung in eine Shell zur<75>ckzuspringen. Dasselbe
+wird mit dem Parameter <20>\-Z<EFBFBD> erreicht.
+.SH OPTIONEN
+Die Optionen k<>nnen in beliebiger Reihenfolge vor oder nach den Dateinamen
+angegeben werden. Optionen ohne Parameter k<>nnen hinter einem einzigen
+Bindestrich gruppiert werden.
+.TP  12
++[Nummer]
+In der ersten Datei wird der Cursor auf die Zeile [Nummer] gesetzt. Falls
+[Nummer] nicht angegeben wird, wird der Cursor in die letzte Zeile der Datei
+gesetzt.
+.TP 
++/{Suchmuster}
+In der ersten Datei wird der Cursor auf das erste Auftreten von {Suchmuster}
+gesetzt. Siehe <20>:help search\-pattern<EFBFBD>.
+.TP 
++{Befehl}
+.TP 
+\-c {Befehl}
+{Befehl} wird nach dem Lesen der ersten Datei ausgef<65>hrt. Als {Befehl} wird
+ein Ex\-Befehl erwartet. Sind in {Befehl} Leerzeichen vorhanden, muss alles
+in Anf<6E>hrungszeichen gesetzt werden (h<>ngt von der verwendeten Shell
+ab). Beispiel: vim "+set si" main.c
+.br
+Anmerkung: Sie k<>nnen bis zu 10 <20>+<2B>\- oder "\-c<EFBFBD>\-Befehle verwenden.
+.TP 
+\-S {Datei}
+{Datei} wird nach dem Lesen der ersten Datei ausgef<65>hrt. Dies entspricht <20>\-c
+"source {Datei}"<22>. {Datei} darf nicht mit einem Bindestrich (\-)
+anfangen. Wenn kein Dateiname angegeben wird, wird <20>Session.vim<69> verwendet
+(Funktioniert nur, wenn <20>\-S<EFBFBD> als letzter Parameter steht).
+.TP 
+\-\-cmd {Befehl}
+Wie <20>\-c<EFBFBD>, aber dieser Befehl wird vor allen VimRC\-Dateien ausgef<65>hrt. Sie
+k<EFBFBD>nnen unabh<62>ngig von den <20>\-c<EFBFBD>\-Befehlen bis zu 10 dieser Befehle verwenden.
+.TP 
+\-A
+Falls \fBVim\fP mit Unterst<73>tzung f<>r das Schreiben von rechts nach links und
+arabischer Tastaturbelegung compiliert wurde (ARABIC), startet dieser
+Parameter den Modus f<>rs Arabische (:set arabic). Anderenfalls beendet sich
+\fBVim\fP mit einer Fehlermeldung.
+.TP 
+b
+Bin<EFBFBD>rer Modus: Es werden einige Variablen gesetzt, sodass es m<>glich ist,
+eine bin<69>re oder ausf<73>hrbare Datei zu bearbeiten.
+.TP 
+\-C
+Kompatibel: Setzt die Option 'compatible'. Das macht \fBVim\fP im Verhalten
+sehr <20>hnlich zu Vi, selbst wenn eine VimRC\-Datei existiert.
+.TP 
+\-d
+Startet im diff\-Modus. Es sollten zwei, drei oder vier Dateinamen als
+Parameter <20>bergeben werden. \fBVim\fP <20>ffnet sie alle und zeigt die
+Unterschiede an. Arbeitet wie vimdiff(1).
+.TP 
+\-d {Ger<65>t}
+<EFBFBD>ffnet das {Ger<65>t}, um es als Terminal zu nutzen. Nur f<>r AmigaOS. Beispiel:
+"\-d con:20/30/600/150".
+.TP 
+D
+Debug\-Modus: \fBVim\fP geht in den Debug\-Modus, wenn der erste Befehl in einem
+Skript ausgef<65>hrt wird.
+.TP 
+\-e
+Startet \fBVim\fP im Ex\-Modus, als w<>rde als ausf<73>hrbare Datei <20>ex<65> aufgerufen.
+.TP 
+\-E
+Startet \fBVim\fP im erweiterten Ex\-Modus, als w<>rde die ausf<73>hrbare Datei als
+<EFBFBD>exim<EFBFBD> aufgerufen.
+.TP 
+\-f
+Vordergrund: Bei der GUI\-Version erzeugt \fBVim\fP keinen neuen Prozess und
+l<EFBFBD>st sich nicht von der Shell, in der er aufgerufen wurde. Bei AmigaOS wird
+kein neues Fenster ge<67>ffnet. Dieser Parameter wird benutzt, damit das
+aufrufende Programm auf das Beenden des Bearbeitungssitzung wartet (z.B.:
+mail). Bei AmigaOS funktionieren die Befehle <20>:sh<73> und ":!<21> nicht.
+.TP 
+\-\-nofork
+Vordergrund: Bei der GUI\-Version erzeugt \fBVim\fP keinen neuen Prozess und
+l<EFBFBD>st sich nicht von der Shell, in der er aufgerufen wurde.
+.TP 
+\-F
+Wenn \fBVim\fP mit FKMAP\-Unterst<EFBFBD>tzung f<>r das Schreiben von rechts nach links
+und Farsi\-Tastatur\-Belegung kompiliert wurde, startet Vim im Farsi\-Modus,
+d.h. die Optionen 'fkmap' und 'rightleft' werden gesetzt. Andernfalls bricht
+\fBVim\fP mit einer Fehlermeldung ab.
+.TP 
+\-g
+Falls \fBVim\fP mit GUI\-Unterst<EFBFBD>tzung kompiliert wurde, wird die GUI
+aktiviert. Falls keine GUI\-Unterst<EFBFBD>tzung einkompiliert wurde, wird mit einer
+Fehlermeldung abgebrochen.
+.TP 
+\-h
+Gibt eine kleine Hilfe f<>r die Befehlszeilenparameter aus. Danach beendet
+sich \fBVim.\fP
+.TP 
+\-H
+Hebr<EFBFBD>isch\-Modus, falls \fBVim\fP mit RIGHTLEFT\-Unterst<EFBFBD>tzung f<>r das Schreiben
+von rechts nach links und hebr<62>ischer Tastaturbelegung kompiliert wurde,
+werden die Optionen 'hkmap' und 'rightleft' gesetzt. Andernfalls beendet
+sich \fBVim\fP mit einer Fehlermeldung.
+.TP 
+\-i {VimInfo}
+Wenn eine VimInfo\-Datei verwendet wird: Verwendet statt <20>~/.viminfo<66> die
+angegebene Datei. Es ist auch m<>glich die Verwendung einer VimInfo\-Datei
+durch Angabe des Dateinamen <20>NONE<4E> zu verhindern,
+.TP 
+\-L
+dasselbe wie <20>\-r<EFBFBD>
+.TP 
+\-l
+Lisp\-Modus. Aktiviert die Optionen 'lisp' und 'showmatch'.
+.TP 
+\-m
+Deaktiviert das Ver<65>ndern von Dateien, indem die Option 'write' gel<65>scht
+wird. Der Puffer kann ver<65>ndert werden, nur das Schreiben einer Datei ist
+nicht m<>glich.
+.TP 
+\-M
+Keine Ver<65>nderungen erlaubt: Die Optionen 'modifiable' und 'write' werden
+gel<EFBFBD>scht, so dass <20>nderungen nicht erlaubt sind und Dateien nicht
+geschrieben werden k<>nnen. Man beachte, dass diese Optionen ('modifiable',
+\&'write') dennnoch nachtr<74>glich zum Erlauben von <20>nderungen gesetzt werden
+k<EFBFBD>nnen.
+.TP 
+\-N
+Nicht\-kompatibler Modus: L<>scht die Option 'compatible'. Dies veranlasst
+\fBVim\fP, sich ein wenig besser, aber weniger Vi\-kompatibel zu verhalten,
+selbst wenn es keine VimRC\-Datei gibt.
+.TP 
+\-n
+Verwendet keine Auslagerungsdatei: Eine Wiederherstellung nach einem Absturz
+ist nicht m<>glich. Auf einem langsamen Medium (Diskette) kann diese
+Einstellung n<>tzlich sein. Kann auch mit <20>set uc=0<> erreicht werden; kann
+mit <20>set uc=200<30> aufgehoben werden.
+.TP 
+\-nb
+\fBVim\fP fungiert als Server f<>r NetBeans. Details siehe Dokumentation.
+.TP 
+\-o[N]
+<EFBFBD>ffnet [N] Fenster <20>bereinander. Wenn keine Zahl angegeben wird, <20>ffne ein
+Fenster pro Datei.
+.TP 
+\-O[N]
+<EFBFBD>ffnet [N] Fenster nebeneinander. Wenn keine Zahl angegeben wird, <20>ffne ein
+Fenster pro Datei.
+.TP 
+\-p[N]
+<EFBFBD>ffnet [N] Reiterseiten. Wenn keine Zahl angegeben wird, <20>ffne eine
+Reiterseite pro Datei.
+.TP 
+\-R
+Nur\-Lesen\-Modus: Die Option 'readonly' wird gesetzt. Der Puffer kann noch
+bearbeitet werden, aber es wird verhindert, eine Datei aus Versehen zu
+<EFBFBD>berschreiben. Wenn Sie wirklich eine Datei <20>berschreiben wollen, f<>gen Sie
+dem Ex\-Befehl ein Ausrufezeichen hinzu (wie in <20>:w!<21>). Die Option "\-R<EFBFBD>
+bedingt die Option <20>\-n<EFBFBD> (siehe oben). Die Option 'readonly' kann durch ":set
+noro<EFBFBD> gel<65>scht werden. Siehe <20>:help 'readonly'<27>.
+.TP 
+\-r
+Listet die Auslagerungsdateien und gibt Informationen zu ihrer
+Verwendbarkeit zur Wiederherstellung.
+.TP 
+\-r {Datei}
+Wiederherstellungsmodus: Die Auslagerungsdatei wird zur Wiederherstellung
+verwendet und hat denselben Dateinamen wie die Text\-Datei + <20>.swp<77>. Siehe
+":help recovery<72>.
+.TP 
+\-s
+Der stille Modus: Nur wenn die ausf<73>hrbare Datei als <20>ex<65> aufgerufen wird
+oder vor <20>\-s<EFBFBD> die Option "\-e<EFBFBD> gegeben wird.
+.TP 
+\-s {Eingabeskript}
+Die Datei {Eingabeskript} wird gelesen und ausgef<65>hrt, als w<>rden Sie die
+Zeichen in ihr tippen. Dasselbe kann mit dem Befehl <20>:source!
+{Eingabeskript}<7D> erreicht werden. Wird das Ende der Datei vor dem Beenden
+des Editors erreicht, werden weitere Zeichen von der Tastatur gelesen.
+.TP 
+\-T {Terminal}
+Setzt den Namen des benutzten Terminals. Nur erforderlich, wenn die
+Automatik nicht funktioniert. Sollte ein \fBVim\fP bekanntes Terminal sein:
+(builtin) oder in einer termcap\- oder terminfo\-Datei definiert.
+.TP 
+\-u {VimRC}
+Verwendet zur Initialisierung die Befehle in der Datei {VimRC}. Alle anderen
+Initialisierungen werden <20>bersprungen. Benutzen Sie dies, um eine besondere
+Art von Dateien zu bearbeiten. Dies kann auch benutzt werden, um alle
+Initialisierungen zu <20>berspringen, indem der Name <20>NONE<4E> angegeben wird. F<>r
+weitere Einzelheiten siehe <20>:help initialisation<6F> innerhalb von Vim.
+.TP 
+\-U {GvimRC}
+Benutzt die Befehle in der Datei {GvimRC} f<>r die Initialisierung der
+grafischen Oberfl<66>che. Alle anderen Initialisierungen werden
+<EFBFBD>bersprungen. Dies kann ebenfalls benutzt werden, um alle
+GUI\-Initialisierungen zu <20>berspringen, indem der Name <20>NONE<4E> angegeben
+wird. Siehe <20>:help gui\-init<EFBFBD> innerhalb von Vim f<>r weitere Einzelheiten.
+.TP 
+\-V[N]
+Ausf<EFBFBD>hrlich (verbose): Gibt Meldungen dar<61>ber, welche Befehlsdateien
+eingelesen werden, und <20>ber das Lesen und Schreiben einer VimInfo\-Datei. Die
+optionale Zahl N ist der Wert f<>r 'verbose'. Vorgabe ist 10.
+.TP 
+\-v
+Startet \fBVim\fP im Vi\-Modus, so als w<>rde die ausf<73>hrbare Datei mit <20>vi<76>
+aufgerufen. Dies wirkt sich nur aus, wenn die ausf<73>hrbare Datei als <20>ex<65>
+aufgerufen wird.
+.TP 
+\-w {Ausgabeskript}
+Alle Zeichen, die eingetippt werden, werden in der Datei {Ausgabeskript}
+aufgezeichnet, solange bis Sie \fBVim\fP beenden. Dies ist n<>tzlich, falls Sie
+eine Skript\-Datei zum Benutzen mit <20>vim \-s<EFBFBD> oder ":source!<21> erzeugen
+wollen. Falls die Datei {Ausgabeskript} vorhanden ist, werden die Zeichen
+angeh<EFBFBD>ngt.
+.TP 
+\-W {Ausgabeskript}
+Wie \-w, aber eine bereits vorhandene Datei wird <20>berschrieben.
+.TP 
+\-x
+Benutzt beim Schreiben von Dateien eine Verschl<68>sselung. Fragt nach dem
+Schl<EFBFBD>ssel.
+.TP 
+\-X
+F<EFBFBD>hrt keine Verbindung zum X\-Server durch. Dadurch verk<72>rzt sich die
+Startzeit, aber der Fenstertitel und die Zwischenablage werden nicht
+verwendet.
+.TP 
+\-y
+Startet \fBVim\fP im einfachen Modus, als w<>rde die ausf<73>hrbare Datei mit
+<EFBFBD>evim<EFBFBD> oder <20>eview<65> aufgerufen. \fBVim\fP verh<72>lt sich dann wie ein Editor zum
+Klicken und Tippen.
+.TP 
+\-Z
+Eingeschr<EFBFBD>nkter Modus: Funktioniert, als w<>rde der Name der ausf<73>hrbaren
+Datei mit <20>r<EFBFBD> beginnen.
+.TP 
+\-\-
+Markiert das Ende der Optionen. Argumente, die folgen, werden als Dateinamen
+behandelt. Dies kann benutzt werden, um einen Dateinamen mit <20>\-<EFBFBD> am Anfang
+zu verwenden.
+.TP 
+\-\-echo\-wid
+Nur GTK\-GUI: Schreibe die Fenster\-ID auf die Standardausgabe.
+.TP 
+\-\-help
+Gibt eine Hilfe\-Nachricht aus und beendet, wie <20>\-h<EFBFBD>.
+.TP 
+\-\-literal
+Nimmt die Dateinamen so wie sie sind und vervollst<73>ndigt sie nicht nach
+Metazeichen (*,?). Dies wirkt sich nicht unter Unix aus, wo die Shell die
+Metazeichen expandiert.
+.TP 
+\-\-noplugin
+Lade keine Plugins. Impliziert durch <20>\-u NONE<4E>.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote
+Verbindet mit einem Vim\-Server und l<>sst ihn die in den restlichen
+Argumenten angegeben Dateien editieren. Wenn kein Server gefunden wird,
+f<EFBFBD>hrt dies zu einer Warnmeldung und die Dateien werden im gegenw<6E>rtigen Vim
+zum Bearbeiten ge<67>ffnet.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-expr {Ausdruck}
+Verbindet mit einem Vim\-Server, f<>hrt {Ausdruck} aus und zeigt das Ergebnis
+auf der Standardausgabe an.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-send {Zeichen}
+Verbindet mit einem Vim\-Server und sendet ihm {Zeichen}.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-silent
+Wie <20>\-\-remote<EFBFBD>, aber ohne Warnung, wenn kein Server gefunden wird.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-wait
+Wie <20>\-\-remote<EFBFBD>, aber Vim beendet sich nicht, bis die Dateien bearbeitet
+wurden.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-wait\-silent
+Wie <20>\-\-remote\-wait<EFBFBD>, aber ohne Warnung, wenn kein Server gefunden wird.
+.TP 
+\-\-serverlist
+Listet die Namen aller gefundenen Vim\-Server auf.
+.TP 
+\-\-servername {Name}
+Benutzt {Name} als Server\-Namen. Wird f<>r den gegenw<6E>rtigen Vim benutzt,
+au<EFBFBD>er es wird mit dem Argument <20>\-\-remote<EFBFBD> benutzt, dann ist es der Name des
+zu kontaktierenden Servers.
+.TP 
+\-\-socketid {id}
+Nur GTK\-GUI: Benutzt den GtkPlug\-Mechanismus, um GVim in einem anderen
+Fenster laufen zu lassen.
+.TP 
+\-\-version
+Versionsinformation anzeigen und beenden
+.SH "EINGEBAUTE HILFE"
+Tippen Sie in \fBVim\fP <20>:help<6C>, um zu beginnen. Geben Sie ":help begriff<66> ein,
+um Hilfe <20>ber ein bestimmtes Thema zu bekommen. Zum Beispiel <20>:help ZZ<5A> f<>r
+Hilfe <20>ber den Befehl <20>ZZ<5A>. Benutzen Sie <Tab> und CTRL\-D, um
+Begriffe zu vervollst<73>ndigen (<28>:help cmdline\-completion<EFBFBD>). Tags sind
+vorhanden, um von einem Ort zum anderen zu springen (eine Art
+Hypertext\-Verkn<EFBFBD>pfungen, siehe <20>:help<6C>). Auf diese Weise k<>nnen alle
+Dokumentations\-Dateien aufgerufen werden, zum Beispiel <20>:help syntax.txt<78>.
+.SH DATEIEN
+.TP  15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
+Dokumentations\-Dateien f<>r \fBVim\fP. Verwenden Sie <20>:help doc\-file\-list<EFBFBD>, um
+die gesamte Liste zu bekommen.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
+Die <20>Tag<61>\-Datei, die verwendet wird, um Informationen in der Dokumentation
+zu finden.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
+Die systemweite Einrichtung der Syntaxhervorhebung.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/*.vim
+Syntaxdateien f<>r die verschiedenen Sprachen.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/vimrc
+Systemweite Einstellungsdatei f<>r \fBVim\fP
+.TP 
+~/.vimrc
+Pers<EFBFBD>nliche Einstellungsdatei f<>r \fBVim\fP
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/gvimrc
+Systemweite Einstellungsdatei f<>r GVim
+.TP 
+~/.gvimrc
+Pers<EFBFBD>nliche Einstellungsdatei f<>r GVim
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
+Das Script, das von dem Befehl <20>:options<6E> verwendet wird, eine sch<63>ne
+M<EFBFBD>glichkeit, um Optionen zu betrachten und zu setzen.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
+Systemweite Einstellungsdatei f<>r das Men<65> von GVim
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/bugreport.vim
+Das Script zum Generieren eines Fehlerberichts. Siehe <20>:help bugs<67>.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
+Mit diesem Script erkennt Vim den Typ einer Datei anhand ihres
+Dateinamens. Siehe <20>:help 'filetype'<27>.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
+Mit diesem Script erkennt Vim den Typ einer Datei anhand ihres
+Inhaltes. Siehe <20>:help 'filetype'<27>.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
+Diese Dateien werden zum Drucken von PostScript verwendet.
+.PP
+F<EFBFBD>r die neuesten Informationen lesen Sie die Vim\-Homepage:
+.br
+<URL:http://www.vim.org/>
+.SH "SIEHE AUCH"
+vimtutor(1)
+.SH AUTOR
+\fBVim\fP wurde gr<67><72>tenteils von Bram Moolenaar erstellt, mit viel Hilfe von
+anderen Leuten. Siehe <20>:help credits<74> in \fBVim.\fP
+.br
+\fBVim\fP basiert auf Stevie, der von Tim Thompson, Tony Andrews und
+G.R. (Fred) Walter geschrieben wurde. Es ist jedoch kaum etwas vom
+urspr<EFBFBD>nglichen Code <20>brig geblieben.
+.SH FEHLER
+Die sind m<>glich. Siehe <20>:help todo<64> f<>r eine Liste bekannter Probleme.
+.PP
+Beachten Sie, dass gewisse Dinge, die manche Leute als Fehler betrachten
+m<EFBFBD>gen, in Wirklichkeit durch zu getreue Nachbildung des Vi\-Verhaltens
+verursacht werden. Und falls Sie denken, dass andere Dinge Fehler sind,
+<EFBFBD>weil Vi es anders tut<75>, sollten Sie einen genaueren Blick auf die Datei
+vi_diff.txt werfen (oder in Vim <20>:help vi_diff.txt<78> tippen). Sehen Sie sich
+auch die Optionen 'compatible' und 'cpoptions' an.

runtime/doc/vim-de.UTF-8.1

@@ -0,0 +1,478 @@
+.\"*******************************************************************
+.\"
+.\" This file was generated with po4a. Translate the source file.
+.\"
+.\"*******************************************************************
+.\" Translated by bw1 (2008) and Florian Rehnisch <fm-r@gmx.de> (2012)
+.\" Kudos to the folks on vim-dev and debian-l10n-german
+.TH VIM 1 "2006 Apr 11"  
+.SH BEZEICHNUNG
+vim \- Vi IMproved, ein Text\-Editor für Programmierer
+.SH ÜBERSICHT
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] [Datei …]
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] \-
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] \-t Tag
+.br
+\fBvim\fP [Optionen] \-q [Fehlerdatei]
+.PP
+.br
+\fBex\fP
+.br
+\fBview\fP
+.br
+\fBgvim\fP \fBgview\fP \fBevim\fP \fBeview\fP
+.br
+\fBrvim\fP \fBrview\fP \fBrgvim\fP \fBrgview\fP
+.SH BESCHREIBUNG
+\fBVim\fP ist ein Text\-Editor, der aufwärtskompatibel zu Vi ist. Er kann
+verwendet werden, um alle Arten von Klartext zu bearbeiten. Er ist besonders
+nützlich, um Programme zu bearbeiten.
+.PP
+Vim hat einige Erweiterungen gegenüber Vi, z.B.: Rückgängigmachen in
+mehreren Schritten, mehrere Fenster und Puffer, Syntax\-Hervorhebung,
+Bearbeiten der Befehlszeile, Dateinamenergänzung, eingebaute Hilfe, visuelle
+Auswahl, usw. … Siehe »:help vi_diff.txt« für eine Übersicht der
+Unterschiede zwischen \fBVim\fP und Vi.
+.PP
+Im laufenden \fBVim\fP kann mit dem Befehl »:help« viel Hilfe durch das
+eingebaute Hilfesystem erlangt werden. Siehe den Abschnitt EINGEBAUTE HILFE
+weiter unten.
+.PP
+Meistens wird \fBVim\fP zum Editieren einer einzigen Datei mit dem folgende
+Befehl gestartet:
+.PP
+  vim Datei
+.PP
+Allgemeiner betrachtet, wird \fBVim\fP folgendermaßen gestartet:
+.PP
+  vim [Optionen] [Dateiliste]
+.PP
+Bei einer fehlenden Dateiliste startet der Editor mit einem leeren
+Puffer. Andernfalls werden nach den folgenden vier Möglichkeiten eine oder
+mehrere Dateien bearbeitet:
+.TP  12
+Datei …
+Eine Liste von Dateinamen. Die erste Datei wird in den Puffer geladen und
+zur aktuellen. Der Cursor wird auf der ersten Zeile des Puffers
+platziert. Zu den anderen Dateien kann mit dem Befehl »:next« gelangt
+werden. Falls einer der Dateinamen mit einem Bindestrich beginnt, stellen
+Sie der Dateiliste »\-\-« voran.
+.TP 
+\-
+Die zu bearbeitende Datei wird von der Standardeingabe gelesen. Befehle
+werden von der Standardfehlerausgabe gelesen, die ein Text\-Terminal sein
+sollte.
+.TP 
+\-t {Tag}
+Die zu editierende Datei und die anfängliche Cursor\-Position hängen von
+einem »Tag« ab, einer Art Sprungmarke. {Tag} wird in der Tag\-Datei
+nachgeschlagen, die zugehörige Datei wird zur aktuellen und der zugehörige
+Befehl wird ausgeführt. Dies wird meistens für Programme in der Sprache »C«
+benutzt, wobei {Tag} ein Funktionsname sein könnte. Die Wirkung dieses
+Befehls ist, dass die Datei, die die Funktion enthält, als aktuelle im
+Editor geöffnet und angezeigt wird und der Cursor auf dem Beginn der
+Funktion positioniert wird. Siehe »:help tag\-commands«.
+.TP 
+\-q [Fehlerdatei]
+Startet im QuickFix\-Modus. Die Datei [Fehlerdatei] wird gelesen und der
+erste Fehler wird angezeigt. Falls [Fehlerdatei] ausgelassen wird, wird der
+Dateiname aus der Option 'errorfile' verwendet (bei AmigaOS ist dies
+vorgabemäßig »AztecC.Err«, sowie „errors.err« bei anderen). Weitere Fehler
+können mit dem »:cn«\-Befehl angesprungen werden. Siehe „:help quickfix«.
+.PP
+\fBVim\fP reagiert unterschiedlich auf den Namen, der verwendet wird, um Vim zu
+starten (die ausführbare Datei kann dieselbe sein).
+.TP  10
+vim
+der »normale« Weg, alles ist standardmäßig
+.TP 
+ex
+Startet im Ex\-Modus. Mit dem Befehl »:vi« gelangt man in den normalen
+Modus. Funktioniert auch mit dem Argument »\-e«.
+.TP 
+view
+Startet im Nur\-Lesen\-Modus. Die Datei wird vor dem Überschreiben
+geschützt. Dasselbe wird mit dem Parameter »\-R« erreicht.
+.TP 
+gvim gview
+Die grafische Version: Öffnet ein neues Fenster. Dasselbe wird mit dem
+Parameter »\-g« erreicht.
+.TP 
+evim eview
+Die grafische Version im einfachen Modus: Öffnet ein neues Fenster. Dasselbe
+wird mit dem Parameter »\-y« erreicht.
+.TP 
+rvim rview rgvim rgview
+Wie die obigen, aber mit Beschränkungen: Es ist nicht möglich, Shell\-Befehle
+aufzurufen oder mit Unterbrechung in eine Shell zurückzuspringen. Dasselbe
+wird mit dem Parameter »\-Z« erreicht.
+.SH OPTIONEN
+Die Optionen können in beliebiger Reihenfolge vor oder nach den Dateinamen
+angegeben werden. Optionen ohne Parameter können hinter einem einzigen
+Bindestrich gruppiert werden.
+.TP  12
++[Nummer]
+In der ersten Datei wird der Cursor auf die Zeile [Nummer] gesetzt. Falls
+[Nummer] nicht angegeben wird, wird der Cursor in die letzte Zeile der Datei
+gesetzt.
+.TP 
++/{Suchmuster}
+In der ersten Datei wird der Cursor auf das erste Auftreten von {Suchmuster}
+gesetzt. Siehe »:help search\-pattern«.
+.TP 
++{Befehl}
+.TP 
+\-c {Befehl}
+{Befehl} wird nach dem Lesen der ersten Datei ausgeführt. Als {Befehl} wird
+ein Ex\-Befehl erwartet. Sind in {Befehl} Leerzeichen vorhanden, muss alles
+in Anführungszeichen gesetzt werden (hängt von der verwendeten Shell
+ab). Beispiel: vim "+set si" main.c
+.br
+Anmerkung: Sie können bis zu 10 »+«\- oder „\-c«\-Befehle verwenden.
+.TP 
+\-S {Datei}
+{Datei} wird nach dem Lesen der ersten Datei ausgeführt. Dies entspricht »\-c
+"source {Datei}"«. {Datei} darf nicht mit einem Bindestrich (\-)
+anfangen. Wenn kein Dateiname angegeben wird, wird »Session.vim« verwendet
+(Funktioniert nur, wenn »\-S« als letzter Parameter steht).
+.TP 
+\-\-cmd {Befehl}
+Wie »\-c«, aber dieser Befehl wird vor allen VimRC\-Dateien ausgeführt. Sie
+können unabhängig von den »\-c«\-Befehlen bis zu 10 dieser Befehle verwenden.
+.TP 
+\-A
+Falls \fBVim\fP mit Unterstützung für das Schreiben von rechts nach links und
+arabischer Tastaturbelegung compiliert wurde (ARABIC), startet dieser
+Parameter den Modus fürs Arabische (:set arabic). Anderenfalls beendet sich
+\fBVim\fP mit einer Fehlermeldung.
+.TP 
+b
+Binärer Modus: Es werden einige Variablen gesetzt, sodass es möglich ist,
+eine binäre oder ausführbare Datei zu bearbeiten.
+.TP 
+\-C
+Kompatibel: Setzt die Option 'compatible'. Das macht \fBVim\fP im Verhalten
+sehr ähnlich zu Vi, selbst wenn eine VimRC\-Datei existiert.
+.TP 
+\-d
+Startet im diff\-Modus. Es sollten zwei, drei oder vier Dateinamen als
+Parameter übergeben werden. \fBVim\fP öffnet sie alle und zeigt die
+Unterschiede an. Arbeitet wie vimdiff(1).
+.TP 
+\-d {Gerät}
+Öffnet das {Gerät}, um es als Terminal zu nutzen. Nur für AmigaOS. Beispiel:
+"\-d con:20/30/600/150".
+.TP 
+D
+Debug\-Modus: \fBVim\fP geht in den Debug\-Modus, wenn der erste Befehl in einem
+Skript ausgeführt wird.
+.TP 
+\-e
+Startet \fBVim\fP im Ex\-Modus, als würde als ausführbare Datei »ex« aufgerufen.
+.TP 
+\-E
+Startet \fBVim\fP im erweiterten Ex\-Modus, als würde die ausführbare Datei als
+»exim« aufgerufen.
+.TP 
+\-f
+Vordergrund: Bei der GUI\-Version erzeugt \fBVim\fP keinen neuen Prozess und
+löst sich nicht von der Shell, in der er aufgerufen wurde. Bei AmigaOS wird
+kein neues Fenster geöffnet. Dieser Parameter wird benutzt, damit das
+aufrufende Programm auf das Beenden des Bearbeitungssitzung wartet (z.B.:
+mail). Bei AmigaOS funktionieren die Befehle »:sh« und „:!« nicht.
+.TP 
+\-\-nofork
+Vordergrund: Bei der GUI\-Version erzeugt \fBVim\fP keinen neuen Prozess und
+löst sich nicht von der Shell, in der er aufgerufen wurde.
+.TP 
+\-F
+Wenn \fBVim\fP mit FKMAP\-Unterstützung für das Schreiben von rechts nach links
+und Farsi\-Tastatur\-Belegung kompiliert wurde, startet Vim im Farsi\-Modus,
+d.h. die Optionen 'fkmap' und 'rightleft' werden gesetzt. Andernfalls bricht
+\fBVim\fP mit einer Fehlermeldung ab.
+.TP 
+\-g
+Falls \fBVim\fP mit GUI\-Unterstützung kompiliert wurde, wird die GUI
+aktiviert. Falls keine GUI\-Unterstützung einkompiliert wurde, wird mit einer
+Fehlermeldung abgebrochen.
+.TP 
+\-h
+Gibt eine kleine Hilfe für die Befehlszeilenparameter aus. Danach beendet
+sich \fBVim.\fP
+.TP 
+\-H
+Hebräisch\-Modus, falls \fBVim\fP mit RIGHTLEFT\-Unterstützung für das Schreiben
+von rechts nach links und hebräischer Tastaturbelegung kompiliert wurde,
+werden die Optionen 'hkmap' und 'rightleft' gesetzt. Andernfalls beendet
+sich \fBVim\fP mit einer Fehlermeldung.
+.TP 
+\-i {VimInfo}
+Wenn eine VimInfo\-Datei verwendet wird: Verwendet statt »~/.viminfo« die
+angegebene Datei. Es ist auch möglich die Verwendung einer VimInfo\-Datei
+durch Angabe des Dateinamen »NONE« zu verhindern,
+.TP 
+\-L
+dasselbe wie »\-r«
+.TP 
+\-l
+Lisp\-Modus. Aktiviert die Optionen 'lisp' und 'showmatch'.
+.TP 
+\-m
+Deaktiviert das Verändern von Dateien, indem die Option 'write' gelöscht
+wird. Der Puffer kann verändert werden, nur das Schreiben einer Datei ist
+nicht möglich.
+.TP 
+\-M
+Keine Veränderungen erlaubt: Die Optionen 'modifiable' und 'write' werden
+gelöscht, so dass Änderungen nicht erlaubt sind und Dateien nicht
+geschrieben werden können. Man beachte, dass diese Optionen ('modifiable',
+\&'write') dennnoch nachträglich zum Erlauben von Änderungen gesetzt werden
+können.
+.TP 
+\-N
+Nicht\-kompatibler Modus: Löscht die Option 'compatible'. Dies veranlasst
+\fBVim\fP, sich ein wenig besser, aber weniger Vi\-kompatibel zu verhalten,
+selbst wenn es keine VimRC\-Datei gibt.
+.TP 
+\-n
+Verwendet keine Auslagerungsdatei: Eine Wiederherstellung nach einem Absturz
+ist nicht möglich. Auf einem langsamen Medium (Diskette) kann diese
+Einstellung nützlich sein. Kann auch mit »set uc=0« erreicht werden; kann
+mit »set uc=200« aufgehoben werden.
+.TP 
+\-nb
+\fBVim\fP fungiert als Server für NetBeans. Details siehe Dokumentation.
+.TP 
+\-o[N]
+Öffnet [N] Fenster übereinander. Wenn keine Zahl angegeben wird, öffne ein
+Fenster pro Datei.
+.TP 
+\-O[N]
+Öffnet [N] Fenster nebeneinander. Wenn keine Zahl angegeben wird, öffne ein
+Fenster pro Datei.
+.TP 
+\-p[N]
+Öffnet [N] Reiterseiten. Wenn keine Zahl angegeben wird, öffne eine
+Reiterseite pro Datei.
+.TP 
+\-R
+Nur\-Lesen\-Modus: Die Option 'readonly' wird gesetzt. Der Puffer kann noch
+bearbeitet werden, aber es wird verhindert, eine Datei aus Versehen zu
+überschreiben. Wenn Sie wirklich eine Datei überschreiben wollen, fügen Sie
+dem Ex\-Befehl ein Ausrufezeichen hinzu (wie in »:w!«). Die Option „\-R«
+bedingt die Option »\-n« (siehe oben). Die Option 'readonly' kann durch „:set
+noro« gelöscht werden. Siehe »:help 'readonly'«.
+.TP 
+\-r
+Listet die Auslagerungsdateien und gibt Informationen zu ihrer
+Verwendbarkeit zur Wiederherstellung.
+.TP 
+\-r {Datei}
+Wiederherstellungsmodus: Die Auslagerungsdatei wird zur Wiederherstellung
+verwendet und hat denselben Dateinamen wie die Text\-Datei + ».swp«. Siehe
+„:help recovery«.
+.TP 
+\-s
+Der stille Modus: Nur wenn die ausführbare Datei als »ex« aufgerufen wird
+oder vor »\-s« die Option „\-e« gegeben wird.
+.TP 
+\-s {Eingabeskript}
+Die Datei {Eingabeskript} wird gelesen und ausgeführt, als würden Sie die
+Zeichen in ihr tippen. Dasselbe kann mit dem Befehl »:source!
+{Eingabeskript}« erreicht werden. Wird das Ende der Datei vor dem Beenden
+des Editors erreicht, werden weitere Zeichen von der Tastatur gelesen.
+.TP 
+\-T {Terminal}
+Setzt den Namen des benutzten Terminals. Nur erforderlich, wenn die
+Automatik nicht funktioniert. Sollte ein \fBVim\fP bekanntes Terminal sein:
+(builtin) oder in einer termcap\- oder terminfo\-Datei definiert.
+.TP 
+\-u {VimRC}
+Verwendet zur Initialisierung die Befehle in der Datei {VimRC}. Alle anderen
+Initialisierungen werden übersprungen. Benutzen Sie dies, um eine besondere
+Art von Dateien zu bearbeiten. Dies kann auch benutzt werden, um alle
+Initialisierungen zu überspringen, indem der Name »NONE« angegeben wird. Für
+weitere Einzelheiten siehe »:help initialisation« innerhalb von Vim.
+.TP 
+\-U {GvimRC}
+Benutzt die Befehle in der Datei {GvimRC} für die Initialisierung der
+grafischen Oberfläche. Alle anderen Initialisierungen werden
+übersprungen. Dies kann ebenfalls benutzt werden, um alle
+GUI\-Initialisierungen zu überspringen, indem der Name »NONE« angegeben
+wird. Siehe »:help gui\-init« innerhalb von Vim für weitere Einzelheiten.
+.TP 
+\-V[N]
+Ausführlich (verbose): Gibt Meldungen darüber, welche Befehlsdateien
+eingelesen werden, und über das Lesen und Schreiben einer VimInfo\-Datei. Die
+optionale Zahl N ist der Wert für 'verbose'. Vorgabe ist 10.
+.TP 
+\-v
+Startet \fBVim\fP im Vi\-Modus, so als würde die ausführbare Datei mit »vi«
+aufgerufen. Dies wirkt sich nur aus, wenn die ausführbare Datei als »ex«
+aufgerufen wird.
+.TP 
+\-w {Ausgabeskript}
+Alle Zeichen, die eingetippt werden, werden in der Datei {Ausgabeskript}
+aufgezeichnet, solange bis Sie \fBVim\fP beenden. Dies ist nützlich, falls Sie
+eine Skript\-Datei zum Benutzen mit »vim \-s« oder „:source!« erzeugen
+wollen. Falls die Datei {Ausgabeskript} vorhanden ist, werden die Zeichen
+angehängt.
+.TP 
+\-W {Ausgabeskript}
+Wie \-w, aber eine bereits vorhandene Datei wird überschrieben.
+.TP 
+\-x
+Benutzt beim Schreiben von Dateien eine Verschlüsselung. Fragt nach dem
+Schlüssel.
+.TP 
+\-X
+Führt keine Verbindung zum X\-Server durch. Dadurch verkürzt sich die
+Startzeit, aber der Fenstertitel und die Zwischenablage werden nicht
+verwendet.
+.TP 
+\-y
+Startet \fBVim\fP im einfachen Modus, als würde die ausführbare Datei mit
+»evim« oder »eview« aufgerufen. \fBVim\fP verhält sich dann wie ein Editor zum
+Klicken und Tippen.
+.TP 
+\-Z
+Eingeschränkter Modus: Funktioniert, als würde der Name der ausführbaren
+Datei mit »r« beginnen.
+.TP 
+\-\-
+Markiert das Ende der Optionen. Argumente, die folgen, werden als Dateinamen
+behandelt. Dies kann benutzt werden, um einen Dateinamen mit »\-« am Anfang
+zu verwenden.
+.TP 
+\-\-echo\-wid
+Nur GTK\-GUI: Schreibe die Fenster\-ID auf die Standardausgabe.
+.TP 
+\-\-help
+Gibt eine Hilfe\-Nachricht aus und beendet, wie »\-h«.
+.TP 
+\-\-literal
+Nimmt die Dateinamen so wie sie sind und vervollständigt sie nicht nach
+Metazeichen (*,?). Dies wirkt sich nicht unter Unix aus, wo die Shell die
+Metazeichen expandiert.
+.TP 
+\-\-noplugin
+Lade keine Plugins. Impliziert durch »\-u NONE«.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote
+Verbindet mit einem Vim\-Server und lässt ihn die in den restlichen
+Argumenten angegeben Dateien editieren. Wenn kein Server gefunden wird,
+führt dies zu einer Warnmeldung und die Dateien werden im gegenwärtigen Vim
+zum Bearbeiten geöffnet.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-expr {Ausdruck}
+Verbindet mit einem Vim\-Server, führt {Ausdruck} aus und zeigt das Ergebnis
+auf der Standardausgabe an.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-send {Zeichen}
+Verbindet mit einem Vim\-Server und sendet ihm {Zeichen}.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-silent
+Wie »\-\-remote«, aber ohne Warnung, wenn kein Server gefunden wird.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-wait
+Wie »\-\-remote«, aber Vim beendet sich nicht, bis die Dateien bearbeitet
+wurden.
+.TP 
+\-\-remote\-wait\-silent
+Wie »\-\-remote\-wait«, aber ohne Warnung, wenn kein Server gefunden wird.
+.TP 
+\-\-serverlist
+Listet die Namen aller gefundenen Vim\-Server auf.
+.TP 
+\-\-servername {Name}
+Benutzt {Name} als Server\-Namen. Wird für den gegenwärtigen Vim benutzt,
+außer es wird mit dem Argument »\-\-remote« benutzt, dann ist es der Name des
+zu kontaktierenden Servers.
+.TP 
+\-\-socketid {id}
+Nur GTK\-GUI: Benutzt den GtkPlug\-Mechanismus, um GVim in einem anderen
+Fenster laufen zu lassen.
+.TP 
+\-\-version
+Versionsinformation anzeigen und beenden
+.SH "EINGEBAUTE HILFE"
+Tippen Sie in \fBVim\fP »:help«, um zu beginnen. Geben Sie „:help begriff« ein,
+um Hilfe über ein bestimmtes Thema zu bekommen. Zum Beispiel »:help ZZ« für
+Hilfe über den Befehl »ZZ«. Benutzen Sie <Tab> und CTRL\-D, um
+Begriffe zu vervollständigen (»:help cmdline\-completion«). Tags sind
+vorhanden, um von einem Ort zum anderen zu springen (eine Art
+Hypertext\-Verknüpfungen, siehe »:help«). Auf diese Weise können alle
+Dokumentations\-Dateien aufgerufen werden, zum Beispiel »:help syntax.txt«.
+.SH DATEIEN
+.TP  15
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/*.txt
+Dokumentations\-Dateien für \fBVim\fP. Verwenden Sie »:help doc\-file\-list«, um
+die gesamte Liste zu bekommen.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/doc/tags
+Die »Tag«\-Datei, die verwendet wird, um Informationen in der Dokumentation
+zu finden.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/syntax.vim
+Die systemweite Einrichtung der Syntaxhervorhebung.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/syntax/*.vim
+Syntaxdateien für die verschiedenen Sprachen.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/vimrc
+Systemweite Einstellungsdatei für \fBVim\fP
+.TP 
+~/.vimrc
+Persönliche Einstellungsdatei für \fBVim\fP
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/gvimrc
+Systemweite Einstellungsdatei für GVim
+.TP 
+~/.gvimrc
+Persönliche Einstellungsdatei für GVim
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/optwin.vim
+Das Script, das von dem Befehl »:options« verwendet wird, eine schöne
+Möglichkeit, um Optionen zu betrachten und zu setzen.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/menu.vim
+Systemweite Einstellungsdatei für das Menü von GVim
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/bugreport.vim
+Das Script zum Generieren eines Fehlerberichts. Siehe »:help bugs«.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/filetype.vim
+Mit diesem Script erkennt Vim den Typ einer Datei anhand ihres
+Dateinamens. Siehe »:help 'filetype'«.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/scripts.vim
+Mit diesem Script erkennt Vim den Typ einer Datei anhand ihres
+Inhaltes. Siehe »:help 'filetype'«.
+.TP 
+/usr/local/lib/vim/print/*.ps
+Diese Dateien werden zum Drucken von PostScript verwendet.
+.PP
+Für die neuesten Informationen lesen Sie die Vim\-Homepage:
+.br
+<URL:http://www.vim.org/>
+.SH "SIEHE AUCH"
+vimtutor(1)
+.SH AUTOR
+\fBVim\fP wurde größtenteils von Bram Moolenaar erstellt, mit viel Hilfe von
+anderen Leuten. Siehe »:help credits« in \fBVim.\fP
+.br
+\fBVim\fP basiert auf Stevie, der von Tim Thompson, Tony Andrews und
+G.R. (Fred) Walter geschrieben wurde. Es ist jedoch kaum etwas vom
+ursprünglichen Code übrig geblieben.
+.SH FEHLER
+Die sind möglich. Siehe »:help todo« für eine Liste bekannter Probleme.
+.PP
+Beachten Sie, dass gewisse Dinge, die manche Leute als Fehler betrachten
+mögen, in Wirklichkeit durch zu getreue Nachbildung des Vi\-Verhaltens
+verursacht werden. Und falls Sie denken, dass andere Dinge Fehler sind,
+»weil Vi es anders tut«, sollten Sie einen genaueren Blick auf die Datei
+vi_diff.txt werfen (oder in Vim »:help vi_diff.txt« tippen). Sehen Sie sich
+auch die Optionen 'compatible' und 'cpoptions' an.

runtime/doc/vim-fr.1

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-.\" Traduction Lundi 7 ao<61>t 2000 par Richard Hitier
+.\" Traduction lundi 7 ao<61>t 2000 par Richard Hitier
 .\" (richard.hitier@dial.oleane.com)
 .\" Mise <20> jour de la traduction par David Blanchet
 .\" (david.blanchet@free.fr) 2006-06-10
 .\" Mise <20> jour de la traduction par Dominique Pell<6C>
-.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2008-11-29
+.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2013-05-10
 .\"
-.TH VIM 1 "22 F<EFBFBD>vrier 2002"
+.TH VIM 1 "22 f<EFBFBD>vrier 2002"
 .SH NOM
 vim \- Vi IMproved, <20>diteur de texte pour programmeurs
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Ex
 {commande} est interpr<70>t<EFBFBD>e comme une commande Ex.
 Si la {commande} contient des espaces, elle doit <20>tre entour<75>e
 de doubles-apostrophes (cela d<>pend du shell utilis<69>).
-Exemple: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Exemple : Vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note : vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'<27> 10 commandes "+" ou "\-c".
 .TP
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Fonctionne comme vimdiff(1).
 \-d {p<>riph}
 Ouvre {p<>riph} pour l'utiliser comme terminal.
 Uniquement sur Amiga.
-Exemple:
+Exemple :
 "\-d con:20/30/600/150".
 .TP
 \-D
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ quitte.
 Si
 .B Vim
 a <20>t<EFBFBD> compil<69> avec le support de la fonctionnalit<69> RIGHTLEFT pour l'<27>dition de
-fichiers de droite <20> gauche et les claviers h<>breu, cette option lance
+fichiers de droite <20> gauche et les claviers h<>breux, cette option lance
 .B Vim
 en mode H<>breu, c.-<2D>-d. avec les options 'hkmap' et 'rightleft' activ<69>es.
 Sinon, un message d'erreur est <20>mis et
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Mode restreint. Fonctionne comme si l'ex
 \-\-
 D<EFBFBD>limite la fin des options.
 Les arguments qui suivent seront consid<69>r<EFBFBD>s comme des noms de fichiers.
-Cela permet d'<27>diter des fichier d<>butant par un '\-'.
+Cela permet d'<27>diter des fichiers d<>butant par un '\-'.
 .TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
 IHM graphique GTK uniquement : retourne la Window ID sur stdout.
@@ -586,4 +586,4 @@ Cette page de manuel a
 .br
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> mise <20> jour par David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2006-04-10.
-Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise <20> jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/vim-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
-.\" Traduction Lundi 7 août 2000 par Richard Hitier
+.\" Traduction lundi 7 août 2000 par Richard Hitier
 .\" (richard.hitier@dial.oleane.com)
 .\" Mise à jour de la traduction par David Blanchet
 .\" (david.blanchet@free.fr) 2006-06-10
 .\" Mise à jour de la traduction par Dominique Pellé
-.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2008-11-29
+.\" (dominique.pelle@gmail.com) 2013-05-10
 .\"
-.TH VIM 1 "22 Février 2002"
+.TH VIM 1 "22 février 2002"
 .SH NOM
 vim \- Vi IMproved, éditeur de texte pour programmeurs
 .SH SYNOPSIS
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ Exécute {commande} après la lecture du premier fichier.
 {commande} est interprétée comme une commande Ex.
 Si la {commande} contient des espaces, elle doit être entourée
 de doubles-apostrophes (cela dépend du shell utilisé).
-Exemple: Vim "+set si" main.c
+Exemple : Vim "+set si" main.c
 .br
 Note : vous pouvez utiliser jusqu'à 10 commandes "+" ou "\-c".
 .TP
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ Fonctionne comme vimdiff(1).
 \-d {périph}
 Ouvre {périph} pour l'utiliser comme terminal.
 Uniquement sur Amiga.
-Exemple:
+Exemple :
 "\-d con:20/30/600/150".
 .TP
 \-D
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ quitte.
 Si
 .B Vim
 a été compilé avec le support de la fonctionnalité RIGHTLEFT pour l'édition de
-fichiers de droite à gauche et les claviers hébreu, cette option lance
+fichiers de droite à gauche et les claviers hébreux, cette option lance
 .B Vim
 en mode Hébreu, c.-à-d. avec les options 'hkmap' et 'rightleft' activées.
 Sinon, un message d'erreur est émis et
@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Mode restreint. Fonctionne comme si l'exécutable commençait par la lettre 'r'.
 \-\-
 Délimite la fin des options.
 Les arguments qui suivent seront considérés comme des noms de fichiers.
-Cela permet d'éditer des fichier débutant par un '\-'.
+Cela permet d'éditer des fichiers débutant par un '\-'.
 .TP
 \-\-echo\-wid
 IHM graphique GTK uniquement : retourne la Window ID sur stdout.
@@ -586,4 +586,4 @@ Cette page de manuel a été traduite par Richard Hitier.
 .br
 Cette page de manuel a été mise à jour par David Blanchet.
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2006-04-10.
-Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise à jour par Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com> 2013-05-10

runtime/doc/visual.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*visual.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 May 25
+*visual.txt*    For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Aug 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -62,8 +62,15 @@ position.
 
 						*v* *characterwise-visual*
 [count]v		Start Visual mode per character.
-			With [count] select that many characters, like moving
-			the cursor right [count] characters.  One less when
+			With [count] select the same number of characters or
+			lines as used for the last Visual operation, but at
+			the current cursor position, multiplied by [count].
+			When the previous Visual operation was on a block both
+			the width and height of the block are multiplied by
+			[count].
+			When there was no previous Visual operation [count]
+			characters are selected.  This is like moving the
+			cursor right N * [count] characters.  One less when
 			'selection' is not "exclusive".
 
 						*V* *linewise-visual*
@@ -99,6 +106,18 @@ gv			Start Visual mode with the same area as the previous
 			After using "p" or "P" in Visual mode the text that
 			was put will be selected.
 
+								*gn* *v_gn*
+gn			Search forward for the last used search pattern, like
+			with `n`, and start Visual mode to select the match.
+			If the cursor is on the match, visually selects it.
+			If an operator is pending, operates on the match.
+			E.g., "dgn" deletes the text of the next match.
+			If Visual mode is active, extends the selection
+			until the end of the next match.
+
+								*gN* *v_gN*
+gN			Like |gn| but searches backward, like with `N`.
+
 							*<LeftMouse>*
 <LeftMouse>		Set the current cursor position.  If Visual mode is
 			active it is stopped.  Only when 'mouse' option is
@@ -274,7 +293,10 @@ with {motion}, which is only ONE movement command.
 Another way to operate on the Visual area is using the |/\%V| item in a
 pattern.  For example, to replace all '(' in the Visual area with '#': >
 
-	:%s/\%V(/X/g
+	:'<,'>s/\%V(/#/g
+
+Note that the "'<,'>" will appear automatically when you press ":" in Visual
+mode.
 
 ==============================================================================
 5. Blockwise operators					*blockwise-operators*

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Apr 13
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 7.3.  Last change: 2012 Nov 15
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -939,9 +939,9 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 :buffers[!]					*:buffers* *:ls*
 :ls[!]		Show all buffers.  Example:
 
-			1 #h  "/test/text"		line 1 ~
-			2u    "asdf"			line 0 ~
-			3 %a+ "version.c"		line 1 ~
+			1 #h   "/test/text"		line 1 ~
+			2u     "asdf"			line 0 ~
+			3 %a + "version.c"		line 1 ~
 
 		When the [!] is included the list will show unlisted buffers
 		(the term "unlisted" is a bit confusing then...).

runtime/doc/xxd-fr.1

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ fichier n'est pas adressable, seuls les vides sont autoris
 combl<EFBFBD>s par des octets nuls.
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r
-ne g<>n<EFBFBD>re aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Le probl<62>me sont pass<73>s
+ne g<>n<EFBFBD>re aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Les probl<62>mes sont pass<73>s
 silencieusement.
 .PP
 Lors de l'<27>dition de la repr<70>sentation hexad<61>cimale, veuillez noter que
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Convertir le fichier de l'exemple pr
 000fffc: 0000 0000 40                   ....A
 .PP
 Cr<EFBFBD>er un fichier d'un octet, contenant seulement le caract<63>re 'A'.
-Les nombres apr<70>s '\-r \-s' s'ajoutent au num<75>ros de lignes trouv<75>es dans le
+Le nombre apr<70>s '\-r \-s' s'ajoute aux num<75>ros de lignes trouv<75>es dans le
 fichier ; les octets initiaux sont supprim<69>s.
 .br
 \fI% echo '010000: 41' | xxd \-r \-s \-0x10000 \> fichier\fR
@@ -393,4 +393,4 @@ Modifications mineures par Bram Moolenaar.
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a <20>t<EFBFBD> traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2004-12-24.
-Mise <20> jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise <20> jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pell<6C> <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/doc/xxd-fr.UTF-8.1

@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ fichier n'est pas adressable, seuls les vides sont autorisés, et ils seront
 comblés par des octets nuls.
 .PP
 .I xxd \-r
-ne génère aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Le problème sont passés
+ne génère aucune erreur lors de l'analyse. Les problèmes sont passés
 silencieusement.
 .PP
 Lors de l'édition de la représentation hexadécimale, veuillez noter que
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Convertir le fichier de l'exemple précédent avec la fonctionnalité "autoskip"
 000fffc: 0000 0000 40                   ....A
 .PP
 Créer un fichier d'un octet, contenant seulement le caractère 'A'.
-Les nombres après '\-r \-s' s'ajoutent au numéros de lignes trouvées dans le
+Le nombre après '\-r \-s' s'ajoute aux numéros de lignes trouvées dans le
 fichier ; les octets initiaux sont supprimés.
 .br
 \fI% echo '010000: 41' | xxd \-r \-s \-0x10000 \> fichier\fR
@@ -393,4 +393,4 @@ Modifications mineures par Bram Moolenaar.
 .SH TRADUCTION
 Cette page de manuel a été traduite par David Blanchet
 <david.blanchet@free.fr> 2004-12-24.
-Mise à jour 2012-05-06, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>
+Mise à jour 2013-05-10, Dominique Pellé <dominique.pelle@gmail.com>

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2012 May 18
+" Last Change:	2013 Jun 24
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -128,12 +128,20 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead .asoundrc,*/usr/share/alsa/alsa.conf,*/etc/asound.conf set
 " Arc Macro Language
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.aml			setf aml
 
+" APT config file
+au BufNewFile,BufRead apt.conf                 setf aptconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.aptitude/config       setf aptconf
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/apt/apt.conf.d/{[-_[:alnum:]]\+,[-_.[:alnum:]]\+.conf} setf aptconf
+
 " Arch Inventory file
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .arch-inventory,=tagging-method	setf arch
 
 " ART*Enterprise (formerly ART-IM)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.art			setf art
 
+" AsciiDoc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asciidoc		setf asciidoc
+
 " ASN.1
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.asn,*.asn1		setf asn
 
@@ -320,6 +328,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead calendar			setf calendar
 " C#
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cs			setf cs
 
+" CSDL
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.csdl			setf csdl
+
 " Cabal
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cabal			setf cabal
 
@@ -484,6 +495,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.prg
 	\   setf clipper |
 	\ endif
 
+" Clojure
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.clj,*.cljs		setf clojure
+
 " Cmake
 au BufNewFile,BufRead CMakeLists.txt,*.cmake,*.cmake.in		setf cmake
 
@@ -633,6 +647,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dsl			setf dsl
 " DTD (Document Type Definition for XML)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dtd			setf dtd
 
+" DTS/DSTI (device tree files)
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dts,*.dtsi		setf dts
+
 " EDIF (*.edf,*.edif,*.edn,*.edo)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ed\(f\|if\|n\|o\)	setf edif
 
@@ -735,11 +752,13 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mo,*.gdmo		setf gdmo
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ged,lltxxxxx.txt	setf gedcom
 
 " Git
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/COMMIT_EDITMSG 	setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/COMMIT_EDITMSG	setf gitcommit
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/MERGE_MSG		setf gitcommit
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/config,.gitconfig,.gitmodules setf gitconfig
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/COMMIT_EDITMSG setf gitcommit
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/config 	setf gitconfig
-au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo      	setf gitrebase
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.git/modules/**/config	setf gitconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/git/config	setf gitconfig
+au BufNewFile,BufRead git-rebase-todo		setf gitrebase
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .msg.[0-9]*
       \ if getline(1) =~ '^From.*# This line is ignored.$' |
       \   setf gitsendemail |
@@ -766,7 +785,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead gnashrc,.gnashrc,gnashpluginrc,.gnashpluginrc setf gnash
 " Gitolite
 au BufNewFile,BufRead gitolite.conf		setf gitolite
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */gitolite-admin/conf/*	call s:StarSetf('gitolite')
-au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc 	setf perl
+au BufNewFile,BufRead {,.}gitolite.rc,example.gitolite.rc	setf perl
 
 " Gnuplot scripts
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.gpi			setf gnuplot
@@ -851,6 +870,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/hosts.allow,*/etc/hosts.deny  setf hostsaccess
 " Hyper Builder
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hb			setf hb
 
+" Httest
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.htt,*.htb		setf httest
+
 " Icon
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.icn			setf icon
 
@@ -908,6 +930,23 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.inf,*.INF		setf inform
 " Initng
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/initng/**/*.i,*.ii	setf initng
 
+" Innovation Data Processing
+au BufRead,BufNewFile UPSTREAM.DAT,upstream.dat 	setf upstreamdat
+au BufRead,BufNewFile UPSTREAM.*.DAT,upstream.*.dat 	setf upstreamdat
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.UPSTREAM.DAT,*.upstream.dat 	setf upstreamdat
+au BufRead,BufNewFile UPSTREAM.LOG,upstream.log 	setf upstreamlog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile UPSTREAM.*.LOG,upstream.*.log 	setf upstreamlog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.UPSTREAM.LOG,*.upstream.log 	setf upstreamlog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile UPSTREAMInstall.log,upstreaminstall.log setf upstreaminstalllog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile UPSTREAMInstall.*.log,upstreaminstall.*.log setf upstreaminstalllog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.UPSTREAMInstall.log,*.upstreaminstall.log setf upstreaminstalllog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile USSERVER.LOG,usserver.log 	setf usserverlog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile USSERVER.*.LOG,usserver.*.log 	setf usserverlog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.USSERVER.LOG,*.usserver.log 	setf usserverlog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile USW2KAgt.log,usw2kagt.log 	setf usw2kagtlog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile USW2KAgt.*.log,usw2kagt.*.log 	setf usw2kagtlog
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.USW2KAgt.log,*.usw2kagt.log 	setf usw2kagtlog
+
 " Ipfilter
 au BufNewFile,BufRead ipf.conf,ipf6.conf,ipf.rules	setf ipfilter
 
@@ -1067,6 +1106,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *[mM]akefile,*.mk,*.mak,*.dsp setf make
 " MakeIndex
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.ist,*.mst		setf ist
 
+" Mallard
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.page			setf mallard
+
 " Manpage
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.man			setf man
 
@@ -1080,7 +1122,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mv,*.mpl,*.mws		setf maple
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.map			setf map
 
 " Markdown
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,README.md  setf markdown
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.markdown,*.mdown,*.mkd,*.mkdn,*.mdwn,README.md  setf markdown
 
 " Mason
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mason,*.mhtml		setf mason
@@ -1119,6 +1161,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.nb			setf mma
 " Maya Extension Language
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mel			setf mel
 
+" Mercurial (hg) commit file
+au BufNewFile,BufRead hg-editor-*.txt		setf hgcommit
+
 " Mercurial config (looks like generic config file)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hgrc,*hgrc		setf cfg
 
@@ -1200,7 +1245,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.mysql			setf mysql
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/Muttrc.d/*		call s:StarSetf('muttrc')
 
 " M$ Resource files
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rc			setf rc
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rc,*.rch		setf rc
 
 " MuPAD source
 au BufRead,BufNewFile *.mu			setf mupad
@@ -1523,6 +1568,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pdb			setf prolog
 " Promela
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pml			setf promela
 
+" Google protocol buffers
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.proto			setf proto
+
 " Protocols
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/protocols		setf protocols
 
@@ -1555,7 +1603,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.reg
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rib			setf rib
 
 " Rexx
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rexx,*.rex,*.jrexx,*.rxj,*.orx	setf rexx
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rex,*.orx,*.rxo,*.rxj,*.jrexx,*.rexxj,*.rexx,*.testGroup,*.testUnit	setf rexx
 
 " R (Splus)
 if has("fname_case")
@@ -1623,6 +1671,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead resolv.conf		setf resolv
 " Relax NG Compact
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rnc			setf rnc
 
+" Relax NG XML
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rng			setf rng
+
 " RPL/2
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.rpl			setf rpl
 
@@ -1734,7 +1785,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sgm,*.sgml
 	\ if getline(1).getline(2).getline(3).getline(4).getline(5) =~? 'linuxdoc' |
 	\   setf sgmllnx |
 	\ elseif getline(1) =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook' || getline(2) =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook' |
-	\   let b:docbk_type="sgml" |
+	\   let b:docbk_type = "sgml" |
+	\   let b:docbk_ver = 4 |
 	\   setf docbk |
 	\ else |
 	\   setf sgml |
@@ -1769,6 +1821,10 @@ func! SetFileTypeSH(name)
     " Some .sh scripts contain #!/bin/tcsh.
     call SetFileTypeShell("tcsh")
     return
+  elseif a:name =~ '\<zsh\>'
+    " Some .sh scripts contain #!/bin/zsh.
+    call SetFileTypeShell("zsh")
+    return
   elseif a:name =~ '\<ksh\>'
     let b:is_kornshell = 1
     if exists("b:is_bash")
@@ -1869,6 +1925,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.st			setf st
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cls
 	\ if getline(1) =~ '^%' |
 	\  setf tex |
+	\ elseif getline(1)[0] == '#' && getline(1) =~ 'rexx' |
+	\  setf rexx |
 	\ else |
 	\  setf st |
 	\ endif
@@ -2166,8 +2224,12 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.uc			setf uc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/updatedb.conf	setf updatedb
 
 " Upstart (init(8)) config files
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/init/*.conf,*/.init/*.conf          setf upstart
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/init/*.override,*/.init/*.override  setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */usr/share/upstart/*.conf               setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */usr/share/upstart/*.override           setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/init/*.conf,*/etc/init/*.override  setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.init/*.conf,*/.init/*.override        setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/upstart/*.conf                 setf upstart
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */.config/upstart/*.override             setf upstart
 
 " Vera
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vr,*.vri,*.vrh		setf vera
@@ -2290,8 +2352,16 @@ func! s:FTxml()
   let n = 1
   while n < 100 && n < line("$")
     let line = getline(n)
-    if line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook'
+    " DocBook 4 or DocBook 5.
+    let is_docbook4 = line =~ '<!DOCTYPE.*DocBook'
+    let is_docbook5 = line =~ ' xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"'
+    if is_docbook4 || is_docbook5
       let b:docbk_type = "xml"
+      if is_docbook5
+	let b:docbk_ver = 5
+      else
+	let b:docbk_ver = 4
+      endif
       setf docbk
       return
     endif
@@ -2369,10 +2439,10 @@ endfunc
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.yaml,*.yml		setf yaml
 
 " yum conf (close enough to dosini)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf 		setf dosini
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.conf		setf dosini
 
 " Zimbu
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zu 			setf zimbu
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.zu			setf zimbu
 
 " Zope
 "   dtml (zope dynamic template markup language), pt (zope page template),
@@ -2517,6 +2587,20 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *termcap*
 	\|  let b:ptcap_type = "term" | call s:StarSetf('ptcap')
 	\|endif
 
+" ReDIF
+" Only used when the .rdf file was not detected to be XML.
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.rdf			call s:Redif()
+func! s:Redif()
+  let lnum = 1
+  while lnum <= 5 && lnum < line('$')
+    if getline(lnum) =~ "^\ctemplate-type:"
+      setf redif
+      return
+    endif
+    let lnum = lnum + 1
+  endwhile
+endfunc
+
 " Remind
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .reminders*		call s:StarSetf('remind')
 
@@ -2545,7 +2629,7 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *xmodmap*			call s:StarSetf('xmodmap')
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/xinetd.d/*		call s:StarSetf('xinetd')
 
 " yum conf (close enough to dosini)
-au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/* 	call s:StarSetf('dosini')
+au BufNewFile,BufRead */etc/yum.repos.d/*	call s:StarSetf('dosini')
 
 " Z-Shell script
 au BufNewFile,BufRead zsh*,zlog*		call s:StarSetf('zsh')